Aquasonic catalogue by Aquasonic

Caring for Aquatic Life 44Years Servicing Aquaculture & Aquarium Industries

PRODUCT CATALOGUE

To All of Aquasonic’s Valued Customers As you can see from the front cover, this latest edition of our catalogue coincides with our 44th year of business which is still under original ownership. To have a successful business we needed to start at the beginning, to learn about all aspects of fish & fish keeping. Aquasonic, although registered as a company in 1976 really began back in 1968 when snorkelling & skin diving were just becoming a popular past time. In those days we collected our own marine aquarium fish from the Great Barrier Reef right down the NSW coast, Norfolk Island and many places off the coast of Darwin. These fish were then sold in our two retail aquarium shops and also exported to many countries and international public aquariums. During this time, formulations of products commenced both for the aquarium & aquaculture markets. It evolved over time from complete aquaculture systems to retail shop filtration. Our specialised sales staff has the perfect balance of “hands on experience” combined with relevant tertiary qualifications to continue the quality service that our customers & suppliers have come to expect. This catalogue is full of interesting products, some new, whilst others we have been stocking for many years. If you require more information on products or services, please contact our friendly and knowledgeable sales staff. If there is an item that you require that is not in the catalogue, again please ask and we will try to locate it for you. We are constantly sourcing new products both from within Australia and also overseas to keep you up to date with the latest trends in methods & technology. Aquasonic also has a subsidiary company called Abstract Plastics where we supply acrylic, pvc, hdpe, lexan and many other types of plastics. We can supply acrylic in full sheet or full tube or alternatively cut to your own preferred size. We can also produce signage for your vehicle, boat or shop front, as well as posters for your own use or advertising. I would like to sincerely thank all of Aquasonic’s customers for your continuing support. We are here to assist and provide you with expert advice on products and services, no matter how big or small your operation. Thank you to my staff for their continued support and dedication to Aquasonic. Sincerely, Susan Carson (Owner/Director)

OUR COMPANY

• Family owned & operated • Manufacturing ,importing & exporting • Employing 25 people • Unique products • Qualified consultants • Over 5000 products available

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

7 - 34

AERATION

35 - 48

FILTRATION

49 - 68

WATER PUMPS

69 - 72

TANKS AND TRANSPORT

73 - 74

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC

75 - 80

OZONE & OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS

81 - 84

CLEANING & MAINTENANCE

85 - 86

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

87 - 100

LABORATORY & MISCELLANEOUS

101 - 104

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

105 - 116

MESH, NETS AND NETTING

117 - 120

HEATING & COOLING

121 - 124

BACTERIA

125 - 126

LIGHTING

127 - 128

GLOSSARY

129 - 130

INDEX

131 - 139

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

WATER PURIFIERS WATER PURIFIER W Neutralizes chlorine and chloramines. • Use in the treatment of municipal town water. • Ne • Su Suitable for fresh and salt water aquariums. • Add 1mL per 10 litres of new aquarium water.

CODE C

SIZE

CTN

FW FW000 FW020 FW FW040 FW FW060 FW FW080 FW FW100 FW

50mL 100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

40 30 30 9 2 Drum

EEXTRA POWER WATER PURIFIER • Neutralizes excessive quantities of chlorine and complexes heavy metals. • Conta Contains mould inhibitors. • Suitable for fresh and salt water aquariums. • Add mo dd 1mL per 10 litr litres of new aquarium water. aq

CODE C

SIZE

CTN

FW FW001 FW021 FW FW041 FW FW061 FW FW081 FW FW101 FW

50mL 100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

40 30 30 9 2 Drum

CHLORMON • Neutralizes ammonia, chlorine and chloramines. • Detoxifies ammonia monia use in fish transport water and eliminates ammonia as it is produced. • Safe for invertebrates brates and use w with marine salt. • 5mL per 20 litres.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FW032 FW052 FW072 FW092 FW112 FW116

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L 200L

30 30 9 2 Drum Drum

FRESHWATER RANGE PROTECH ge, transport or h • Provides slime coat and vitamin supplements after a water change, handling. tamin suppleme • Contains Vitamins B1, B2, B6, B12, E, and A. • A great general vitamin supplement. • Excellent for use after handling. • 1mL per 20 litres for general use.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PT100 PT250 PT1L PT5L PT20L

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

ALGICIDE • Safe broad purpose algae treatment in freshwater aquariums. • Will ill not affect aqu aquarium plants or fish. • Very economical. • Quick, easy algae control. • Add 1mL per 20 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FW025 FW045 FW065

100ml 250ml 1L

30 30 9

MAGNA CLEAR • For cloudy or dirty water in outdoor ponds. • Excellent for fish bowls owls with no filtrat ltration. • A coagulant and a flocculant. • Crystal clear water. • Use 1mL per 20 litres.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FW022 FW042 FW062 FW082 FW102

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

• For starting up new aquariums without putting fish at risk. • Bio-Start can be added to a new aquarium ideally along with inoculation of either freshwater or marine strains. • Develops nitrifying bacteria by adding ammonia based compounds as a feed source to build numbers of nitrifiers. • Food for nitrifying bacteria. • Add 1mL per 20 litres each day for 7 days.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FW023 FW043 FW063 FW083 FW103

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

FRY STARTER • Excellent as a first food for newly hatched fry. • Contains a variety of sizes of micro icro particles ich stay in suitable for both egg layers and livebearers. • Large selection of ingredients, which suspension longer. Better food, great for fussy eaters. • Feed newly hatched fry at least 3 times daily. • 3 or 4 drops may be sufficient dependent on aquarium size and fry numbers.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FW006 FW026 FW046 FW066 FW086 FW106

50mL 100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

40 30 30 9 2 Drum

PLANT FOOD RANGE

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

BIO-START

PLANT FOOD

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH291 NH292 NH293 NH294 NH295

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

DAILY-GRO • Supplies iron plus a full range of trace elements essential for aquatic plant growth. wth. • Daily treatment optimizes plant growth. • Use in conjunction with BASIC-GRO. • Daily food for aquatic plants. • 1 drop per 50 litres each day.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH340 NH341 NH342 NH343

15ml 50ml 100ml 250ml

40 30 30

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH344 NH345 NH346

1L 5L 20L

9 2 Drum

BASIC-GRO • Establishes the essential basic nutrients required for aquatic plant growth. • Should hould be used in conjunction with DAILY-GRO in order to maintain optimum quantities of essential ential nutrients. • Does not contain phosphates. • Add 1 mL per 10 litres of water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH330 NH331 NH332 NH333 NH334

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

HYDROGROW

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Contains chelated nutrients, formulated to match optimum natural conditions. • Formulation resists breakdown. • Does not contain phosphates. • For promoting aquatic plantt growth. • Add 1 mL per 10 litres of water.

• Easy to use, tablet form, complete plant food. • Tablets dissolve slowly over several veral days releasing nutrients in the process. • Gives the full spectrum of plant requirements. s. • Best placed in the gravel where they will slowly dissolve. • For luxurious plant growth. • 1 tablet per 60 litres each week.

CODE

SIZE

FW009 FW029 FW049 FW069 FW089 FW109

50 Tablets 250 Tablets 500 Tablets 1Kg 5Kg 20Kg

CTN 40 48 24 9 Bucket Bucket

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

WATER CONDITIONERS AMAZON WATER CONDITIONER • Recreates natural conditions in an aquarium. • Improves the colours of soft water species, induces spawning. • Increases spawn numbers, enhances plant growth and helps keep fish healthy. • For tropical and soft water aquariums. • 2mL per 10 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH280 NH281 NH282 NH283 NH284

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

BLACKWATER CONCENTRATE • Contains disease inhibitors. • Helps to induce spawning and allow fish to show w better colours. • Recreates the natural habitat of blackwater rivers. • Creating natural tropical water conditions. • Use 10mL per 20 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH320 NH321 NH322 NH323 NH324

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

HARDNESS UP • A calcium solution to raise hardness of aquarium water. • Maintains specific levels evels recommended for different species of fish. • Diseases are inhibited, breeding prospects ects are enhanced. • Increases calcium hardness. • 1mL per 10 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH300 NH301 NH302 NH303 NH304

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

GOLDFISH WATER CONDITIONER G • Co Contains a mixture of 9 salts and natural minerals, providing trace elements, fungal and bacterial inhibitors. • Add when starting up or doing a water change. • Brings out ba ut natural vibrant colours of fish and improves health and well being. • Add one level teaspoon vi poon (5gms approx) per 10 litres of water (500g treats 1000L). • Raises general hardness by ap y 120ppm, salinity 225ppm and TDS by 390ppm. sa

CODE C

SIZE

NH NH220 NH230 NH NH240 NH

50gm 250gm 500gm(bag)

CTN 40 48 24

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH250 NH260 NH270

1kg 10Kg 20Kg

16 Bucket Bucket

TTROPICAL WATER CONDITIONER • Co Contains a mixture of 9 salts and natural minerals. • Contains trace elements,, fungal and bacterial inhibitors. • Add when starting up or doing a water change. • Add one level teaspoon ba (5gms approx) per 15 litres of water. • gH raises by 80ppm, salinity by 130ppm and TDS by (5 300ppm. 30

CODE C

SIZE

NH NH221 NH231 NH NH241 NH

50gm 250gm 500gm(bag)

CTN 40 48 24

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NH251 NH261 NH271

1kg 10Kg 20Kg

16 Bucket Bucket

LLIVEBEARER WATER CONDITIONER umic acids, • Gu Guards against fungus and bacterial infections. • Supplies natural salts and humic recreating natural conditions. • Allows water changes and fish to be moved with re h safety. Use one level teaspoon (5gms approx) per 5 litres of water. • gH raised by 80ppm, salinity • Us by 130ppm TDS by 300ppm.

CODE C

SIZE

NH NH233 NH243 NH NH253 NH NH263 NH NH273 NH

250gm 500gm 1kg 10Kg 20Kg

CTN 48 24 16 Bucket Bucket

• It’s still the original and the best and now copied by others. • Contains 11 salts to raise hardness by 300ppm, salinity by 80ppm and a pH of 7.0 will rise to 8.0. TDS by 630ppm. • Add one level teaspoon (5gms approx) per 7 litres of water.

CODE

SIZE

NH232 NH242 NH252 NH262 NH272

250gm 500gm 1kg 10Kg 20Kg

CTN 48 24 16 Bucket Bucket

AQUARIUM SALT • An effective tool in fish maintenance. • Used for disease control and/or treatment ment bath or in general applications. • Scoop included (20 gm) • Goldfish 1gm/1L - 20gm/20L. • Tropical 1gm/2L - 20gm/40L.

CODE

SIZE

NH310 NH312 NH313 NH311

500gm Bag 500gm Jar 1Kg Jar 25Kg Box

CTN 40 24 16 1

• Bulk quantities available

“REEF NATURE” RANGE MARINE START

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN124 RN144 RN164 RN184 RN204

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

BIO-VIT n metabolism • Contains vitamins and amino acids essential for growth, reproduction, protein and general well being of marine life. • Formulated to provide these vitamins and amino acids on a weekly basis. • Use 1mL per 50L each week. • For new aquariums add 1mL per 10 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN122 RN142 RN162 RN182 RN202

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

BIO-TRACE • A trace element supplement for marine aquariums. • Contains a selection of easily depletable chemicals found in natural seawater. • Replaces essential elements. • 1mL per 50 litres each week.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN121 RN141 RN161 RN181 RN201

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Chemically induces nitrifying bacteria into a filter system by creating ammonia ia and then nitrite conditions that lead to the development of nitrifying bacteria. • Start up a new marine n. • Add 1mL per aquarium without putting precious live stock at risk. • Safe biological induction. 20 litres each day for seven days.

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

RIFT LAKE WATER CONDITIONER

REEFOAM • A liquid foaming agent for protein skimmers. • Increases cleaning ability of skimmers, resulting in cleaner water. • Will not affect tank inhabitants or water parameters. • Use 5mL per 40 litres of aquarium water

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN240 RN241 RN242 RN243 RN244

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

SEAFOOD • A premium liquid coral and invertebrate food, containing a smorgasbord of food particles that stay in suspension for a long period of time. • No harmful preservatives. • 5mL per 200 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN123 RN143 RN163 RN183 RN203

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

CALCIUM-SUP • Marine invertebrates require calcium to build their skeletons. • Used sed to raise the calcium level of a reef system, quickly and safely. • 5mL per 20 litres of aquarium arium water will raise the calcium level by approximately 50ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN230 RN231 RN232 RN233 RN234

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

STRONTIUM-SUP • Assists in the calcification process of hard corals and coralline algae. gae. • Strontium supplies may be quickly depleted by hard corals, coralline algae and even gorgonian type co corals. • Promotes coral growth • 1mL per 50 litres each week.

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN210 RN211 RN212 RN213 RN214

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

IODINE-SUP • Essential for the symbiotic algae (zooanthelie) in soft corals and anemones. • Regular Reg addition of iodine is vital. • Essential for soft corals. • Use 1mL per 50 litres itres each week.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN220 RN221 RN222 RN223 RN224

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

sales@aquasonic.com.au

MAC-ALGAE-SUP • Supplies iron in a chelated form. • Supplies nutrients necessary for the growth and development of macro and micro algae in marine aquariums. • No phosphates ates or nitrates. • Add 1mL per 50 litres each week.

www.aquasonic.com.au

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN120 RN140 RN160 RN180

100 250 IL 5L

30 30 9 2

ADJUSTERS

- UP

• For raising pH. • Pure grade sodium bicarbonate. Works instantly. • 1 teaspoon per 70 litres

CODE C TK TK503 TK505 TK TK507 TK TK509 TK TK509B TK TK511 TK

SIZE Vial 120gm 250gm 1Kg 10Kg 25Kg

CTN 28 48 16 Bucket Carton

Also available in bulk quantities. Al 12

• Provides a spectrum of kH generators. • A powder to increase the carbonate hardness level. • Bulk sizes available. • Raises and balances pH. • 40g/1000L raises the kH value of water by approx 20ppm.

CODE TKP604 TKP605 TKP606 TKP607 TKP608 TKP609 TKP610

SIZE 250gm 1Kg 10Kg 20Kg 20Kg 20Kg 20Kg

CTN 48 16 Bucket 1-4Buckets 5-9Buckets 10-19Buckets 20+Buckets

KH - UP TABLETS • Carbonate Hardness Generator in tablet form. • For pH control. • 1 tablet let raises carbona carbonate hardness of 60 litres by 20ppm.

CODE

SIZE

TK603 TK600 TK601 TK604 TK602 TK605

20 tab 100 tab 200 tab 1Kg 5Kg 20Kg

CTN 40 48 24 16 Bucket Bucket

MARINE PH BUFFER CODE

SIZE

TK700 TK701 TK702 TK705

25 tab 150 tab 300 tab 1Kg

CTN 40 48 24 16

- DOWN

• For reducing pH. • Pure grade chemical that works instantly. • Contains s phosphates. • 1 teaspoon per 70 litres.

CODE TK504 TK506 TK508 TK510 TK510B TK512

SIZE Vial 120gm 250gm 1Kg 10kg 25kg

CTN 28 48 16 Bucket Carton

Also available in bulk quantities.

ESI-LOW • Lowers pH in fresh or marine systems. • Quick adjustment for freshwater ter or marine. • 1mL/50L. More or less may be required according to individual situations. ions.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

TK710 TK711 TK712 TK713 TK714

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Formulated for marine and cichlid applications. • Restores the pH values es and replaces the alkalinity reserve. • 1 tablet per 100 litres

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

CARBONATE HARDNESS GENERATOR

LOWER

• Has built-in buffers to help maintain the pH at a prescribed level. • No phosphates. • Do Dose rates 1-5mLs per 20L depending on pH value starting point.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

TK610 TK611 TK612 TK613 TK614

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

NEUTRALIZER BLOCK • A block that slowly dissolves over a 10 to 14 day period. • Combats acids which lower pH. • Releases vitamin B1 for healthy fish. • One block for a 150 litre aquarium. • For both tropical and cold water aquariums.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FB600

35g

NOTE: Lowering pH can be an effective method of reducing the toxicity of ammonia & NO nitrate. Aquasonic recommends Esi-Low, pH Lower or pH Down for this application.

AQUASONIC OCEAN NATURE “synthetic SEA SALT” KNOWLEDGE Aquasonic has been manufacturing “Ocean Nature” sea salt in Australia for 35 years. “Ocean Nature” is used by universities, hobbyists, environmental laboratories, research institutes, live seafood holding systems, public aquariums, retail outlets and quarantine & holding facilities.

PURITY “Ocean Nature” is a balanced formulation & is blended by a unique processing technique with each batch being scientifically tested. An intricate part of the success of “Ocean Nature” sea salt is the sourcing of the minor & major components of the highest purity. The most important contemplation in culturing marine life is consideration of the uncontaminated environment in which marine life evolved. The complete spectrum of elements found in the oceans has been reflected in the manufacture of “Ocean Nature” Immediate Use “Ocean Nature” dissolves quickly & is ready to use within minutes of mixing. The dehydrated mixture provides excellent value to the user, excess water having been extracted from various salts during the manufacturing process. This process also provides a stable acceptable pH level upon mixing, allowing for immediate use.

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF “OCEAN NATURE” Australian made by Aquasonic No phosphates - No nitrates Dissolves very quickly Ready for use within minutes Complete spectrum of trace elements as found in natural sea water Can be used with all marine fish & the most delicate invertebrates Readily available

CODE

ON ON320 ON321 ON ON322 ON ON324 ON ON324B ON ON325 ON ON326 ON ON327 ON ON328 ON ON330 ON ON4P ON

SIZES

VOLUME OF WATER PRODUCED

2kg 4kg 10kg 20kg 20kg 20kg 20kg 20kg 20kg 4 Pt Mix 4 Pt Mix 10 tonne

60 L 120 L 300 L 600 L

BOX QTY 12Bags 6Bags 1 Bucket 1 Bag 1Bucket 10-24 boxes 25-49 boxes 50+ boxes 250+ boxes

30,000 L 100,000 L

“Proven for 35 years”

FUNGONEX ( FRESHWATER ONLY ) • Effective treatment of fungal infections in freshwater fish. • Use when fish show signs of fungal infections especially where fin or tail rot is evident. • Add 5mL per 20 litres. • Repeat treatment after 3 days.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FW028 FW048 FW068

100ml 250ml 1L

30 30 9

ICHONEX ( FRESHWATER ONLY ) • Treatment of whitespot (Ichthyophirius Multifillis) disease. • Does not stain. ain. • Treat at the rate of 5mL per 40 litres on first day and on days 2 & 3 at 1/2 rate /2 of the initial ra (2.5mL/40L). • To maximize result, 1/2 the daily dosage, adding it to the tank twice (morning orning and night night).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FW027 FW047 FW067

100ml 250ml 1L

30 30 9

BACTONEX ( FRESHWATER & MARINE )

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FW024 FW044 FW064

100ml 250ml 1L

30 30 9

FORMALIN MALACHITE SOLUTION ( FRESHWATER ONLY LY ) • Assists in the treatment of whitespot, ectoparasites on skin and gills, fungus ungus and turbid or cloudy skin and slimey skin disease. • Copper free. • Fish only treatment, not suitable for invertebrates. • Use 1mL per 40 litres es of aquarium w water each day for 4 days.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PL120 PL124 PL121

100ml 250ml 1L

30 30 9

METHYLENE BLUE ( FRESHWATER&MARINE ) • Treatment and control for mild fungus infections and fungus on eggs. • Use 5mL per 20 litres of aquarium water each day for 4 days.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PL080 PL084 PL081

100ml 250ml 1L

30 30 9

PARAGONE ( FRESHWATER & MARINE )

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Preventative antiseptic treatment for bacterial, fungal and protozoal infections ections in fresh a and salt water fish. • Use at water change time and when adding new fish. • Use 10mL per 40 litres. • Repeat after 5 days if necessary.

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

MEDICATIONS

• Tablets aid in the control of most external fish parasites including fish lice, ice, gill flukes and anchor worms. • Use 1 tablet per 40 litres of water and repeat the dose 7 days later. • During treatment iit is best to keep the water temperature around 25°C and to maintain pH between ween 6 and 7. • Observe fish during treatment for stress. ollars. • May adversely effect plecostomus, bristle nose type catfish and silver dollars.

CODE

SIZE

PL040 PL041 PL042

25 tabs 100 tabs 300 tabs

CTN 30 30 9

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

BIO-TET ( FRESHWATER & MARINE ) B • Br Broad spectrum antibiotic for the treatment of infectious diseases in freshwater and saltwater fish. • Convenient tablet form which dissolves slowly for maximum effectiveness. te • Pr Prolonged use may affect helpful bacteria flora in biological filters. • Useful for the treatment of red slime in marine aquariums. • Use 1 tablet per 20 litres of aquarium water.

CODE C

SIZE

Pl Pl020 Pl021 Pl Pl022 Pl

25 tabs 100 tabs 300 tabs

CTN 30 30 9

VERTONEX ( MARINE ONLY ) • For the treatment of whitespot in fish where corals and invertebrates are present. • Use 3mL per 70 litres of aquarium water daily for 4 days. • Corals and anemones may withdraw during treatment. • Clams & mussels should be removed during treatment.

CODE

SIZE

RN127 RN147 RN167

100ml 250ml 1L

CTN 30 30 9

OODONEX ( MARINE ONLY ) • For the treatment of oodinium and whitespot in marine aquarium fish. • Do not use with corals and invertebrates. • Remove carbon filters when applying treatment. • Use 3mL per 50 litres of aquarium water each for 4 days.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RN126 RN146 RN166

100ml 250ml 1L

30 30 9

AQUARIUM SALT

BRIGHTWELL AQUATICS

NEOMARINE - PRECISION SALT BLEND FOR REEF AQUARIA • Formulated from natural sea water chemistry. • Mixes to 1.025 (Natural sea water ratios). • Composed of ACS and USP grade ingredients of only the highest quality and purity. • Manufactured in Brightwell Aquatics own production facility, not outsourced, to maintain the highest level of quality and consistent formulation. • Provides all major elements, all non-conservative minor and trace elements, and elements known to be utilized in the production of biological pigments (biochromes) in precise seawater ratios. (All conservative seawater elements known to not be utilized by biological processes are not included and deemed to be not essential to the survival of marine inhabitants). • Elements are provided by individual salts (no seawater evaporate is used); this enables Brightwell Aquatics to maintain a consistent formulation and appearance to the finished salt mix at all times. • Each ingredient is measured using an extremely accurate process, and blended in a clean and dry environment. This promotes uniformity of particle size and homogeneity throughout each individual container of NeoMarine. Small batches are made and lot numbered to maintain the highest standards of quality control. • Contains no detectable ammonia, nitrate, phosphate, or organic substances at standard specific gravity. It dissolves completely to create crystal clear water. • Extensively tested over a multi year period with 100% success on all manner of marine invertebrates, fishes and desirable algae. Numerous species of fish, corals and mollusks have reproduced freely when maintained in water prepared with this salt blend. • Formulated for all marine organisms, not just fish or reef inhabitants.

CODE NMAR16 NMAR50 NMAR150 NMAR300 NMAR2000 NMAR5000

SIZE makes 61 litres packaged in pre lined box makes 189 litres packaged in stand up resealable bag makes 568 litres packaged in gasketed resealable bucket makes 1,136 litres packaged in heavy-wall corrugated box For inhouse use only makes 7,571 litres packaged in open-head reusable drum For inhouse use only makes 18,925 litres packaged in a bulk sack For inhouse use only

CTN 1 4 1 1 1 1

• Precision reef salt pre-mix formulation based on Brightwell Aquatics NeoMarine Reef Salt. • Provides an economical alternative to complete salt blends for aquarists maintaining large marine aquarium systems without sacrificing the aspect of quality that is synonymous with NeoMarine; well suited to zoos and museum exhibits, educational and research institution systems and private large scale aquaria, demanding a precision marine salt blend with consideration given to budget limitations. • When mixed with the appropriate amount of sodium chloride, the resulting solution presents natural seawater ratios of all major elements, as well as all non-conservative minor and trace elements. • Requires mixing of 43gms NeoMarine Kalibrate pre-mix with 91gms of non iodized sodium chloride (supplied by the user) per 3.785 litres of water to obtain a specific gravity of 1.025 with a pH of 8.3 and alkalinity of 7.5 dKH. • May be mixed at different ratios of Kalibrate to sodium chloride (NaCl) to alter alkalinity and concentrations of elements as desired (e.g. the ratio of Kalibrate: NaCl may be increased for enhanced concentrations of magnesium, calcium, potassium, strontium etc while still maintaining their relative ratios). • May be added to inexpensive salt blends or salt blends with insufficient levels of major and minor elements (excluding sodium chloride) to enhance concentration of important elements. Precision Salt Pre-Mix requires NaCl (user supplied)

CODE

SIZE makes 189 litres makes 568 litres makes 1,703 litres makes 3,407 litres for inhouse use only makes 22,712 litres for inhouse use only makes 56,781 litres for inhouse use only

CTN 1 1 1 1 1 1

pH & ALKALINITY ALKALIN 8.3 • Concentrated kH buffer supplement for all marine fish and reef aquaria. • Helps increase pH stability in an aquarium by raising alkalinity. • Provides a strong source of carbonates. • Over 50% stronger than most competing products. • Free of phosphate, silicate and organic material. • Add product at the maximum rate of 5 mL per 110 litres daily until the desired alkalinity is attained. • Continued addition raises pH to 8.3 at which point pH remains unchanged & alkalinity alone increases.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ALK250 ALK500 ALK2 ALK20

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

ALKALIN 8.3P • Highly-effective alkalinity-increasing (”buffer”) powdered blend. • Increases pH stability in an aquarium by raising the alkalinity. • Provides a strong source of carbonates, which make up the majority by weight of aragonite. • Dissolve 2 grams (~½ teaspoon) of product in 240mL of H2o first then add product to 75 litres of aquarium H2o. • Add every other day or as needed to maintain the alkalinity within a range of 7 - 12 dKH.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ALKP250 ALKP500 ALK1000 ALK4 ALK20

250g 500g 1kg 4kg 20kg

12 12 6 1 1

PH+

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

NKAL50 NKAL150 NKAL450 NKAL900 NKAL6000 NKAL15000

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

NEOMARINE KALIBRATE - PRECISION SALT PRE-MIX

• Increases pH in marine and reef aquaria. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity materials. • Formulated by a marine scientist. • Add this product at the maximum dosage of 5 mL per 75 litres per 24-hours at the same time each day.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PHP250 PHP500 PHP2 PHP20

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

REEF BUILDING LIQUID REEF • Complete source of the elements and molecules that are used by corals, clams and other reef building invertebrates. • Provides calcium, strontium, magnesium and potassium in approximately the same ratio in which they occur in aragonite. • Very strong source of carbonates. • Increases alkalinity to help stabilise pH. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) of product per 225 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the calcium concentration within a range of 412 - 450 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

LRF250 LRF500 LRF2L LRF20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 3 1

ELEMENTAL • Complete source of the elements and molecules directly used by corals, clams and other reef-building invertebrates and organisms to create skeletal material and growth. • Provides calcium, strontium, magnesium and potassium. • Very strong source of carbonates. • Dissolve 2 grams (~½ teaspoon) of product per 75 litres of aquarium water in 245mL of fresh water. • Stir immediately prior to use and add every other day to provide important elements to reef-building organisms.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ELEM200 ELEM400 ELEM800 ELEM3.2 ELEM20

200g 400g 800g 3.2kg 20kg

12 12 6 1 1

REEF CODE A • The calcium-bearing component of a two-part method for dosing calcium and carbonates the substances largely responsible for increasing alkalinity ”buffering capacity” in the same ratio found in natural seawater. • Ionically-balanced with respect to natural seawater concentrations of calcium and carbonates when used in equal amounts with Reef Code B. • Add 5mL (1 capful) of product per 75 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the calcium concentration within a range of 412 - 450 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RCA250 RCA500 RCA2L RCA20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

REEF CODE B • The carbonate-bearing component of a two-part method for dosing calcium and carbonates. • Ionically-balanced with respect to natural seawater concentrations of calcium and carbonates when used in equal amounts with Reef Code A. • Benefits reef-building organisms such as corals, clams etc. • Add 5mL (1 capful) of product per 75 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the alkalinity within a range of 7 - 12 dKH.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RCB250 RCB500 RCB2L RCB20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

REEF CODE A-P • The calcium bearing component of a two-part method for dosing calcium and carbonates, in the same ratio as found in natural seawater. • Benefits reef-building organisms such as corals, clams, calcareous algae etc. • Simplifies calcium and alkalinity maintenance. • Economical for particularly large systems. • Contains no phosphate, silicate, or organic material. • Formulated by a marine scientist.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RCAP250 RCAP500 RCAP1000 RCAP4KG RCAP20KG

250g 500g 1kg 4kg 20kg

12 12 6 1 1

REEF CODE B-P • The alkalinity-bearing component of a two-part method for dosing calcium and carbonates (the substances largely responsible for increasing alkalinity (“buffering capacity”) in the same ratio as found in natural seawater. • Benefits reef-building organisms such as corals, clams, calcareous algae, etc. • Simplifies calcium and alkalinity maintenance; economical for particularly large systems. • Contains no phosphate, silicate, or organic material. • Formulated by a marine scientist.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RCBP250 RCBP500 RCBP1000 RCBP4KG RCBP20KG

250g 500g 1kg 4kg 20kg

12 12

VITAMARIN-C • Highly-concentrated vitamin-C solution. • Buffered; will not impact pH when used as directed. • Associated with improved tissue growth and with aiding the immune system. • Intended to provide benefits to all aquarium inhabitants. • Well-suited to use in coral propagation. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity ingredients. • Begin by adding 2 mL (approximately 16 drops) per 75 litres of water weekly for the first four weeks of use.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

VTC125 VTC250 VTC500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

VITAMARIN-F • Full-spectrum vitamin supplement formulated to benefit freshwater fishes and motile invertebrates. • Provides a full-complement of water and fat-soluble vitamins in ratios found to improve overall health and coloration. • Useful when preparing fishes for spawning; also benefits parents caring for their brood. • Requires no refrigeration. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity materials.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

VTF125

125ml

VITAMARIN-M • Full-spectrum vitamin supplement formulated to benefit marine fishes, corals and other invertebrates. • Provides a full-complement of vitamins. • Requires no refrigeration. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity materials. • Formulated by a marine scientist. • Add 2 mL (approximately 16 drops) per 75 litres of water weekly for the first four weeks of use.

SIZE

CTN

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

MAJOR ELEMENTS: SOLUTIONS MAGNESION • Highly concentrated ionic magnesium solution. • Helps regulate the balance between calcium and carbonates in aquarium water. • Contains no unwanted organic material eg EDTA, gluconate or polygluconate. • Add 5 ml (1 capful) of product per 90 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the magnesium concentration within a range of 1,290 - 1,320 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MAG250 MAG500 MAG2L MAG20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

CALCION • Highly concentrated ionic calcium solution. • 110,000 ppm ionic calcium. • Contains no unwanted organic material eg EDTA. • Free of phosphate, silicate and organic material. • Over 50% stronger than most competing products. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) of product per 175 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the calcium concentration within a range of 412 - 450 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

CAL250 CAL500 CAL2L CAL20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE VTM125 VTM250 VTM500

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

VITAMINS

POTASSION • Highly concentrated ionic potassium solution. • 80,000 ppm, considerably stronger and more economical than competing potassium products. • May be used to combat potassium depletion. • Add 5mL per 225 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the potassium concentration with a range of 390-410 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PTS250 PTS500 PTS2L PTS20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

STRONTION • Highly-concentrated ionic strontium solution. • Incorporated by corals, clams and other reef-building invertebrates into aragonite, the mineral that is secreted as skeletal material. • Contains no unwanted organic material such as EDTA, gluconate, or polygluconate. • Free of phosphate, silicate and organic material. • Add 5 ml (1 capful) of product per 75 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the strontium concentration within a range of 8 - 12 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

STR250 STR500 STR2L STR20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

SOLUTION OF HYDRATED MAGNESIUM • Safely increases magnesium concentration in all marine and reef aquaria. • Utilizes specific magnesium salts to obtain the desired results. • May be used to attain and maintain a magnesium concentration in excess of 1,500 ppm as desired by aquarists. • Maintaining an elevated magnesium concentration, relative to the average natural seawater concentration, for a prolonged period of time may be of benefit to reef aquaria in certain situations and should be attempted by experienced aquarists only. • 75,000 ppm magnesium

CODE

SIZE

CTN

HMG250 HMG20L

250ml 20L

12 1

MAJOR ELEMENTS: POWDERS MAGNESION-P

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

• High-purity powdered magnesium blend. • Provides magnesium which helps regulate the balance of calcium and carbonates. • Dissolve 2.5 grams (~½ teaspoon) of product per 110 litres of aquarium water in 245 mls of fresh water; add every other day or as needed to maintain the magnesium concentration within a range of 1,290 - 1,320 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MAGP300 MAGP600 MAGP1200 MAGP4.8 MAGP24

300g 600g 1.2kg 4.8kg 24kg

12 12 6 1 1

CALCION-P • High-purity powdered calcium water. • Increases the concentration of calcium in marine aquarium water. • 330,000-370,000 ppm of Ionic calcium. • Provides corals and other reef-building invertebrates with one of the most important elements required for growth. • Dissolve 2 grams (½ teaspoon) of product per 75 litres of aquarium water in 245mls of fresh water. Add every other day or as needed to maintain the calcium concentration within a range of 412 - 450 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

CALP200 CALP400 CALP800 CALP3.2 CALP16

200g 400g 800g 3.2kg 16kg

12 12 6 1 1

POTASSION-P • High purity powdered potassium. • Provides potassium to small-polyp stony (SPS) corals, helping to improve the natural blue colouration in these corals. • Used to combat potassium depletion that is often accompanied by using Zeolite based filtration media.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PTSP300 PTSP600 PTSP1200 PTSP4.8 PTSP24

300g 600g 1.2kg 4.8kg 24kg

12 12 6 1 1

STRONTION-P • High-purity powdered strontium. • Incorporated by corals, clams, and other reef-building invertebrates into aragonite. • Dissolve 1 gram (¼ teaspoon) of product per 150 litres of aquarium water in 245mls of fresh water. Add every other day or as needed to maintain the strontium concentration within a range of 8 - 12 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

STRP150 STRP300 STRP600 STRP1200

150g 300g 600g 1.2kg

12 12 12 6

• Contains calcium, strontium and magnesium in the same ionic ratios found in aragonite. • Provides temporary alkalinity and helps maintain pH. • Adds no conservative elements, such as chloride to the aquarium. • Improves upon the industry-standard powdered calcium supplement over the past three decades. • Create a stock solution by dissolving 6 grams (1 tsp) of Kalk+2 in 4.5 litres of fresh water (preferably purified) and allowing at least one hour for any settling to occur. Do not add this product directly to aquarium without diluting in water as directed.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

KALK100 KALK225 KALK450 KALK1.8 KALK9

100g 225g 450g 1.8kg 9kg

12 12 6 1 1

NANO-REEF NANOCODE • Part of a complete system for simplifying and maintaining proper water chemistry in very small (nano) reef aquaria. • NanoCode A provides calcium, potassium and strontium in aragonite ratios, enhanced magnesium (relative to the aragonite ratios) and non-conservative minor and trace elements in natural sea water ratios. • NanoCode B provides molecules that increase pH stability and form an integral part of aragonite, the mineral that is secreted by reef building organisms. Used in conjunction with NanoCode B, promotes stable water chemistry and improves rate of biogenic aragonite formation • Contains no phosphate,silicate or organic material.

CODE

SIZE Code A 125ml Code B 125ml Code A 250ml Code B 250ml Code A 500ml Code B 500ml

CTN 12 12 12 12 12 12

CORAL NUTRITION CORALAMINO • Complex of free-form amino acids in the same ratios found in tissues of stony corals. • Beneficial to all corals as well as solitary and colonial polyps. • Provides the building blocks of coral tissue. • Repairs damage incurred during fragmentation and propagation. • Encourages growth, fission and vibrant colours. • Pour 1 mL (20 drops) into a small container and suck a portion into a feeding device, then slowly discharge contents 2 - 4” upstream of target organism(s).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

COA30 COA60 COA125 COA250

30ml 60ml 125ml 250ml

12 12 12 12

RESTOR • Amino acid & fatty acid complex for coral tissue. • Encourages health, growth, reproduction & vibrant coloration. • Provides important nutrients to corals & their allies during periods of stress induced by changes in lighting &/or prolonged exposure to excessive water temperature. • Aids in tissue repair after coral have undergone fragmenting & captive propagation. • Add up to 5mL per 190L every 2 - 3 days or as needed.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RST125 RST250 RST500 RST2L RST20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

NCA125 NCB125 NCA250 NCB250 NCA500 NCB500

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

KALK+2

SPONGEXCEL • Ionic silica solution is for enhancing growth rates of sponges and gastropods. • 1 drop per 3.78L(1 gallon) of water increases ionic silica concentration by 0.20 ppm. • May be employed in silica-limited systems stocked with sponges to improve water quality by increasing the rate of natural latent organic material uptake by these organisms. • Used to increase the rate of sponge growth in marine systems housing spongivorous fishes such as marine anglefishes, butterflyfishes and their allies, providing them with greater access to their natural foods.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

SPO60 SPO125 SPO2L SPO20L

60ml 125ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

MAJOR & MINOR TRACE REPLENISH • Replaces trace and minor elements used by fishes, corals and other invertebrates which are lost through chemical filtration. • Provides 29 minor and trace minerals, all present in natural seawater. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity materials. • Add ½ mL (~10 drops) of product per 95 litres of aquarium water every other day.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

REP125 REP250 REP500 REP2L REP20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

KORALCOLOR • Contains biocromes to enhance colouration of corals & fish. • Provides trace quality elements. • Does not influence population density of zooxanthellae. • Add 1mL to 95 litres every 3 days (alternatively, twice a week).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

COL250 COL500 COL2L COL20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

FERRION • Highly concentrated and stable iron solution, particularly suited to systems with refugiums. • Supplements zooanthellate corals, clams, macroalgae, coralline algae, mangroves, marsh grasses and other marine algae and plants. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) of product per 175 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the iron concentration within a range of 0.05 - 0.10 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FER250 FER500 FER2L FER20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

KORALLE-VM • Unique vitamin and minor and trace element complex for establishing and replacing substances important to marine invertebrates including corals and clams. • Does not require refrigeration. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity materials. • Add 5mL per 75 litres of water in the aquarium system weekly for the first four weeks of use, then gradually increase the dosage to 10 mL per 75 litres per week if desired.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

KVM125 KVM250 KVM500 KVM2L KVM20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

BOROCHROM • Provides boron, a component of alkalinity that is also associated with improving colour intensity of coral tissue through incorporation into red phytopigments. • Encourages biogenous aragonite formation (increased growth rates of coralline algae, as well as skeletal growth in corals and other reef-building invertebrates). • Considerably stronger than competing boron supplements. • Utilizes ACS-Reagent grade active ingredients.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

BCM250

250ml

PLANKTONIC SUSPENSIONS PHYTOGREEN-S • Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 1 - 2µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Formulated to provide over 1-billion phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNS125 PNS250 PNS500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 1

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNS2 PNS20

2L 20L

4 1

• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 10 - 15µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 650-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNM125 PNM250 PNM500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNM2 PNM20

2L 20L

4 1

PHYTOGOLD-S • Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 4 - 10µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms, and larval invertebrates. • Over 75-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar device. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PDS125 PDS250 PDS500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PDS2L PDS20L

2L 20L

4 1

• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 8 - 20µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges ,tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 50-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid colouration of invertebrates. • Related products: PhytoChrom, PhytoGold-S, PhytoGreen-M and PhytoGreen-S. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNM100 PNM250 PNM500

100ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNM2L PNM20L

2L 20L

4 1

PHYTOCHROM • Provides 6 types of phytoplankton ranging in size from1 - 30µm. • Ideally sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges,tunicates, tube worms, bryozoans, larval crustaceans and juvenile fishes. • Over 200-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PCM125 PCM250 PCM500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PCM2 PCM20

2L 20L

4 1

ZOOPLANKTOS-S • Provides zooplankton and fully-digestible, unhatched eggs ranging in size from 50 - 300µm. • Ideallysized for many stony corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile fishes etc. • Over four thousand prey per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and fishes. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ZPS125 ZPS250 ZPS500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ZPS2L ZPS20L

2L 20L

4 1

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

PHYTOGOLD-M

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

PHYTOGREEN-M

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

ZOOPLANKTOS-M • Provides zooplankton ranging in size from 500 - 1,000µm (1mm). • Ideally-sized for many stony corals, clams, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile fishes, adult planktivorous and microinvertebratepredatory fishes. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and fishes. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ZPM125 ZPM250 ZPM500 ZPM2L ZPM20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

ZOOPLANKTOS-L • Provides zooplankton ranging in size from 500 - 2,000µm (2mm). • Ideally-sized for many stony corals, clams, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile fishes etc. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and fishes. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ZPL125 ZPL250 ZPL500 ZPL2L ZPL20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

BIOFILTRATION & NUTRITRIENT CONTROL KATALYST - pelletized bio reactive filtration media for nitrate and phosphate control • Bio-Reactive filtration media, providing an ideal colonization substrate and a suitable source of organic carbon to beneficial microbes responsible for uptake of nitrate and phosphate. • May be used with pro biotic bacterial sources such as Aquasonic Bio-Aid and/or as part of a low nutrient approach to aquarium husbandry. • Improves water clarity through re mineralization of latent dissolved organic compounds present in system. • Safe for use in all freshwater and marine aquaria, including planted and reef systems.• MADE IN THE USA - sold by mass, not volume; 1g = ~1.6ml of competing media

CODE KATA600 KATA3.2KG KATA16KG

SIZE

CTN

600gm 3.2kg 16kg

NEOZEO • Unique Zeolitic media for selective removal of dissolved organic compounds through ionic and molecular adsorption, as well as passive uptake by beneficial microbes that colonise the media. • Provides a colonization site for the micro-organism responsible for nitrification, denitrification and organic waste degradation in marine aquaria. • Improves water quality and provides an important food source for corals and other suspension feeding organisms.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NEOZ4.5 NEOZ1000 NEOZ11kg

4.5kg 1kg 11kg

1 6 6

REEF BIOFUEL • Helps maintain a balance of nutrients in aquariums. • Indirectly benefits corals and other suspension feeding invertebrates by encouraging reproduction of bacterioplankton. • Encourages polyp-expansion in corals. • May be used to expedite biological filtration in new applications. • Replaces vodka method to stimulate microbial activity. • Increases natural assimilate of organic material, nitrate & phosphate.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

BIO250 BIO500 BIO2 BIO20

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 1

• Immediately improves water quality in all manner of aquaria by enhancing the rate of particulate and dissolved organic material decomposition, enabling the constituents to be more effectively removed with protein skimming, activated carbon and other means of biological and chemical filtration. • Safe for use with all fishes, invertebrates and plants. • Particularly useful in heavily-stocked, heavilyfed aquaria during problems with water quality in which the elevated concentration of organic material in the aquarium would negatively impact the health of the inhabitants. • Reacts completely, leaves no residue.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RDX250

250ml

IODINE & IODIDE LUGOL’S • A strong source of iodide and iodine. • Formulated for advanced hobbyists. • Beneficial to aquariums heavily stocked with significant iodine demands. • Each mL of Brightwell Aquatics Lugol’s will increase the concentration of iodine in 4 litres of water by 18 ppm. • 1 drop per 160 litres daily to maintain a concentration of 0.05 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

LUG30 LUG60 LUG125 LUG1000

30ml 60ml 125ml 1L

12 12 12 1

• Highly concentrated iodide solution. • More effective than standard iodine solutions. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) of product per 190 litres of aquarium water every two to three days or as needed to maintain the iodine concentration within a range of 0.04 - 0.06 ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

IOD250 IOD500 IOD2L IOD20L

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

MEDI-CORAL • Coral Dip for new coral additions and to benefit established corals. • Triple acting formulation provides short and long term benefits to dipped corals. • Formulated to prepare corals for addition to a pre-existing aquarium, as well as to benefit corals showing signs of tissue damage or degradation. • Gently oxidizes areas of damaged coral tissue to help halt, or prevent onset of tissue degradation. • Discourages pathogens from establishing themselves in areas of damaged tissue. • Not a medication, contains no antibiotics or heavy metals.

CODE MDC30 MDC60 MDC1L

SIZE

CTN

30ml 60ml 1000ml

PARTICULATE FOOD SUSPENSIONS MACROVORE • Macro diet for anemones, LPS corals & planktivorous motile invertebrates & fishes. • Suspension of North American marine crustacean roe with a size range of ~0.7 - 1.2 mm. • Fortified with free-form essential amino acids, vitamins important to immune system function, carotenoid-rich oils of marine origin (also rich in omega-3 HUFA) and natural feeding attractants to improve feeding responsiveness in fishes. • Appropriate for feeding anemones, LPS corals, gorgonians and solitary and colonial polyps, particularly at night when tentacles are extended to maximize chances of prey-capture. • Readily consumed by planktivorous fishes. • Add 2.5mL per 190 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MAV125

125ml

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

IODION

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

REDOXLCLEAN

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

MICROVORE • Suspension of particulate of microencapsulated marine proteins, lipids and carbohydrates fortified with complex and free form amino acids. • Ideal for feeding zooxanthellate & azooxanthellate soft corals, LPS, gorgonians, anemones & other solitary & colonal polyps. • Readily eaten by a multitude of reef associated fishes known to feed on food particles drifting in the water column. • Does not require refrigeration. • Formulated by a marine scientist. • Related product - Reef Snow. • Add 2.5 mL per 225 litres of water in the entire aquarium in an area of rapid water movement every other day for the first four weeks of use. • Dosage may be gradually increased if desired.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MIV250 MIV500 MIV2 MIV20

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

REEF SNOW • Liquid suspension. • Replicates marine snow for coral and other suspension feeding organisms. • Complex of carbonate-bound, non-conservative major, minor and trace elements. • Delivers inorganic and organic nutrients required by stony corals, soft corals, clams etc. • Ideally fed at night when most corals extend their tentacles. • Does not require refrigeration. • Shake product well before using. • Turn protein skimmer and other mechanical filtration off prior to adding Reef Snow and allow 10-15 minutes after use before resuming operation of filtration. • Add 2.5mL per 190 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

SNO250 SNO500 SNO2 SNO20

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

FISH NUTRITION AMINOMEGA • Increases the nutritional value of foods with sources of amino acids, omega-3 and 6 highly unsaturated fatty acids. • Composed of a blend of unique marine fish and crustacean sources. • Does not require refrigeration. • Liquid food suspensions may be fortified by adding 0.5 mL (approximately 4 drops) of Aminomega per 10 mL of food suspension; stir to mix and allow 5 minutes to elapse before feeding.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

AMO60 AMO125 AMO250 AMO500

60ml 125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12 12

GARLICPOWER • Delivers the nutritional benefits of raw garlic to fishes primarily by being applied to their food. • Consists solely of extract of raw garlic with a small amount of vitamin C. • Improves the health of fish. • Motivates finicky feeders. • Does not require refrigeration. • Liquid food suspensions may be fortified by adding 1.0 mL (approximately 8 drops) Garlic Power per 10mL of food suspension. • Stir to mix and allow 5 minutes to elapse before feeding.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

GAR30 GAR60 GAR125 GAR1000

30ml 60ml 125ml 1L

12 12 12 1

MAXAMINO • Unique complex of 20 free form amino acids in the same ratios found in the tissues of fishes. • Beneficial to all marine, brackish and freshwater fishes. • Increases the protein concentration of fish foods. • Enhances the nutritional value of fish foods. • Acts as a food attractant. • Add 5mL per 225 litres of water in the entire aquarium system daily for the first 4 weeks of use then the dosage may be gradually increased as desired.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MAX125 MAX250

125ml 250ml

12 12

• Complex of free form amino acids in the same ratios found within the tissues of sponges. • Utilizes natural attractants and marine derived proteins to improve feeding response and increase protein percentage of fish foods respectively. • Beneficial to all fishes whose diets are in large parts composed of sponges, including angel fishes, butterfly fishes, Moorish Idols, and their respective allies. • Free form amino acids encourage vibrant colouration, provide building blocks of protein in ideal ratios to encourage the formation of new tissue, speeding up growth rates. • Encourages new tissue growth to aid in recovery from wounds incurred during aggressive encounters with tank mates or during spawning periods. • Formulation based upon sponge tissue analysis and marine finfish culture. • Does not require refrigeration.

CODE

SIZE

ANG125 ANG250 ANG1000

125ml 250ml 1L

CTN

PHOSPHATE CONTROL FERROXIPHOS-G • Directly and efficiently removes reactive phosphate from aquarium water. • Also removes silicate and phosphate-based organic material from aquarium water, often resulting in improved water clarity (particularly in aquaria with heavy bioloads). • Safe for use in all freshwater and marine aquaria, including planted and reef systems.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FOXG300

300g

PHOSPHATR

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PHOR175 PHOR250 PHOR500 PHOR1000 PHOR3.8 PHOR20

175ml 250ml 500ml 1L 3.8L 20L

12 12 12 6 1 1

• Prior to first use, rinse resin under a stream of purified water. • For initial application in aquarium, use 1 mL per 4.5 litres of water in system and monitor phosphate concentration during usage.

PHOSPHAT–E • Eliminates reactive phosphate from all marine fish and reef aquaria. • Begins to eliminate reactive phosphate immediately upon addition to the aquarium. • Safe for all inhabitants of both reef and marine fish only aquaria. • Each mL eliminates 1ppm phosphate in 15L of water, 250mL treats 3785L. • Helps facilitate removal of phosphate from aquaria during periods when dissolved organic material is abundant. • May be used on an ongoing basis to help control phosphate in heavily stocked aquaria.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

POE250 POE500 POE2 POE20

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

EXTRAPHOS • Phosphate-Adsorption media for use in all freshwater & marine aquaria. • Phosphate, while required in minuscule amounts by living organisms for proper functioning, can indirectly negatively impact the overall appearance of an aquarium system if it is allowed to exist at a concentration measurable by most aquarium test kits, e.g. less than 0.05 ppm. • In order for this impact to occur, other undesirable substances must be present in varying concentrations, however these substances are rarely limiting in the typical marine aquarium. Because of this, elevated phosphate concentrations, whether sporadic or chronic, should be combated. • The combined characteristics of shape, porosity and grade of material enable Extrax Phos to effectively trap phosphate and remove it from aquarium water. • This method of treatment may be used as needed and/or on a continual basis to maintain an immeasurable phosphate concentration in a marine aquarium.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FOXG300

300g

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Next-generation regenerable phosphate adsorption resin. • Removes silicates. • Far more effective than activated alumina and granular ferric products. • Will not negatively impact water quality nor release phosphate or silicate. • Contains no aluminium. • Regenerable up to five times using Regeneratphor.

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

ANGELIXER

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

REGENERATPHOR • Regenerates up to 1,500 mL total of Brightwell Aquatics Phosphat R regenerable phosphate adsorption resin. • Regenerates: 175 ml size 8 times 250 ml size 6 times 500 ml size 3 times

CODE

SIZE

CTN

REGP1200

1200g

For each 250 ml of resin to be regenerated, in a clean 4.5 litre bucket, thoroughly mix 200 g (¾ cup) with 2.25 litres of hot tap water. Regeneration efficiency is directly related to reaction time between the resultant solution and the PhosphoR resin.

DECHLORINATION ERASE-CL • Removes chloramines, chlorine, ammonia and nitrites from tap water. • Can be used to neutralize iodine in the event of an overdose in aquariums. • Safe for all marine and freshwater aquariums. • Phosphate and silicate free. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 90 litres of water to remove chloramines and ammonia; used in this fashion, Erase-Cl will treat up to 6 ppm chlorine, 3 ppm chloramines or 1 ppm ammonia.

Determine ammonia concentration in aquarium using an Aquasonic ammonia test kit. CODE

SIZE

CTN

ERA125 ERA250 ERA500 ERA2L ERA20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 1L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

ERASE-CL P • Economical powdered form of Erase-Clp, specifically made available for professional and recreational aquarists maintaining particularly large systems and/or servicing numerous aquariums. • Neutralizes chloramines, chlorine, iodine, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate in tap and/or aquarium water. • Used as directed, safely prepares water for use in all marine and freshwater aquaria.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ERAP250

125ml

MEDIA CARBONIT-P • Premium quality activated carbon. • Promotes water quality by removing dissolved organic material. • Features high capacity for organic removal. • Average particle sizes encourages optimal flow and effectiveness.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

CRBP500 CRBP2KG CRBP3.2 CRBP11 CRBP20

500g 2kg 3.2kg 11kg 20kg

6 1 1 1 1

Each 500 grams will treat 1500 litres of aquarium water. Prior to use, rinse under a stream of fresh water

CORALAZARUS CALREACTOR MEDIUM • High purity natural mineral that may be employed in traditional calcium reactors, or even blended into pre-existing aquarium substratum to gradually increase and maintain the calcium concentration and alkalinity in marine aquaria. • CoraLazarus is a strong source of calcium, the most abundant cation by percent mass in aragonite, the mineral secreted by reef-building organisms to form skeletal material. • Through dissolution, provides calcium, magnesium, strontium, potassium and carbonates. • Aids in increasing alkalinity to stabilize pH and encourage rapid biogenic aragonite formation. • Optimal average particle size for use in media reactors and calcium reactors.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

CLAZ1000 CLAZ5KG

1kg 5kg

2 1

• High purity magnesium media for placement in reef aquarium media reactors. • Provides magnesium which helps regulate the relationship between calcium and carbonates and is a component of aragonite, the mineral secreted by reef building organisms to form their skeletal structure. • Composed of magnesium, calcium and carbonates.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

NEOM1000 NEOM5000 NEOM20000

1kg 5kg 20kg

6 1 1

NITRATR - NITRATE ADSORPTION RESIN

• Next generation regenerable nitrate adsorption resin is effective in marine and freshwater aquaria; does not require soaking in buffered water prior to initial use. • Highly selective for Nitrate. • Will not negatively impact water quality, nor release nitrate once exhausted. • Synthetic polymer resin beads provide for durability and excellent flow characteristics. • May be employed in fluidized bed, canister or passive filtration. • Will not impact alkalinity in aquaria as some competing products may. • Regenerable over 250 times using normal table salt or sodium chloride, dramatically increasing cost effectiveness. • Dose rate of 500mL of resin per 380 litres of water will remove 20ppm of nitrate. • When nitrate concentration remains unchanged, or begins to increase, regenerate resin.

CODE NITR250 NITR500 NITR1000 NITR3.8L NITR20L

SIZE 250ml 500ml 1000ml 3.8 litre 20 litre

CTN 6

• Regenerable dissolved organic material (DOM) adsorption resin is effective in all marine and freshwater aquaria. • Improves water quality by removing latent dissolved organic material and encouraging higher oxidation-reduction potential (ORP, also known as Redox). • Removes dyes and discoloration from water. • Will not release adsorbed organic material once exhausted. • Ideal for use in small (e.g. nano) aquaria where a protein skimmer is not feasible. • Does not actively remove trace, minor or major elements from aquarium water. • May be used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for activated carbon. • Synthetic polymer resin beads provide durability and excellent flow characteristics. May be employed in fluidized bed, canister or passive filtration. • Regenerable over 250 times using normal table salt or sodium chloride, dramatically increasing cost effectiveness. • Dose rate of 500mL of resin per 1,100 litres of water. • Regenerate once the resin becomes a medium brown color indicating exhaustion.

CODE ORGR250 ORGR500 ORGR1000 ORGR3.8L ORGR20L

SIZE 250ml 500ml 1000ml 3.8 litre 20 litre

CTN 6

IONITR

• High capacity, regenerable adsorption resin is effective in marine and freshwater aquaria. • Dramatically improves water quality by removing dissolved organic material, toxic gasses, heavy metals, and other impurities. • Helps control nutrient levels (including ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and phosphate). • Will not negatively impact water quality once exhausted. • Regenerable over 250 times, significantly increasing cost effectiveness relative to activated carbon when comparing filtration capability.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

IONR250

250ml

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

ORGANITR - ORGANIC ADSORPTION RESIN

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

NEOMAG

KORALAGOON SUBSTRAT • Simulates the natural substrate particle profile of tropical and reef lagoons. • Encourages biochemical reactions eg nitrification and de-nitrification. • Encourages the growth of reef building organisms and stabilises pH.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

KSUB1400 KSUB5.4KG KSUB27

1.4kg 5.4kg 27kg

6 1 1

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

PLANTED AQUARIA FLORINMULTI • Provides 14 elements critical to long-term health, growth and colouration of aquatic plants. • May be used to establish beneficial water parameters in new aquaria. • Replenishes depleted elemental concentrations in aquariums. • Well suited to the planted aquarium hobbyist. • Formulated utilising extensive research on aquatic plant nutrient requirements. • Add 5mL per 190 litres every other day or when required.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FNM125 FNM250 FNM500 FNM2L FNM20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

FLORIN-K • Concentrated source of high-purity potassium required by plants. • Stronger than most competing products. • Formulated utilising extensive research on aquatic plant nutrient requirements. • Add 5mL per 190 litres every other day or when required.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FNK125 FNK250 FNK500 FNK2L FNK20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

FLORIN-FE • Provides both ferrous and ferric iron sources to maximise benefits to plant aquaria. • Two tiered approach to iron supplementation consists of one ingredient to deliver immediate iron and another ingredient that slowly releases iron during the light cycle when the aquarium is illuminated. • 1mL per 38 litres of aquarium water. • Maintain iron concentrations with a range of 0.05-0.10ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FNF125 FNF250 FNF500 FNF2L FNF20L

125ml 250ml 500m 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

FLORINAXIS • Concentrated source of bioavailable carbon, Krebs cycle intermediates, humic & amino acids & naturally occuring phytohormones. • May be used as a primary or supplementary source of carbon. • For the first 3-5 weeks of use, add 5mL per 190 litres once each week, increase dosage thereafter depending on perceived nutrient needs of plants.

CODE FNA125 FNA250 FNA500 FNA2L FNA20L

SIZE

CTN

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

FLORINGRO • Concentrated form of nitrogen, one of the most important plant nutrients. • Nitrogen is present as nitrate, a form appropriate in aquaria (ammonium can revert to toxic ammonia in aquaria with pH over 7.0, urea is a source of ammonia). • Contains Kelp extract, which provides natural phytohormones found to encourage growth and flowering. • Add 5mL per 190 litres every other day or when required.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FNG125 FNG250 FNG500 FNG2L FNG20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

• Establishes an optimal mineral balance in water that has been purified or is exceedingly soft for all freshwater planted aquaria, as well as for biotope aquaria housing fishes indigenous to forested and/or riverine habitats. • Supplies potassium, magnesium and calcium, elements which are vital to the overall health of aquatic plants, in beneficial ratios. • May be used to establish beneficial water parameters in aquaria filled with purified water, to replenish depleted mineral concentrations in aquaria that rarely receive a water change, and to re-establish mineral concentrations following large water changes. • Provides trace chloride, a valuable plant nutrient, in a beneficial concentration. • Formulated utilizing extensive research on aquatic plant nutrient requirements.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FDGH250

250ml

FLORIN DELTA KH+ • Increases alkalinity (a.k.a. carbonate hardness or buffering capacity) in freshwater aquaria with a target pH of 7.8 or less. • Improves stability of pH. • Safe for use in all freshwater community and planted aquaria. • Composed of USP-grade ingredients. • Contains no phosphate-based buffering agents.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FDKH250

250ml

FLORIN pH-

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FPM125

125ml

FLORIN-P • Inorganic phosphorus source for all planted aquaria. • Concentrated source of inorganic phosphorus for use in planted aquaria. • Formulated utilizing extensive research on aquatic plant nutrient requirements.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

FNP125 FNP250 FNP500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CLARIFIER CLARIFI-FW • Advanced Clarifier for all freshwater and planted aquaria. • Flocculant for improving water clarity in freshwater aquaria; helps eliminate cloudy water. • Formulated utilizing extensive research on aquatic plant nutrient requirements. • Binds particulate material suspended in aquarium water, enabling removal from the system by means of mechanical filtration. • Specifically formulated for use in freshwater aquaria’ not to be used in marine aquaria. • Safe for use with all manner of freshwater fishes, plants and invertebrates.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

CFW125 CFW250 CFW500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CLARIFI-SW

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Safely decreases pH in freshwater community and planted aquaria. • May also be used in marine aquaria. • Gradually decreases alkalinity (carbonate hardness) of tap water and aquarium water. • Useful for decreasing pH of aquarium water when establishing acidic water conditions in biotope aquaria, simulating the onset of rainy seasons, or for encouraging spawning in fish species indigenous to low-pH environments. • Contains no phosphate-based buffers; will not contribute phosphate or nitrogen-based nutrients to aquarium water.

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

FLORIN DELTA GH+

• Flocculant for improving water clarity in marine aquaria. • Helps eliminate cloudy water. • Binds particulate material suspended in aquarium water, enabling removal from the system by means of mechanical filtration and protein skimming. • Specifically formulated for use in marine aquaria. Not to be used in freshwater aquaria. • Safe for use with all manner of marine invertebrates, fishes and macroalgae.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

CSW125 CSW250 CSW500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

DISCUS AQUARIA BLACKWATER • Establishes similar water conditions to those found in blackwater rivers. • May be used to help simulate the onset of the rainy season for encouragement of fish spawning. • Provides humic substances. (complex bi-organic molecules known to increase important nutrients.) • Add 5 mL per 75 litres of aquarium water once each week.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

BWR125 BWR250 BWR500 BWR2L BWR20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

DISCUSCODE • Provides trace and minor elements in ratios found to be beneficial to Discus. • Replaces minor and trace elements important for pigmentation & colouration, metabolic & neurological reactions. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity materials. • Add 0.5 mL per 95 litres of aquarium water every other day.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

DSC125 DSC250 DSC500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

EAST AFRICAN CICHLID AQUARIA RIFT LAKE DKH • Alkalinity increasing (“buffer”) powdered blend formulated specifically for maintaining pH-stability in Rift Lake biotype aquaria. • Not a re-packaged marine aquarium buffer. • Helps increase pH stability in an aquarium by raising alkalinity. Continued use will raise pH to a range of 7.9 – 8.3. • Basic dosing: Dissolve 2gm of product per 80 litres of aquarium water in 245mL of purified freshwater. Add every other day or as needed to maintain alkalinity levels between 85 – 170ppm.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RLKH250 RLKH500 RLKH1000 RLKH4000

250g 500g 1kg 4kg

12 12 6 1

RIFT LAKE CHEMIE • Adjusts the chemistry of purified water to approximately that of Lake Malawi. This chemistry can accommodate cichlids from all three East African Great Lakes (Malawi, Victoria, Tanganyika) • Does not increase alkalinity, but provides the proper ratios of calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and sulphate as dictated by limnological surveys of Lake Malawi. • Basic dosing: Dissolve 2gm of product per 80 litres of aquarium water in 245mL of purified freshwater. Add to establish proper water chemistry when first setting up a Rift Lake biotype aquaria and when performing water changes.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RLCM250 RLCM500 RLCM1000 RLCM4000

250g 500g 1kg 4kg

12 12 6 1

CICHLIDCODE • Unique complex that provides trace and minor elements in ratios found to be beneficial to cichlids and other fishes endemic to Lakes Victoria, Tanganyika & Malawi. • Replaces minor and trace elements used by aquarium inhabitants which are lost through chemical filtration. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity materials. • Add 0.5ml per 95 litres of aquarium water every other day. • Does not significantly increase gH or kH.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

CDC125 CDC250 CDC500 CDC2L CDC20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

RAINBOCODE • Beneficial to Rainbow Fish. • Replaces minor and trace elements. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity materials. • Add 0.5ml per 95 litres of aquarium water every other day.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RBC125 RBC250 RBC500 RBC2L RBC20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

PURIFIED WATER MINERALS REMINERALIZ • Establishes an optimal mineral balance in water that has been purified (e.g. reverse osmosis water, deionized or distilled water) or is exceedingly soft (well water in forested regions, rain water). For all freshwater community aquaria housing fishes indigenous to forested and/or riverine habitats. • Provides a beneficial ratio of potassium, calcium, magnesium and sodium, elements which are vital to the overall health and osmoregulation of fishes, invertebrates, and many aquatic plants. • May be used to establish water parameters conducive to the husbandry of freshwater fishes, plants and invertebrates in aquaria filled with purified water to replenish depleted elemental concentrations in aquaria that rarely receive a water change and to re-establish beneficial mineral concentrations in aquaria following large water changes. • Formulated utilizing extensive data on the ionic composition of river water from several tropical forested regions of great significance to aquarium husbandry.

SIZE

CTN

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

REMINERALIZ-P • An economical option for performing large changes in dissolved ion concentration, supplied in powder form, as a more economical option to using Remineraliz in liquid form. • Establishes an optimal mineral balance in water that has been purified (e.g. reverse osmosis water, deionized or distilled water) or is exceedingly soft (well water in forested regions, rain water). For all freshwater community aquaria housing fishes indigenous to forested and/or riverine habitats. • Provides a beneficial ratio of potassium, calcium, magnesium, and sodium, elements which are vital to the overall health and osmoregulation of fishes, invertebrates, and many aquatic plants. • May be used to establish water parameters conducive to the husbandry of freshwater fishes, plants and invertebrates in aquaria filled with purified water to replenish depleted elemental concentrations in aquaria that rarely receive a water change, and to re-establish beneficial mineral concentrations in aquaria following large water changes. • Formulated utilizing extensive data on the ionic composition of river water from several tropical forested regions of great significance to aquarium husbandry.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

RMNP250 RMNP500 RMNP1000 RMNP4KG RMNP20KG

250g 500g 1kg 4kg 20kg

12 12 6 1 1

FISH-ONLY CUPRION • Ionic, non-chelated copper solution. • 1 drop per gallon of water increases the concentration by ~0.20 ppm. •For use in fish-only aquaria. • Not for use with scaleless fish. •Not for use in aquaria housing live plants or invertebrates. • Consult an appropriate reference source for the use of ionic copper solutions in aquaria before use. • Cuprion has been formulated to increase the concentrations of ionic copper by 0.20 ppm for each drop administered to 1 US-gallon of water. • It is expressly meant for use by qualified professional aquarists with a firm understanding of the manner in which ionic copper solutions are employed in aquatic systems and who have considerable actual experience in doing so, Cuprion is not meant for use by recreational aquarists.

CODE

SIZE

CUP60 CUP125 CUP2L CUP20L

60ml 125ml 2L 20L

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE RMN250 RMN500 RMN2L RMN20L

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

RAINBOWFISH AQUARIA

CTN

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES

CHEMICALS CODE

DESCRIPTION

CACL 25Kg Calcium Chloride Standard CACLG 25Kg Calcium Chloride Ground - Dissolves Quicker CSPKG Copper Sulphate - per Kg MGPG Malachite Green Crystals (Aquarium use only) - per gram MBPG Methylene Blue crystals (Aquarium use only) - per gram SBPPKG Sodium Biphosphate - per Kg SBCPKG Sodium Bicarbonate - per Kg SCPKG Sodium Chloride - per Kg STPKG Sodium Thiosulphate - per Kg PL100 Formalin solution - 100ml PL104 Formalin solution - 250ml PL101 Formalin solution - 1 Litre PL102 Formalin solution - 5 Litre

CODE PL109 PL113 PL110 PL111 PL112 MAGS ACR250 AMM25 QH1KG SODMET PL103

DESCRIPTION Malachite solution 100ml Malachite solution 250ml Malachite solution 1 Litre Malachite solution 5 Litre Malachite solution 20 Litres Magnesium sulphate Acriflavine 250gram Ammonium chloride 25kg Quinine hydrochloride 1kg Sodium Metasilicate (algae culture for diatoms)500gram Formalin solution - 20 Litre

USE OF CHEMICALS • Ideally fish should be diagnosed by an authorized or qualified technician. • Carefully calculate dose rates according to manufacturers label. • Remember that some chemicals may not be approved for use with fish that are for human consumption. • Aquasonic cannot be liable for any misuse or unauthorised use of any chemicals contained in this catalogue or purchased from Aquasonic.

CONTROLLING PH THE RELATIONSHIP OF CO2, PH AND KH CARBON DIOXIDE CONTROL:

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

Knowing the level of carbon dioxide in the water is critical in fish production. By looking at the difference between pH & kH (carbonate hardness) the chart can provide a close assessment of the carbon dioxide level and at the same time provide a measurement of the stability of the pH value.

EFFECTS OF CARBON DIOXIDE: Carbon dioxide is a fish sedative, levels in excess of 15ppm start to cause sedation and other associated problems. Levels in excess of 5ppm can affect the fishes ability to breath oxygen.

CONTROL:

The carbonate hardness (kH) of water is the basis for the pH value. Water may have a low carbonate hardness level, resulting in an unstable pH. The breakdown of wastes from aquatic animals produces acids that use up carbonate hardness levels. This occurs in both ponds and recirculating systems.

CARBONATE HARDNESS VALUES: In ponds, low values, say less than 40ppm and depending on stock loading and algae, can permit big swings in pH from morning until night. In recirculation systems, low values can be quickly used up by acids produced from fish and fish waste, then the pH falls uncontrollably.

TESTING: Aquasonic has a range of testing equipment such as pH, carbonate hardness and carbon dioxide test kits, photometers or electronic meters to determine these critical parameters.

REGULAR AIRSTONES • Made of bonded mineral sand these air stones are inexpensive but will produce a good medium size bubble. • All airstones are sold individually unless otherwise stated.

CODE

SIZE

FLOW RATE

CONNECTION

AS010 AS011 AS012 AS013 AS014

25mm(L) x 15mm(D) 50mm(L) x 20mm(D) 100mm Trapezoid 25mm Round 12 pack 50mm Round

1.5-3 LPM 2.5-6 LPM 8.5-11.5 LPM 3.5-7.5 LPM 7.5-14 LPM

4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm

AERATION

CORUNDUM AIR STONES • Also called sintered or ceramic airstones. • Will typically outperform and last longer than cheaper mineral sand airstones.

CODE AS101C AS102C AS103C AS3015C AS3020C

SIZE

FLOW RATE

CONNECTION

25mm(L) x 15mm(D) 50mm(L) x 20mm(D) 75mm(L) x 20mm(D) 40mm Round 50mm Round

1.5 - 3 LPM 2.5 -6 LPM 5.5 - 8.5 LPM 6 -11 PM 7.5 - 14 LPM

4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm

LARGE CORUNDUM AIR STONES • Also called sintered or ceramic airstones. • Provides excellent fine to medium bubble aeration at an economical price. • Safe for salt and fresh water applications. • Self weighted with rubber bumpers and easily cleaned with muriatic acid. • Multiple barb adapter fits 4mm, 6mm or 12mm hose.

SIZE

FLOW RATE

100mm(L) x 30mm(D) 200mm(L) x 30mm(D) 300mm(L) x 30mm(D)

14 LPM 21 LPM 28 LPM

CONNECTION 4,6 or 12mm 4,6 or 12mm 4,6 or 12mm

MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSERS • Produce a uniform medium to fine bubble size 1-3mm. • Air resistance is less than 0.25 PSI. • Ideal for use with low pressure blowers. • Can be cleaned in an acid bath to produce like-new performance. • Body: heat bonded silica. • Maximum Pore Size: 140 Microns. • Service life at pH below 8.0: unlimited. • High quality ceramic with medium pore & 2 year cleanability warranty.

CODE AS1 AS2 AS3 AS4 ALS3 AS5S AS5L ALS5 AS8L ALS8 AS15S AS23S AS30S

SIZE

FLOW RATE

4cm(L) x 1.3cm(W) 4cm(L) x 2cm(W) 5cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 4cm(L) x 4cm(W) 5cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 8cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 8cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 8cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 8cm(L) x 4cm(W) 8cm(L) x 4cm(W) 15cm(L) x 4cm(W) 23cm(L) x 4cm(W) 30cm(L) x 4cm(W)

1.4LPM 2.8LPM 5.7LPM 7.1LPM 5.7LPM 8.5LPM 8.5LPM 8.5LPM 9.9LPM 9.9LPM 4.15LPM 21.25LPM 28.30LPM

CONNECTION 4mm slip 4mm slip 4mm slip 4mm slip ¼”MPT 4mm barb 6mm barb ¼”MPT 6mm barb ¼”MPT 6mm barb 6mm barb 6mm barb

MEMBRANE DIFFUSER-TUBE STYLE • Constructed of moulded PVC body and an EDPM membrane that will not block. • Ideal for lakes, ponds, waste water and sludge applications. • Great for compost tea, aquarium and tank aeration applications. • Blower and compressor compatible. • UV stabilised and ozone resistant. • Suitable for fresh and salt water. • KALS diffusers have 0.5mm holes and produce a smaller bubble, KAL300 and 600 have 1.6mm holes and produce a large bubble. • Multiple connection options with barbed, male (MPT) and female (FPT) fittings.

CODE KALS100 KALS200 KALS300 KALS600 KALS1000 KALS100M KALS200M KALS300M KALS600M KALS1000M KAL300 KAL600

SIZE (MM L X D) 100 x 34 200 x 34 300 x 34 600 x 34 1000 x 34 100 x 34 200 x 34 300 x 34 600 x 34 1000 x 34 300 x 75 600 x 75

SUGGESTED/MAXIMUM CONNECTION FLOW RATE (LPM) 5/30 15/70 20/90 50/150 100/250 5/30 15/70 20/90 50/150 100/250 50/170 85/255

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE AS4C AS8C AS12C

6mm & 10mm 6mm & 12mm 8mm & 12mm 12mm 12mm ½” MPT ½” MPT ½” MPT ½” MPT ½” MPT ¾” FPT ¾” FPT

AERATION

MEMBRANE DISC DIFFUSER & DIFFUSER STATIONS • Constructed of moulded PVC body and EDPM membrane that will not block. • Ideal for lakes, ponds, waste water, sludge applications and aquaculture tanks. • Blower and compressor compatible. • Suitable for salt and freshwater use. • UV stabilised and ozone resistant. • Hole size of approximately 0.9mm creates a medium bubble of 1-3mm. • Most efficient at depths of over 1.8 metres. • Disc diffusers are mounted on a hollow PVC base which can be weighted with sand or gravel as a ballast. Use with self weighted tubing for a completely submerged aeration system.

CODE KAD250 KAD320 DSR125 DS2 DS4 ED328

SIZE

FLOW RANGE

OPTIMUM FLOW

CONNECTION

60 LPM 80 LPM 60 LPM 120 LPM 180 LPM

20mm MPT ¾” 20mm MPT ¾” 12mm barb 12mm barb 12mm barb

250mm 15-140 LPM 320mm 15-200 LPM Single diffuser station 15-140 LPM Twin diffuser station 30-280 LPM Quad diffuser station 45-420 LPM Universal mount suits 50-20mm pipe with 20mm connection FPT

KAD320

ED328 KAD250

DS2

DSR125

DS4

AIR DOME BOTTOM DRAIN

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

• For use in fish and Koi ponds, the base is designed to be weighted so the entire water column is oxygenated and provides bottom to top circulation. • Provides aeration while improving the bottom cleaning action of the drain • A rubber ring around the base helps protect fish from injury. • Features a 80mm bottom drain with a 250mm disc diffuser. • The action of bubbles rising from the diffuser helps bring debris to the centre drain, making an efficient drainage system.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

ABD125

22cm air diffuser bottom drain

AERO-TUBE - DIFFUSER BARS

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

Available in 30cm and 60cm. Aero-Tube diffuser bars are self weighted tubing sections used as an alternative to traditional ceramic air stones. In a tank or raceway system use the patented Aero-Tube technology to efficiently transfer oxygen in both fresh and salt water applications. Tubing is 25mm diameter and includes 90° 13mm barb fitting (60cm diffuser bars are connected with a 12mm tee section) and stainless steel 316 clamps and rod constructed ready for use. At a depth of 1 metre and using a 30cm length of Colorite Aero-Tube,18 grams of oxygen will be diffused per hour in freshwater and 46 grams of oxygen per hour in saltwater.

CODE C3060ARDIFF1 C3060ARDIFF2

DESCRIPTION

FLOW RATE

30cm Diffuser bar 60cm Diffuser bar

11-15LPM 22-30LPM

sales@aquasonic.com.au

AERO-TUBE - DIFFUSER TUBE

www.aquasonic.com.au

FINE PORE OXYGEN DIFFUSERS

CONNECTION 13mm 13mm

Used to construct both the diffuser bars and grids. Colorite Aero-Tube is available in 60m rolls or per metre. Easily cut and applied in lengths of up to 6m at lower flow rates but typically applied in metre lengths with a flow rate of up to 37lpm per metre. Perfect for almost all applications. Stainless steel and weight rods are also available.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

C3060ARPM C3060AR

Colorite Aero-Tube per metre Colorite Aero-Tube 60m roll

• These fine-pore diffusers are the same high quality as the regular diffusers. The difference is in the smaller pore size which produces finer bubbles. • These fine-pore diffusers require higher pressure (about 150mm of water depth more). • Body made from heat bonded silica. • Fittings are ABS, PE. Max. pore size of 80 microns. • Bubble Size 0.5 - 2mm. Flexural strength is 3,500 PSI.

2 year clean ability warranty CODE

LENGTH (CM)

WIDTH (CM)

AIRFLOW L/MIN

AS150 AS230 AS300

15 23 30

4 4 4

14.15 21.25 28.30

CONNECTION 6mm barb 6mm barb 6mm barb

Techni-Plex, the makers of the Colorite Aerotube now bring you Oxytube. Oxytube is a low cost alternative to micro bubble diffusers for diffusing pure gas such as oxygen and CO2 and can be used in tanks, live transport, recirc systems, flow through systems and anywhere where you want to inject pure gas into water. • Fine bubble, a good low cost alternative to micro bubble diffusers. • Rugged and durable, thick 3mm wall and quality construction for long lasting, dependable performance. • Secure with clamps or weigh down with stainless rod inserted into the tube. • Wide flow rate range, from 1 (recommended for optimum bubble size and oxygen transfer)-20LPM (maximum flow rate) per metre of tube. • Pressure loss of approximately 1.5psi allows lengths of 7-8 metres of tube to be run from 1 inlet, longer lengths can be used by applying another inlet from the oxygen supply. • Even bubble distribution 0.5-2mm bubble (depending on flow rate). • 9mm ID, 15mm OD.

CODE

AERATION

COLORITE OXYTUBE - OXYGEN DIFFUSING TUBE MADE BY AEROTUBE

DESCRIPTION ON Colorite oxytube per meterr

POINT FOUR CMBD MODULAR ECONOMY DIFFUSERS • Economical to purchase. • Modular, simply screw together for larger installations. • Comes with the same high quality ceramic diffuser plate, in an economical construction

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CMBD75 CMBD300

Micro Bubble Diffuser 0.75LPM Micro Bubble Diffuser 3LPM

• Trac-Lock offer an alternative to those looking for a less expensive, expandable microbubble diffuser. • Designed for total ease of use, units can be added or taken away to increase or decrease your oxygen supply. • Price breaks are available for multiple quantities. • Recommended flow rate and maximum flow rate of single and double sets are as follows: Single: Rec. to 3LPM, Max. 9LPM, Double: Rec. to 6LPM, Max. 18LPM.

1 Year Warranty. Made in Canada. CODE DTL001 DTL010 DTL002 DTL004

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS (CM)

Trac Lock single base Trac Lock end set Trac Lock set 2 x DTL001+ 2 ends + 1 air fitting Trac Lock Box Set 4 x DTL001 + 4 ends + 2 air fittings

34.3 (L) x 11.4 (W)

DIFFUSING AREA (CM)

74.9 (L) x 11.4 (W)

62 (L) x 6 (W)

40.6 (L) x 11.4 (W)

31 (L) x 6 (W)

END SET

POINT FOUR ULTRA-FINE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS • Simply the best fine pore diffuser for live fish transport on the market today! • High quality resin-bonded ceramic plate diffusers are recommended for use where pure gas, including oxygen & carbon dioxide is to be used. MBD75 • They produce a cloud of ultra-fine bubbles, 100-500 microns in size, for excellent gas transfer. • 50% oxygen transfer at a depth of 1.2m is typical. MBD100 • Due to the small pore size, a minimum operating pressure of 25psi is required. • The diffuser is set in an enamel coated aluminium frame. MBD300 • Bubbling pressure 25psi (1.7 ± 0.2 bar). • Operating range is 25-50 PSI (above 50 PSI can cause breakage). MBD600 • Guaranteed not to break if frozen.

1 Year Warranty CODE MBD75 MBD100 MBD300 MBD600

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

POINT FOUR TRAC LOCK DIFFUSERS

Made in Canada.

REC. FLOW RATE (LPM)

DIMENSIONS (CM)

INLET CONNECTION

0.75 lpm 1.5 lpm 3 lpm 6 lpm

22 x 4.5 37 x 4.5 39 x 8.3 70 x 8.3

6mm barb 6mm barb ¼” female NPT ¼” female NPT

DIFFUSING AREA 15cm x 3cm 31cm x 3cm 31cm x 6cm 62cm x 6cm

AERATION

POINT FOUR WEDGE LOCK DIFFUSERS DW002 DW001

• Innovative and unique wedge locking system allows the end sets to lock together to form a bank of up to 8 units. • Designed De for total ease of use, units can be added or taken away to increase or decrease your oxygen supply. crea • Made Ma from tough plastic and UV stabilised. •Diffuser measures 137mm x 167mm x 31mm each (not including end sets). • Recommended flow rate up to 1.6 LPM (max 31 4.9LPM). 4.

CODE C

DESCRIPTION

DW DW001 DW002 DW MD001 MD MD012 MD WLDT WL

Wedge lock diffuser base Wedge lock end set (2) Wedge lock adapter fitting 6mm Wedge lock adapter fitting 10mm Wedge lock dis-assembly tool

DIFFUSER COMPARISON CHART IN ORDER OF EFFICIENCY

APPLICATION

FLOW RATE (LPM)

BUBBLE SIZE (MM)

AVG. PRESSURE LOSS

• Drilled PVC Pipe

Circulation in algae tanks/vats, possibly de-icing, not commonly recommended Wastewater where clogging may be an issue, Koi ponds, compost tea, tanks General tank aeration: bait, hatchery, lake aeration, Koi ponds, wastewater, low density hauling Pure gas application (oxygen), hauling tanks, aquariums, hatcheries, back-up aeration General aeration, ponds, tanks, hatcheries

approx. 4.5 per hole up to 280 50 2.25 per 25mm length 2.25 per 25mm length 37 per m length q0.1 6.425 sq.cm

0.7 (hole size) 1-3 1-2 1-3

<0.2PSI (<150mm) <0.7PSI (<380mm) 1.0PSI <0.54PSI (<250mm) <0.54PSI (<380mm) 1.1PSI per m 25PSI

• Membrane Diffuser (Exception of KALS & KAL) • Medium Pore Diffuser • Fine Pore Diffuser • Colorite Aero Tube • Ultra Fine Bubble Diffuser

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

Pure gas application (oxygen and carbon dioxide), high stocking densities, holding/growout, buck-up

1-3 100 - 500 microns

MAZZEI VENTURIS • An efficient and reliable way to inject virtually any liquid or gas into water. • Used for the injection of air, oxygen or ozone. • PVDF Kynar construction. • Ozone compatible.

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

CODE

DESCRIPTION

684 978 1584A 2081A

mazzei venturi / injector kynar mazzei venturi / injector kynar mazzei venturi / injector kynar mazzei venturi / injector kynar

CONNECTIONS 20mm ¾” 25mm 1” 40mm 1½” 50mm 2”

TURBO-VENTURI

sales@aquasonic.com.au

• Inexpensive venturi that is perfect for small protein skimmers and Koi ponds. • Ozone resistant and constructed of moulded ABS plastic.

CODE VK VVTURBO

DESCRIPTION

CONNECTIONS

Turbo venturi 15mm F/M Turbo venturi 20mm F/M

19/32” ¾”

VENTURI TEES

www.aquasonic.com.au

• Engineered to entrain the greatest amount of air with the least resistance to water pressure. • Can be used to draw in liquids or gasses, including ozone. • Made from PVC with standard female slip connections.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

4738 4732

Venturi tee ( 20mm x 25mm out x 20mm air) Venturi tee ( 40mm in/out x 20mm air)

NIPPLES CODE

0.5 - 2

NY2701 NY2702 NY2704 NY7301 NY7208 15X18SRHN 15X18SRHB NY2410

SIZE 27N 1/8” 27N ¼” 27N ½” ¼” x 1/8” ½” x ¼” ¼” x ½” ¼” x ½” ¾”M x ½”F

DESCRIPTION Hex Nipple Hex Nipple Hex Nipple Reducing Nipple Adaptor Hex Nipple Hex Bush 24N Reducing Bush

CODE

SIZE

NY3302 NY3304 NY6402

¼” ½” ¼”

DESCRIPTION Hex BSP Cap Hex BSP Cap End Plug

AERATION

BSP CAP

REDUCER CONNECTORS CODE

SIZE

62050 62051 62052 62053 62054 62055

5/8” x ½ 5/8” x 5/16” 3/8” x ½” ¼” x 3/16” 5/16” x ¼” ½” x ¼”

Reducer connector Reducer connector Reducer connector Reducer connector Reducer connector Reducer connector

DESCRIPTION

CODE

SIZE (MM)

DESCRIPTION

P1104 P1105 P1106 P1108 P1112 P1116 P1119

4 5 6 8 12 16 19

P11 HOSE ELBOW Hose Elbow Hose Elbow Hose Elbow Hose Elbow Hose Elbow Hose Elbow Hose Elbow

P7N HOSE JOINER HOSE ID(MM) 4 5 6 8 12 16 19

DESCRIPTION Hose Joiner Hose Joiner Hose Joiner Hose Joiner Hose Joiner Hose Joiner Hose Joiner

P3N MALE HOSE TAIL CODE

HOSE ID(MM)

P30402 P30404 P30502 P30602 P30604 P30606 P30608 P30804 P30808 P31208 P31212 P31608 P31908 P31912 P32516

4 4 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 12 12 16 19 19 25

DESCRIPTION Male Hosetail to 1/8” BSP Male Hosetail to 1/4” BSP Male Hosetail to 1/8” BSP Male Hosetail to 1/8” BSP Male Hosetail to 1/4” BSP Male Hosetail to 3/8” BSP Male Hosetail to ½” BSP Male Hosetail to 1/4” BSP Male Hosetail to ½” BSP Male Hosetail to ½” BSP Male Hosetail to ¾” BSP Male Hosetail to ½” BSP Male Hosetail to ½” BSP Male Hosetail to ¾” BSP Male Hosetail to 1” BSP

P6N MALE HOSE ELBOW CODE

HOSE ID(MM) DESCRIPTION

P60402 P60502 P60602 P60604 P60804 P61208 P61608 P61908 P61912

4mm 5mm 6mm 6mm 8mm 12mm 16mm 19mm 19mm

Male Elbow to 1/8” BSP Male Elbow to 1/8” BSP Male Elbow to 1/8” BSP Male Elbow to 1/4” BSP Male Elbow to 1/4” BSP Male Elbow to ½” BSP Male Elbow to ½” BSP Male Elbow to ½” BSP Male Elbow to ¾” BSP

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE P704 P705 P706 P708 P712 P716 P719

P14N HOSE TEE CODE

HOSE ID(MM)

P1404 P1405 P1406 P1408 P1410 P1412 P1416 P1419

4 5 6 8 10 12 16 19

DESCRIPTION Hose Tee Hose Tee Hose Tee Hose Tee Hose Tee Hose Tee Hose Tee Hose Tee

AERATION

POLY PIPE ADAPTER • Mainly for use with the Pond Aquaculture Aeration System and to connect poly pipe to flexible airline for diffuser aeration systems.

CODE

SIZE / DESCRIPTION

B1-1033-5

4mm / Poly Pipe Adapter (pack of 20)

METAL AIR DIVIDERS Control valves have 4mm connections suitable for aquarium and small diffuser applications.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

MAD6 MAD8 MAD12

6x4mm 8x4mm 12x4mm

AQUARIUM CONTROL VALVES Control valves have 4mm connections suitable for aquarium and small diffuser applications.

CODE

CACV

SBV

1 way control valve plastic 2 way control valve metal 3 way control valve metal 4 way control valve metal 5 way control valve metal

CONNECTION 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm

MINI BALL VALVE

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

• Strong ball valves are ideal for use with air controls. • (¼”) BSP male threaded connection and 6mm barb included. 23MB04

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SBV 23MB04

Mini ball valve male BSP Budget ball valve female

CONNECTION ¼” ¼”

VS2

AQUARIUM AIR VALVES AND SADDLES

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

VBR1

CODE VBR1 VS1 VS2 AAV516 VP2

VP2

DESCRIPTION Brass aquarium valve 1/8” thread Upright saddle for VBR1 valve fits 15mm pipe Right angle saddle for VBR1 valve fits15mm pipe Plastic aquarium air valve 3/8” thread Aquarium air valve 4mm 3/16” thread

CONNECTION 4mm 10mm Hole 10mm Hole 4mm 4mm

AAV516

AIRLINE SOCKET TEE VALVES

sales@aquasonic.com.au

• Can be incorporated into a 15mm PVC mainline wherever a diffuser or other outlet is needed. • Easy and quick to install. Just add the length of 6mm airline and connect your diffuser.

SBV-1

CODE

DESCRIPTION

S2 SBV1

Lab cock valve (plastic) with 15mm PVC tee & 6mm hose tail 1 way mini ball valve 6mm barb, suits 15mm pipe

LAB COCK / BALL VALVE

www.aquasonic.com.au

BV25M

• Strong quarter-turn PVC constructed valve. • Rated at 150psi and has EPDM O-rings. • 6mm (1/4”) FNPT ports. • Ideal for corrosive environments.

CODE BV25M

DESCRIPTION Lab cock valve - BSP ¼”

BRASS MALE HOSETAIL CODE 06P30404 06P30406

DESCRIPTION

CACV GV02M GV03M GV04M GV05M

SIZE / DESCRIPTION 6mm Barb to ¼” x ¼” BSP / thread brass male hosetail 6mm Barb to ¼” x 3/8” BSP / thread brass male hosetail

AERATION

AIRLINE MANIFOLDS • Customise to your application. • Standard size is a 1 way unit with all fittings. Just add additional valves (VMADD) for the amount of outlets you need. • All valves come with standard 6mm outlet, ¼” air outlet thread (other sizes available). • Units are expandable if more units are needed. • 16mm barb mainline connection. VM1

CODE

DESCRIPTION

VM1 VMADD

1 way valve manifold Additional valve for above manifold

(multiply by number of outlets needed) VM1 with 2 X VMADD

HYDROPHOBIC FILTERS

FL1

• Use to sterilize gasses, vent gas from aqueous solutions or sterilize and clarify aggressive chemicals. • Filters air for use with single species algae culture, artemia and rotifers, bioassay work and experiments.

CODE FL1 FL2

SIZE / DESCRIPTION 0.22um 33mm thin, 4 - 6mm/syringe connection 0.3 Micron 50mm bacteria air filter 6-8mm connection

FL2

CHECK VALVES • Used to protect pump from water damage during a power failure or failure of the pump. • Various sizes to suit just about every application.

CODE

DESCRIPTION 4mm Airline Check Valve 8 - 10mm Airline Check Valve 11 - 13mm Airline Check Valve 20mm plastic check valve for air or water 25mm plastic check valve for air or water 40mm plastic check valve for air or water 50mm plastic check valve for air or water 50mm steel check valve for air or water 75mm steel check valve for air or water

STRAINERS • Use with above CV1-CV5 check valves to make a foot valve.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CV1S CV2S CV4S CV5S

Strainer for CV1 check valve Strainer for CV2 check valve Strainer for CV4 check valve Strainer for CV5 check valve

AIR PURGE VALVES • Internal float that closes the valve when filled with water. • Use to automatically purge air from a water tank, pipe system, oxygen saturator, etc. • Mount vertically wherever air collects. Also works as a vacuum breaker. • ST4 has 6mm MPT and 6mm poly plug included. 75mm overall length. • ST5 seals effectively at pressures from 2 to 100 PSI. Has 25mm FNPT and measures 133mm (H) x 50mm (D). Air discharge rates are: 1,698.6LPM @ 12.5 PSI, 2,831LPM @ 25 PSI, 5,095.8LPM @ 50 PSI.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

ST4 ST5

Air Purge Valve High Flow Air Purge Valve

AP134

AIRLINE TUBING

AP132

• Airline tubing available in various sizes, materials and grades. • Per metre or roll

AP131 AP143

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CCV 228225 228215 CV1 CV2 CV4 CV5 CVT2 CVT3

AP135 Ap129

CODE

SIZE

DESCRIPTION

CODE

SIZE

AP139 AP141 SAL6M AP142 AP146 AP119 AP145 AP135 AP125 AP130

4mm 4mm 6mm 4mm 4mm 6mm 6mm 8mm 8mm 12mm

Silicone airline 100m roll Silicone airline 200m roll Silicone airline 100m roll PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled PVC airline 200m roll - thin walled PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled PVC airline 150m roll - thin walled PVC airline per m - thick walled PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled PVC airline per m - thick walled

AP120 AP131 AP121 AP132 AP122 AP133 AP123 AP134 AP124

12mm 16mm 16mm 19mm 19mm 25mm 25mm 32mm 32mm

AP130

DESCRIPTION PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled PVC airline per m - thick walled PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled PVC airline per m - thick walled PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled PVC airline per m - thick walled PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled PVC airline per m - thick walled PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled

AERATION

SELF WEIGHTED AIR TUBING • This unique tubing remains on the bottom when filled with air. • No additional weights are needed (contains no metals). • Designed for lakes and pond aeration, making installations fast, clean and neat!. • Can also be used to weigh down aeration tube when cut into small lengths. • Non toxic and safe for fish. • No more lead weights in aquariums, tanks or ponds.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

WAT5/8 WAT5/8 PM WAT ½ WAT ½ PM

Self Weighted Tubing 30m roll 5/8” I.D Self Weighted Tubing per metre 5/8” I.D Self Weighted Tubing 30m roll ½” I.D Self Weighted Tubing per metre ½” I.D

POCKET FLOW METERS BY KEY INSTRUMENTS • A portable handheld flow meter for quick and easy measurement of flow rates of both Air and Oxygen. • Must be held vertically to ensure accurate readings. • Available in flow ranges from 0.125LPM - 15LPM. • 100PSI maximum pressure. • Made from durable polycarbonate and acrylic with stainless steel float. • Measures 135mm long by 12mm in diameter. • Suitable for 4mm - 12mm tube

CODE PM2.5OXY PM8OXY PM15OXY PM8AIR PM15AIR

DESCRIPTION

GAS TYPE

Pocket Type Flow Meter 0.125LPM - 2.5LPM Pocket Type Flow Meter 1LPM - 8LPM Pocket Type Flow Meter 2LPM - 15LPM Pocket Type Flow Meter 1LPM - 8LPM Pocket Type Flow Meter 2LPM - 15LPM

Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Air Air

AIR FLOW METERS - ACRYLIC - DWYER • Ideal for measuring air and other gas flow rates. • Built in brass flow regulating valve, suitable for air or oxygen. • 6mm (1/4”) barb connections are included. PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

CODE

DESCRIPTION

31072 31025 FM03

Flow meter 1/10 CFH Flow meter 1/20 CFH Flow meter 10/100 CFH

AIR FLOW METERS - ACRYLIC - KEY INSTRUMENTS

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

• Acrylic, block-style flow meters are clear, one-piece, with buil-in, brass, flow-regulating values suitable for air or oxyge. • Scale reads in SCFH. This is standard cubic feet per hour, at standard pressure (sea level) and temperature (680F, 200°C). • Connections are 1/8” NPT female pipe. • Includes ¼” barbed brass inlet and outlet adapter fittings. • Calibrated at 0.0 psig.

CODE MFR1 MFR5 MFR410 MFR440 MFR4150 MFR4200

SCFH 0.1 - 1.0 0.5 - 5.0 1 - 10 4 - 40 15 - 150 20 - 200

sales@aquasonic.com.au

OXYGEN FLOW METERS • Durable meters with chrome-plated brass base. • Precision flow-adjusting valve and a Lexan® high impact hood. • MFR615 is a favorite for transport tanks equipt for pure oxygen. • Connections are 1/8” NPT female pipe thread on the side inlet and a 9/16”-18” male DISS bottom outlet. • Includes ¼” barbed brass inlet and outlet adapter fittings. • Calibrated at 50 psi. • Overall length without fitting is 14 cm.

CODE

www.aquasonic.com.au

MFR613 MFR614 MFR615 62007B

DESCRIPTION 0.125 - 3.5 lpm 0.25 - 8 lpm 0.5 - 15 lpm 1/8” NPT x 1/4” barb brass adapter

OXYGEN FLOW METER MANIFOLDS BY KEY INSTRUMENTS • Available in 2 and 3 bay manifolds. • Designed for oxygen delivery to separate locations from a single source. • Fully assembled and flow and leak tested. • Available in 3 flow ranges, 1/8-3 ½ LPM, ¼ - 8 LPM, ½ - 15 LPM. • 8 mounting holes for various mounting orientations. • Includes barb fittings. • Precision control valves for accurate flow control. • Multiple manifolds can be linked together. • Combination of flow meters in different flow ranges available.

CODE

DESCRIPTION 0.05LPM - 0.5LPM 0.2LPM - 2.4LPM 0.5LPM - 4.7LPM 1.9LPM - 19LPM 7LPM - 70LPM 9LPM - 94LPM

MS2 3.5 MS2–8 MS2–15 MS3 3.5 MS3–8 MS3–15 A011

DESCRIPTION Two Way Manifold 1/8 – 3 ½ LPM Two Way Manifold ¼ – 8 LPM Two Way Manifold ½ – 15 LPM Three Way Manifold 1/8 – 3 ½ LPM Three Way Manifold ¼ – 8 LPM Three Way Manifold ½ – 15 LPM Plug for empty flow meter bay

AERATION

HAILEA AIR PUMPS • ideal air pumps for a wide variety of aquaculture, seafood holding and aquarium aeration applications. • Oil free air, high output, low power consumption, and inexpensive.

1 year warranty CODE ACO-9601 ACO-9602 ACO-208 ACO-318 ACO-388 ACO-009 ACO-009E ACO-300A ACO-450

LPM

WATTS

SIZE (MM)

OUTLET DIAMETER (MM)

3.2 7.2 26 @500mm 30 @ 1m 40 @ 1m 68 @ 1m 100 @ 1m 165 @ 1m 210 @ 1m

2 5 16 30 80 112 120 190 200

80 x 65 x 130 100 x 75 x 160 142x80x78 182x95x116 232x120x148 270x147x170 283x147x173 307x156x189 335x171x202

1x4 2x4 6 8 10 10 10 12 12

KAMAIR DIAPHRAGM AIR PUMPS Low noise, robust, weather resistant. Aluminium housing for better ventilation and easy maintenance. • Thermal protection device applied in each model. Airflow lpm

One year warranty.

220 200

CODE

8 15 55 105 121

NOISE LEVEL

OUTLET SIZE

WATTS

35dB <35dB 36dB 39dB 42dB

8 - 12mm barb 8 - 12mm barb fits 16mm barb fits 16mm barb 18 - 22mm barb

10 19.1 45 96 126

MAX WATER DEPTH (M) 1.9 2.45 3.5 4.5 4

180 160 140 120

KAP120

100

DB80L

80 DB40A

60 40 20 0 0.5

1.5

2.5

3.5

4.5

5.5

Metres Water Depth

DC MEMBRANE AIR COMPRESSORS • Body is die-cast aluminium. • Suitable for long and short distance transportation and back up aeration. Not for continuous use. • Use with PFSI auto power failure switch. • Replacement membranes available.

CODE

L/M OUTPUT

WATTS

60 75 120

25 75 130

ACO-003 ACO-006 ACO-007

SIZE 196x91x128 251x124x167 280x138x181

ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS • Single stage, carbon vane rotary, air cooled. • Compact design - reliability & durability – easy to maintain and operate. • Simple installation – air cooled, no water required – oil free. • Quite operation.• Direct coupling drive. • Standard equipment: Carbon vanes, built-in particulate filter & silencer, vibration isolators, vacuum gauge and regulator, TEFC high efficiency motor. Optional Equipment: Pressure gauge & regulator for blow operation.

Specifications: MODEL Displacement

End Vacuum Normal Operating Vacuum Normal Operating Pressure Motor Pump Revolution Operating Amb.Temp. Connections Driven Weight

CODE WVS-3 WVS-3

WVS-3

WVS-5

280 235

480 405

mm HgG

610

650

mm HgG

450

60Hz 50Hz

l/min l/min

Kgf/cm2 Kw 60Hz rpm 50Hz rpm

0.6

0.4 1740 1450

0.75 1740 1450

Performance Curve VACUUM

!"#$&

!"# $%

0 ~ 40 Intake(G-Bsp)

3/4"

BLOWER

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

DB8A DB15A DB40A DB80L KAP120

LPM@1M

3/4" coupling

kg (with motor)

©÷

DESCRIPTION 1/2 HP 230V 1 HP 230V

AERATION

ESAM SIDE CHANNEL BLOWERS ESAM have an extensive range of high quality, highly efficient Italian made side channel blowers. ESAM manufacture a series of blowers capable of pumping various volumes of air, at low energy consumption. All ESAM units are manufactured in die-cast aluminium alloy, which ensures a high quality standard and productivity. ESAM motors conform to IP54 insulation specifications and are C- tick approved. There are many models available to suit many aquaculture applications. • Feel free to ask us for assistance when sizing a blower for your application. • Long life • Pollution free • Low noise level • Low maintenance • Fully factory backed plugs included on all 240v models.

183a-183c 184a-184c

psi

m3/h

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

4,5

7,5

Uni Jet 1500 Uni Jet 2200

15 20

400/690 400/690

82 82

156 166

10,5

2200 2000 1800 1600

1177 941,5

1400 1200 1000 900 800 700 500 400

184c 262c

588,5

183c 180c

470

181c 182c 170c 171c

350c

261c

251c

151c

150

176,5

173c

172c

250c

351c

200

294 235,5

260c

300

117,5 88

252c

152c 140c

120

141c

153c

240c-241c

100 90 80 70 60 50

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

1,5

084000 087009

58,5

142c

130c 160c

230c 231c

40 30 220c

11,5

120c

10 110c

C.F.M

0 0

250

500

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

2500

2750

3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

5500

6000

6500

7500 7000 8000 mmH20

SPARES CODE

DESCRIPTION

BF4 BF6 BR1 BR2

Air Filter for S-11 & S-21 Air Filter for S-31 & S-41 Bearing Set for S-11, S-21 Bearing Set for S-31, S-41 & S-45

*Feel free to ask us for assistance when sizing a blower for your application.

ESAM BLOWER ACCESSORIES • Air Filters: Quality pre-filter for ESAM Blowers.

CODE 168552 168554 168556

DESCRIPTION 32mm 1¼” Threaded Filter (S-Type) for Unijet 75/2V 40mm/1½” Threaded Filter (S-Type) for Techno - Flux Jet/2V 50mm/2” Threaded Filter (S-Type) for Flux - Medio Jet/2V

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES • Prevent overloading your blower by using these adjustable relief valves.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

169834 169858 169857

40mm 50mm 80mm

SUITABLE MODELS 1½” Unijet75 12v Tech, flux 2” Medio 12v 3” Medio 1AC, uni500 12v, 1000

PRESSURE GAUGE • Ideal for use with rotary vane compressors, polygeysers, blowers and other pressure applications. • Tough and durable.• Made from the highest quality materials.

CODE BG60 BG100 251253 251260

DESCRIPTION 0-60 Inches/H2O, 6mm NPT fitting 0-100 Inches/H2O, 6mm NPT fitting 0-15PSI 6mm (1/4”) BSP fitting 0-30PSI 6mm (1/4”) BSP fitting

Aero-Tube aeration tubing, manufactured by Colorite plastics is a major advancement in aeration technology. Aero-Tube continuous bubble aeration tubing delivers oxygen in volumes that are unmatched by conventional systems at an energy cost that is often less than half that of other systems. There are many options for using Aero-Tube, from tubing in made up diffusers, the hose itself and even a ready made diffuser grid which can be made into an airlift system that is truly impressive. Unbreakable, highly efficient and easy to apply to just about any tank or pond application. Designed to be run continuously, Aero-Tube requires little to no cleaning and is as easy as putting on a rubber glove and running your hand along the length of the tube.

AERATION

COLORITE AERO-TUBE OXYGEN ADVANTAGE

AERO-TUBE - GRIDS AND AIR LIFTS

CODE

DESCRIPTION

O2 TRANSFER FRESH/ SALT KG’S/HR

RECOMMENDED AIR FLOW LPM/LPH

ALGRID2.5m MINI 2.5m Aerotube Grid 0.1525/0.3775 95/5,700 ALGRID2.5mDP Directional Plate for 2.5m Grid ALGRID5m 5m Aerotube Grid 0.305/0.755 190/11,400 ALGRID5mDP Directional Plate for 5m Grid ALGRID10m 10m Aerotube Grid 0.61/1.51 380/22,800 ALGRID10mDP Directional Plate for 10m Grid C3060GRID Colorite Aerotube Grid 20m 1.21/3.025 750/45,000 C3060ARAL1 Aerotube Single Airlift with blower 1.57HP 1.21/3.025 N/A C3060ARAL2 Aerotube Double Airlift with blower 2.1HP 2.42/6.05 N/A C3060ARAL3 Aerotube Triple Airlift with blower 3HP 3.63/9.075 N/A C3060BK1.5Blower kit inc Aspiration filter, Plumbing Fitting and pipe SUITS HB329 and EHS-339 C3060BK2Blower kit inc Aspiration filter, Plumbing Fitting and pipe SUITS HB429-2/1PH, EHS429 and EHS-529

CONNECTION

40mm slip 40mm slip 40mm slip 40mm slip 40mm slip 40mm slip 50mm Barb N/A N/A N/A

Note: Connections for grid only assemblies and directional plates are not included, weight systems for the grids or attaching the grid assemblies to the tank wall with cobra clips may be necessary depending on application. OXYGEN TRANSFER COMPARISON IN SALT WATER AERATOR TYPE

KG’S O2/HR/HP

Paddle wheel

1.13

Single grid airlift

1.91

Double grid airlift

2.86

Triple grid airlift

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

impregnated with anti-fouling compound to reduce bio-fouling The Aero-Tube airlift is specifically designed to incorporate the technology of Colorites AeroTube grid to form a complete aerator. The Aero-Tube air lift system provides high velocity directional flow and excellent vertical mixing in a pond, tank or race way. • Virtually eliminates maintenance, no more rebuilding motors on Paddle wheels and Aspirators. • Decrease energy use by up to 70%. • Eliminate stratification. • Superior mixing and flow compared to other aerators. • Increase pond bottom oxygen levels and equalize oxygen throughout the entire pond - Get the oxygen to where the fish are and improve FCR’s and growth rates!. • Virtually eliminate bottom sludge and reduce nutrients, Higher oxygen presence allows natu- 2.5 metre Aerotube grid only (vertical pipe and connectors ral bacteria to maintain water quality and break down waste. for attachment to tank wall not • Putting air into water, not water into air!. • Available in single, double and triple grid airlifts. included) • Choose the recommended blower for your application from the list below, larger blower sizes for increased flow and circulation available on request. • Grids only can be purchased for construction of your own airlifts, or for use in lakes and large tanks on the lake/tank bottom. • 1 single grid, used at the design air flow rate(approximately 45,000LPH @ 7KPA + water depth) will transfer 1.21kgs of oxygen per hour in freshwater, and 3.025kgs of oxygen in saltwater. • Smaller grids with 2.5, 5 and 10 metres of Colorite Aerotube available for tank and small pond aeration applications. Applied as the grid by itself (on the bottom of the tank or pond) or attached to the side of the tank with a directional plate to create directional flow. Great to increase the vertical mixing, oxygen level and waste removal capabilities of culture tanks and ponds. • Comes with 50mm barbed air supply. 5 metre Aerotube grid with • Only moving part is the blower motor. directional plate attached • Maintain constantly higher dissolved oxygen levels. • Stock more fish and feed more.

AERATION

HIGH OXYGEN TRANSFER POND AERATORS • Offers the best value available for increasing and maintaining oxygen levels. • Improves water quality. • Energy efficient and designed to move a high volume of water at minimal cost. • Exposes more surface area to the air for gas exchange. • Extremely easy to use, install, move and operate. • Delivers approx 1.36kg of oxygen per horsepower per hour.

J-SERIES AERATING FOUNTAINS • Improve the overall water quality of your pond, while enhancing its appearance with interchangeable spray patterns included. • Versatile interchangeable spray patterns for the price of one.

A - Linden

B - Cypress

C - Willow

D - Juniper

E - Redwood

F - Spruce

G - Sequoia

H - Birch

PREMIUM NOZZLES PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

• Offers splendid beauty above our included patterns for the 1, 2 and 3 HP J series. • May be purchased separately and allows you to define your experience by selecting the premium nozzle of choice. • Fits on the fountain and are held in place with 3 set screws.• 4 patterns available.

KASCO LIGHTING PACKAGES Add a touch of class with the fountain light kits, which will create an amazing display during night time hours. 1/2 and 3/4 Hp fountain models use kit L-275 (2x75w lamps), with the L-375 (3x75watt suitable for the 2Hp). Fixtures are machined bronze with MR-16 clear halogen bulbs included. • Option of coloured bulbs of red, green, blue or yellow.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

L-275 L-375

12V fountain light kit inc. 30m Cable included 12V fountain light kit inc.

YARDMILLS - BACKYARD AERATING WINDMILLS BY KOENDERS • A proven low-maintenance, low cost, highly effective method of maintaining water quality! • Backyard windmills are designed to be a decorative or ornamental windmill as well as functioning as small pond windmill aeration system. • Available as the standard windmill for people who do not have a pond wanting a decorative windmill for their garden or backyard setting, or upgradable (with the aeration conversion kit) to function as a an aerating windmill for small Koi and decorative ornamental ponds. • Functions completely on air, no electricity required. • 11’ tall, looks great beside a pond or in a garden in your backyard. • Sturdy four legged tower design. • Anchoring stakes provided for easy install. • Pre-assembled fan for ease of construction. • Optional conversion aeration kit that attaches to the windmill making it a functional aeration system (sold separately). • Conversion aeration kit comes with diaphragm style compressor, 15’ of weighted - self sinking air line, 35’ of regular air line and an air stone diffuser. • Aeration systems produces up to 8.5Lpm at up to 6 PSI. • One year warranty. • Double bearing diaphragm pump. • Comes in multiple decorative and non rust options - galvanized steel - Powder coated colours available: Red & White, Bronze, Green & Yellow. • Ideally suited for small fish and garden ponds that are the size of a backyard pool.

Do you have a body of water that needs aeration but you have no power on site? Koenders Aeration Windmill systems are the answer. Aquasonic can supply a full range of the Koenders Aeration Windmills. These units provide essential oxygenation to stagnant or polluted water and cost nothing to run as they use wind power. Requiring wind speeds above 5/kmh to function, a single Koenders Windmill can provide aeration to ponds up to 0.80 hectares in size and can be placed up to 300m from the water.

AERATION

KOENDERS AERATION WINDMILLS

Made with high quality and durable galvanized steel, these windmills and aeration systems can be used for a wide variety of applications such as; ponds, lakes etc to support fish life, livestock water dams, Koi ponds, garden irrigation, waste water treatment dams and for recreational dams and lakes on golf courses and council lakes. Very aesthetic and can create a real feature to your pond, lake etc and the practicality to improve water quality. In addition to pumping air through a pneumatic water pump it can allow the pumping of water also. Koenders Windmill Aeration systems will provide guaranteed aeration and dramatically improve water quality, reducing the amount of algae and harmful bacteria present, as well as reversing sedimentation, therefore providing stock with a cleaner environment. Field tested for over 18 years through the harshest of weather conditions and comes with a 3 year warranty as a gauge of the quality of this system. Many models available including the traditional type to uni-pole designs, with options on colours as well. Contact Aquasonic for sizing and more information.

CODE KW30032 KW30033 KW30034

DESCRIPTION

WATER BODY SIZE

3.65 metre windmill system 4.87 metre windmill system 6 metre windmill system

A range of spares and accessories are available for the koenders windmills including diffuser buckets to prevent disturbing sediment, pressure relief valves, pivot pairs for leveling, maintenance and tilting windmill down during extreme weather. Freeze control units, duck decoy diffuser markers and weighted airline.

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

up to ¼ Acres ¼-½ Acres ½-1 Acres (upto 1-2 Acres with additional airstones) KW39012 6 metre double diaphragm windmill 2 Acres and over KW183 7.6 metre UNIPOLE windmill system up to 2 Acres with additional airstones KW186 7.6 metre double diaphragm UNIPOLE windmill 2 Acres and over KW10166 Koenders diffuser airstone 180mm (7”) KWEXTLEHG Windmill extension kit KW30011 Koenders horizontal water pumps for ponds VT6 Koenders vertical water pump for wells

AERATION

TEAM AQUA PADDLE WHEEL • Due to the water - breaking and parabola design, power consumption is low and more economic. • Water splash is higher by 4 - 37 cm, wider by 11 cm and faster by 14 - 16 RPM that create strong water current and super aeration. • Water breaking impeller is fully interchangeable to existing adjustable one. Existing adjustable impeller will be still available for maintenance purpose. • Key specifications/special features: • 1hp, new patent water-breaking impeller. Higher and wider water splash with much faster RPM for super high aeration. Water splash is higher by 4 - 37 cm, wider by 11 cm and faster by 14 -16 RPM that create strong water current and super aeration. • Save machine buying cost and power consumption due to the professional water-breaking and parabola design. • Adjustable impeller (patented). • Synthetic aluminum / magnesium electric motor, heat dissipation is faster at least by 30%. • #304, 25mm stainless steel shaft . • #304 stainless steel frame . • Plastic bearing (patented). • New high density polyethylene (HDPE) floaters and motor cover. • High quality parts for long lasting performance.

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

Get more oxygen for less money owing power bills with the new technology in paddle aeration.

Full impeller dia.: 68cm, Blade: 26cm (L) x 17cm (H) x 5cm (W )

W ater is broken into two directions and splashed high up to the air by the wide parabola

• Filter mat is designed to get dirty (made of material to trap particulate waste). • Filter mat is excellent as a pre filter for major particulate filter prior to the biological filter. • Great for box filters and power filters. • Resists compression and is easy to clean. • This material is bound into a mat. Just cut to the required shape to suit your application. • Two grades are available, Super Mat (washable many times), Filter Mat (usually disposed of after 1-3 uses) and quality Australian Made filter wool, perfect for use with corner filters.

CODE

FILTRATION

FILTRATION AQUASONIC FILTER MATTING & WOOL

DESCRIPTION

BN380 BN381 BN382 SM2 SM4 SM6 BN390 BN391 BN392 BN393 BN394

Filter mat 270 x 530mm approx. Filter mat (per metre) 1.5m x 1m Filter mat (full roll) 40m Super mat 270mm x 520mm (approx) Super mat (per metre) 2.10m x 1m Super mat (full roll) - 20m x 2.10m Filter wool 50gm Filter wool 100gm Filter wool 400gm Filter wool 1kg Filter wool 30Kg (bale)

PREMIUM FILTER FOAM • Filter foam is often used as a course particulate filtration medium as it can withstand washing and hosing, giving long life. • Available in 25mm or 50mm thicknesses.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FF25 FF25C FF50 FF50C FFC

Filter foam full sheet 1.83m x 1m x 25mm Filter foam psm cut to size Filter foam full sheet 1.83m x 1m x 20mm Filter foam psm cut to size Filter foam circle for BN200D

• Polyester bags used with all filter mediums and absorption resin. • Features a drawstring - so there are no metal zips to contaminate the water.

CODE

SIZE

FB10 FB15 FB30 FB35

6 x 10” 150 x 250mm (300 micron) 12 x 15” 300 x 380mm (800 micron) 10 x 30” 250 x 760mm (300 micron) 12 x 15” 300 x 380mm (300 micron)

SUBSTRATE FILTER KITS • Due to design, won’t block up. • Long life, unique design. • Quiet and efficient operations. • Biological filtration for freshwater and marine aquariums. • Directional flow uplifts. • Includes kit with air stones, directional flow and air line. • Easy to join plates.

CODE

SIZE

BN351 BN352 BN353 MS000 MS001 MS008 MS007 MS005

430mm x 280mm substrate filter kit. 585mm x 280mm substrate filter kit. Substrate filter uplift kits Substrate plate only 430mm Substrate plate only 585mm Substrate uplift tube 18” Substrate uplift tube 24” Substrate filter uplift top

AQUASONIC ROTATING ARMS • The most efficient way of circulating water over and through biological media, ensuring effective and even water distribution and higher oxygen levels. • Self lubricating race ball bearings. • 3 sizes available. • Delivery capacity is dependent on the method in which water is supplied. • Volumes shown are approximate only and are subject to a) individual variations of different filter systems, b) method of supply which could vary from low gravity feed to high pressure pump, c) size of outlet holes drilled in the arms. • 25mm hosetail connection on 15mm - 40mm barrel union on 25mm - 50mm barrel union on 40mm arms.

CODE AP060 AP061 AP062 SP15 SP25 SP40 HUB15 HUB25 HUB40

MODEL

ARM WIDTH

15mm Rotating arm 350mm 25mm Rotating arm 500mm 40mm Rotating arm 600mm Spare teflon bearings set for 15m Spare teflon bearings set for 25mm Spare teflon bearings set for 40mm Hub (only) 15mm Hub (only) 25mm Hub (only) 40mm

GRAVITY FEED FLOW APPROX. 1000 LPH 4000 LPH 8500 LPH

PRESSURE FEED HOLE SIZE FOR LID FLOW APPROX. MOUNTING 2000 LPH 6000 LPH 15000 LPH

33mm to 35mm 42mm to 50mm 58mm to 65mm

CONNECTION

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

MICRON FILTER BAGS

25mm Hosetail 40mm Barrel 50mm Barrel

FILTRATION

PLASTIC GRID • A non-toxic plastic screen, easily cut to size & self supporting. • May be used for many aquarium and aquacultural applications. • Support for biological filtration, tank dividers, pre-filter supports, overflow screens & substrate protectors

CODE

DESCRIPTION

AP220 AP223 AP221 AP222 AP225 AP226

Grid - cut to size psm - 8mm thick Grid - cut to size psm - 12mm thick Grid - Full sheet 1200mm x 600mm x 8mm thick Grid - Full sheet 1200mm x 600mm x 12mm thick Grid 8mm - 5 Sheets plus Grid 12mm - 5 Sheets plus

KALDNES TYPE BIOFILM CARRIER ELEMENTS • Two sizes of media - C1 and C3, made from high density polyethylene. • Patented designed media. • ideal for moving bed biological filter applications. • Efficient surface area for bacterial population & therefore nitrification rating of 500m2/m3. • One m3 of Kaldnes type media can nitrify waste from 10kg of 45% protein food @ 0.5ppm TAN residual. • C3 has the same density & surface area as the C1 but is physically larger in size giving it the advantage of being easier to retain in moving bed vessels. • Each litre of Kaldnes type media can process waste from 10 grams of 45% protein feed. • Self cleaning and non blocking. • Minimum ageing time of 20 years. • In nitrifying applications, use a blower to continuously circulate the elements, while simultaneously oxygenating the water and stripping the carbon dioxide. • Kaldnes type media also acts as an excellent mechanical filtration media when used in an upflow or static application, for ponds, aquariums and culture systems. • Due to its design, waste is easily released from Kaldnes type media used in static applications by breaking the static bed through aeration when cleaning.

CODE PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

DESCRIPTION

C1-1 C1-9 C1-100 C1-1000 C3-9 C3-100 C3-1000

SIZE

Kaldnes type Media C1 Kaldnes type Media C1 Kaldnes type Media C1 Kaldnes type Media C1 Kaldnes type Media C3 Kaldnes type Media C3 Kaldnes type Media C3

1L Bag 9L Bag 100L Box 1m3 bulk bag 9L Bag 100L Box 1m3 bulk bag

AQUASONIC OVI-FLOW II BIOLOGICAL MEDIA • 20% higher surface area per volume compared to Oviflow (first generation). • Stronger, longer lasting construction. • Easier bacterial adhesion for faster biological start-up. • Higher degassing ability. • Special design facilitates cleaning if required. • Maximum width 40mm, maximum height 30mm. • Surface area: greater than 500sq metres approx. per cubic metre(1m3= approx. 28,000 units). • Void space: 75%. • Shape: ovoid. • Type of raw material: food grade polypropylene. • Colour: blue. (choice of colours if required). • Buoyancy: positive. • Life span: expected in excess of 20 years. • Proven performance over 10 years in thousands of applications.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

BN340 BN341 BN342 BN343 BN344

Ovi-Flow - 250 unit bag Ovi-Flow - 2,800 unit box Ovi-Flow - 14,000 to 27,999 Ovi-Flow - 28,000 to 139,999 Ovi-Flow - above 140,000

SIZE 9L bag 100L box 500L - 1000L (100L boxes) 1000L - 5000L (100L boxes) 5000L and above (100L boxes)

MEDIA FOR SAND FILTERS CODE W35304 W3534010 FM086

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

Sand 0.6mm – 1.2mm Anthracite, coarse sand filter media (easier to backwash) Activated carbon

25kg 22kg 25kg

Other grades of sand (8/16, 16/30 and 30/60), softening, purifying and demineralising resins, diatomaceous earth, iron removal media, glass beeds and garnet are available for use in sand filters. Contact Aquasonic for advice on the best media to use in your application.

PREMIUM NATURAL ZEOLITE MEDIA • Extremely high purity Zeolite media. • Grain size available in 0.5-1.2mm, 1-2.2mm, 0.5-2.2mm, 2.2-10mm. • Zeolite helps remove nutrients, heavy metals, softens water and decreases staining. • Zeolite is lighter than sand making it easier to backwash and because of its shape, it generally packs together better allowing improved solids capture

CODE FM16/30 FM8/16 FM8/30 FM2.2/10

DESCRIPTION 0.5-1.2mm grain Zeolite 1-2.2mm grain Zeolite 0.5-2.2mm grain Zeolite 2.2-10mm grain Zeolite

• Pentair chemical filters are designed for easy management and are highly effective chemical filtering units. • Removable chamber allows easy media replacement and pre-rinsing. • Holds a variety of filter substances such as zeolite, ion exchange resin, activated carbon etc. • No channelling. •100% of the water passes through the media. • More than one module can be plumbed in parallel with different media for greater volumes. • Inlet 32mm & outlet 25mm slip fittings.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

179310 179320 179330

Module for up to 400L aquariums Module for up to 800L aquariums Module for up to 1200L aquariums

FILTRATION

PENTAIR CHEMICAL FILTER MODULE

FLOW RATE/MEDIA VOLUME 945-1852Lph/210gms 1892-3785Lph/440gms 2839-5678Lph/690gms

PENTAIR MECHANICAL FILTER MODULE • Water is forced through filter pleats under pressure, trapping particles from 20 microns down to 5 microns, while the inner pleat supports, prevent pleats from squeezing shut providing greater effective filtration. • Pressure gauge allows for easy determination of when the filter requires cleaning. • Inlet 1 1/4” (32mm) & outlet 1” (25mm) Slip fittings, ideal for aquarium applications.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

179410 179420 179430

Module for up to 400L aquariums Module for up to 800L aquariums Module for up to 1200L aquariums

FLOW RATE 945-1892 Lph 1892-3785 Lph 2839-5678 Lph

• Pleated cartridge pressure mechanical filters for various water flow rates. • Unit collecting 20 to 5 micron size particles now with 100 micron pleated cartridges • These filters can be converted to chemical filters, allowing for activated carbon or other chemical filtration mediums to be incorporated. • Horizontal kits are available where space is limited. All PVC construction, no metal parts.

CODE

ESCRIPTION

176132

M-2 Mechanical filter (32mm slip fittings) M-4 Mechanical filter (40mm slip fittings M-6 Mechanical filter (40mm slip fittings)

176134 176136

LOW RATE 5678-11355lph 11355-22710 lph 17022-26117 lph

F03 FLOZONE TAP TO TANK FILTRATION UNIT Traditionally reverse osmosis units are used to pre-treat tap water for aquarium use, with 80-90% of water going to waste that you, the user pays for. The FO3 FloZone unit can achieve a massive 4000 litres (around 14 times that of a conventional RO unit) per day of RO quality purified water with NO WASTE WATER. The FloZone tap to tank unit utilizes ozone to oxidize and destroy bacteria, viruses and organic material. It works much the same way as a RO unit, sediment is removed by the polyspun pre-filter and dissolved solids (hardness) are removed by the water softening canister or resin media cartridge. Chemicals, chlorine, odour, discoloration, heavy metals, cysts, bacteria and dissolved organics are removed by the ozone unit. We recommend when using the FloZone unit that you use it in conjunction with a storage tank. This allows any residual ozone to be gassed off over night by aerating the water. Pumping the water from the storage tank for top up can then take place. If immediate use of the water is needed you can pump the water through an additional carbon cartridge (10” housing equipt with carbon) to remove any ozone before it enters the tank system. Two units are available, one for filtration of general quality tap water and the second for filtration of tap water when supply water quality is poor.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FO3A

F03 FloZone Tap to Tank Unit A includes 5um pre-filter, water softening cartridge, Flozone ozone unit, float valve, and all fittings. For general tap water quality F03 FloZone tap To Tank unit B includes 5um Pre-filter, 0.5um carbon post filter. Resin media cartridge, FloZone ozone unit float valve and all fittings. For harsh tap water quality.

FO3B

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

PENTAIR COMMERCIAL SERIES FILTERS

FILTRATION

RO, TAP TO TANK AND F03 FLOZONE SPARES AND UPGRADES • Apply a customized system for your individual needs using single, double or triple brackets. • Aquasonic can also provide assistance with designing and applying these units.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

RE006 FP10Q DP101 CB951 CB011 PX011 PX051 PX201 FPBK FPBK2 FPBK3 SO201 RMDI1 ST-RE1 PPSVO10822W QC260 QC440 QC100 QC150

RO membrane cartridge 25cm housing 6mm port 10 micron carbon prefilter 0.5 micron carbon 1 micron post filter carbon 1 micron polyspun 5 micron polyspun 20 micron cartridges Single bracket Double bracket Triple bracket Softening cartridge (light hardness removal) Resin media cartridge (heavy hardness removal) Refillable cartridge for application of other media’s 6mm ball valve for RO tubing Quick connect fitting 1/4”QC sonner Quick connect fitting 1/4” QC tee section Quick connect fitting 1/4” QC X 1/4” BSP Quick connect fitting 1/4” QC X 1/4” female BSP

TAP TO TANK FILTERS • Cost effective and efficient filters for purifying tap water. • They enable tap water to be placed directly into the tank by removal of chlorine, chloramine, copper and other heavy metals. • Flow rates approx 10Lpm. • Systems include: 1 x tap adapter, 2m of 1/4” tubing, filter assembly (double or triple) with mounting bracket, filter cartridges, 1 x float valve. PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

CODE CD170 CD173 CD174

DESCRIPTION Twin Tap to Tank unit includes 5 micron polyspun pre-filter and 5micron granular carbon post filter for general tap water quality Twin Tap to Tank unit includes 5 micron polyspun pre-filter and 0.5 micron solid blockcarbon post filter for moderate tap water quality Triple Tap to Tank unit includes 5 micron polyspun pre-filter, 0.5 micron solid block carbon post filter and resin media cartridge to remove hardness. For harsh tap water quality.

R.O TUBING • Blue, Yellow, Green, Red, White and Black ¼” tube. For use with RO units and Tap to Tank filters. • Simply place BL after code for blue, GR for green, YE for yellow, WH for white or BK for black

CODE

DESCRIPTION

TUBE14

¼” Coloured RO tubing, per metre

UNDER-SINK & COUNTER-TOP FLOZONE • Stainless steel corona discharge cell produces highly concentrated ozone levels for effective microbiological reduction. • Chemical free. • Input turbidity 3NTU MAX. Pre filtration can be added for additional solids removal. Higher quality water can be achieved through the use of a FO3 FloZone unit, which includes the FloZone, tap pre-filters and post filters to produce RO quality water • Produces an Ozone residual of 0.1 - 0.4 mg/L @ 50PSI. • 12VDC power source allows for optional use in boats, transport etc 350mA 12VDC. • Simple installation, either on the counter or under the sink. • NO WASTE WATER. All water pumped through is usable product water (maximum water produced is 3,816L per day). • 2 – 2.5 LPM at 50 PSI, with 25 PSI being the minimum pressure requirement and 85 PSI maximum. • Removes chlorine and chloramines, metals, odours, bacteria and protozoans from water.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

30314-01 30293-01

Counter-top Flozone unit Under-sink Flozone unit

REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM • R.O. placed in line from the mains which will remove up to 98% of toxic substances such as chlorine, lead, aluminium, copper and heavy metals and pesticides.

CODE PR0270

DESCRIPTION 3 Stage Wallmount RO Unit (5um, carbon & RO membrane, tap fitting, tubing). 280litres per day

• Automated top up system, perfect for refilling sumps and storage tanks etc • Can handle pressures up to 116 PSI (800kPa). • Easy to construct and plumb up the kit. • Clearance needed for float valve is 330mm length, minimum water depth 100mm. • Kit includes float valve, plumbing connections, instructions and a length of R.O tubing. • Requires 22-23mm hole for installation.

CODE

FILTRATION

AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF KIT

DESCRIPTION

FVKITGC

Automatic Shut-off Kit

WATER-CO TRIMLINE BAG FILTERS • Excellent for fine particulate filtration. • One piece moulded high impact polypropylene construction. • Able to withstand pressures up to 87PSI. • 2 year warranty. • Larger bags than competing models, reducing cleaning frequency. • Comes complete with pressure gauge. • Outlet sizes of 40mm (50mm optional upgrade). • Adaptable, simply choose the unit and the desired micron filter bag.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

W3761050 W3761075

FLOW RATE

C50 TBF Bag filter housing C75 TBF Bag filter housing

190LPM 270LPM

BAGS FOR C50 BAG FILTER HOUSING 1 micron filter bag for C50 TBF 5 micron filter bag for C50 TBF 25 micron filter bag for C50 TBF 50 micron filter bag for C50 TBF 800 micron filter bag for C50 TBF

BAGS FOR C75 BAG FILTER HOUSING W36519310 W36519240 W36519250 W36519260 W36519266

1 micron filter bag for C75 TBF 5 micron filter bag for C75 TBF 25 micron filter bag for C75 TBF 50 micron filter bag for C75 TBF 800 micron filter bag for C75 TBF

WATER-CO TRIMLINE CARTRIDGE FILTERS • Excellent for fine particulate filtration. • One piece moulded high impact polypropylene construction. • 2 year warranty. • C50 can be used a chemical media filter and C75 can be modified to take both chemical media and small pleated cartridge for optimum water polishing. • Comes complete with pressure gauge. • Outlet sizes of 40mm (50mm optional upgrade).

CODE

DESCRIPTION

W2150503 W2150753

FLOW RATE

C50 TCF cartridge filter housing C75 TCF cartridge filter housing

190LPM 275LPM

CARTRIDGE ONLY FOR C50 CARTRIDGE FILTER HOUSING W62041 W620411 W6204220 W62042

5 micron cartridge for C50 TCF 10 micron cartridge for C50 TCF 20 micron cartridge for C50 TCF 30 micron cartridge for C50 TCF

CARTRIDGE ONLY FOR C75 CARTRIDGE FILTER HOUSING W62043 W620431 W6204420 W62044

5 micron cartridge for C75 TCF 10 micron cartridge for C75 TCF 20 micron cartridge for C75 TCF 30 micron cartridge for C75 TCF

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

W3651931 W3651924 W3651925 W3651926 W36519265

MEDIA CARTRIDGE OPTIONS W3651922 W3651923

Media canister for C50 with slots, 12 litre capacity (needs 2 x sealing washer) Media canister for C75 without slots, 12 litre capacity (needs 1 x sealing washer, 1 x O ring, 1 x Cartridge spacer and Cartridge pre filter of desired micron size)

C75 MEDIA CANISTER W62031 W620311 W6204020 W62040 W644771 W62078 W72514690

CARTRIDGE OPTIONS 5 micron cartridge for C75 Media canister 10 micron cartridge for C75 Media canister 20 micron cartridge for C75 Media canister 30 micron cartridge for C75 Media canister TCF sealing washer TCF cartridge spacer TCF O-ring

FILTRATION

MULTICYCLONE • Waterco’s innovative Multicyclone is a versatile pre-filtration unit that uses centrifugal action to spin out small particles in the water before they enter filtration components. • Ideal for applying before bag, cartridge and sand filters to reduce backwash frequency. • Easy to clean and maintain and also easy to retrofit to almost any system • A perfect addition to any aquaculture situation, large aquarium, ornamental pond or holding system with flow rate from 50-500LPM (optimum flow rate of between 150-350LPM). • Ideal for shellfish holding systems, ponds and on recirculation systems to reduce backwash frequency and ease the load of organics and sediments on filtration units • 2 year warranty. • 50mm inlet/outlet.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

W200370

Multicyclone centrifugal filter

WATERCO THERMOPLASTIC TOP MOUNT SAND FILTERS Waterco Thermoplastic sand filters offer an economical option to a fibreglass sand filter with the durability of an abrasion-proof durable polymer thermoplastic construction. Rated at 36psi (250 KPA), these units are more suited to smaller sized applications having a shallower bed depth than other sand filters such as the micron sand filters and deep bed models that are better suited to larger applications. Multiport valve is 40mm and is mounted on top of the filter body to save on space. • 5 year warranty.

CODE W220616 W226018 W226020 W226024

DESCRIPTION

DIAMETER

BED DEPTH

T400 Thermoplastic sand filter T450 Thermoplastic sand filter T500 Thermoplastic sand filter T600 Thermoplastic sand filter

400mm (16”) 450mm (18”) 500mm (20”) 600mm (24”)

160mm 250mm 250mm 250mm

RATE LPM/LPH MAX.FLOW 101/6060 127/7620 157/9420 226/13560

WATERCO MICRON FIBREGLASS TOP MOUNT SAND FILTERS PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

Manufactured from the highest grade of non corrosive materials using the latest in fibreglass winding technology. Micron fibreglass sand filters are built to last, providing years of trouble free operation. UV and corrosion resistant with hydraulically balanced lateral configurations for superior water distribution and rated to 36PSI (250KPA) with a maximum operating temperature of 50 degrees Celsius. 5 year warranty, models S500 – S700 have 40mm multiport valves. Models S702 – S900 have 50mm multiport valves.

CODE

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

W22022 W22024 W22028 W22029 W22030 W22032 W22036

DIAMETER

BED DEPTH

S500 Micron sand filter S600 Micron sand filter S700 Micron sand filter S702 Micron sand filter S750 Micron sand filter S800 Micron sand filter S900 Micron sand filter

500mm (20”) 600mm (24”) 700mm (28”) 700mm (28”) 750mm (30”) 800mm (32”) 900mm (36”)

280mm 295mm 330mm 340mm 340mm 420mm 420mm

MAX. FLOW RATE LPM/LPH 157/9420 226/13560 308/18480 308/18480 353/21180 402/24120 509/30540

WATERCO MICRON FIBREGLASS TOP MOUNT DEEP BED SAND FILTERS

Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au

Deep Bed sand filters are engineered to provide a deeper sand bed (500mm) for more effective filtration with a higher solids capture capacity. Manufactured with the same technology and quality as the micron sand filters. Rated to 36PSI (250KPA) with a maximum operating temperature of 50 degrees Celsius. 5 year warranty, models SD400 – SD600 have 40mm multiport valves. Models SD750 and SD900 have 50mm multiport valves.

CODE W224400 W224500 W224600 W224750 W224900

DESCRIPTION

DIAMETER

BED DEPTH

SD400 Deep Bed sand filter SD500 Deep Bed sand filter SD600 Deep Bed sand filter SD750 Deep Bed sand filter SD900 Deep Bed sand filter

400mm (16”) 500mm (20”) 600mm (24”) 750mm (30”) 900mm (36”)

500 500 500 500 500

MAX. FLOW RATE LPM/LP 101/6060 157/9420 226/13560 353/21180 509/30540

Side mount sand filters (multiport positioned at the side of the filter housing) and larger commercial sand filter models in top mount, side mount, horizontal and deep bed configurations are available. Please contact Aquasonic for information.

WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

FSI BAG AND CARTRIDGE CONVERTIBLE FILTER HOUSINGS • Now with new larger model. The choice in polypropylene filters for simplicity, safety and service life. Industry leading superior filtration down to 0.2 microns • Available in bag and cartridge models. • Mesh,microfibre and felt bags. • Various cartridge options available. • 2 models sized to 200LPM (X100) and 600LPM (XL234). • Both units rated to 90PSI operational pressure. • UV stabilized polypropylene construction. • Includes 0-36PSI pressure gauge

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

X100B X100C

X100 Housing 200LPM Female Threaded 50mm/50mM X100 Cartridge Filter Housing 200LPM Female Threaded 50mm/50mm Felt Filter bags for X100B in 1, 5, 10, 25, 50 and 100 micron Mesh Filter bags for X100B in 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 600 & 800 micron XL234 Bag Filter Housing 600LPM XL234 Cartridge Filter Housing 600LPM

XL234B XL234C

DESCRIPTION

FLOW RATE

INLET/OUTLET

FILTRATION

AQUASONIC PARTICULATE FILTER SUMPS • Sumps collect waste passively, as water flows through Aquasonic’s Super Mat filter material inverted into the water column. • Normally placed in a system to allow water to gravity feed from the culture tanks. • Drawers enable Super Mat to be lifted out for easy cleaning or replacement. • Particulate filter sumps are a highly efficient tool when combined with Aquasonic’s Swirl Separator or Aquasonic’s Drum Filter. • Multiple sizes available to suit various sized systems.

CODE PFS01 PFS01B PFS02 PFS DFS TFSH TFSV

DESCRIPTION

VOLUME

Single (450mm L x 300 W x 300 H) PVC Single (750mm L x 462mm W x 450mm H) PVC Single (1.2m L x 600mm W x 400mm H) PVC Single (1.3m L x 700mm W x 1.04H) PVC Double (1.3m L x 700m W x 1.04m H) PVC Triple filter sump horizontal (1.9m Lx1.25m W x 1.0m H) Screen size (780mm L x 50mm W x 650mm H) HDPE. Triple filter sump vertical (1.9m L x 0.79m W x 1.0m H) Screen size (580mm L x 50mm W x 780mm H) HDPE.

40L 155L 288L 946L 946L 2735L 1500L

DUAL DRAINS AND MINI SWIRL SEPARATORS • Improve your bulk solids capture and reduce your footprint. • Takes 5-20% of the water flow from each tank directly from the tank bottom, removing the solids before they make it to the sump or into the pipe line and become emulsified. • Capture up to 80% of solids produced in your system. • Dual drains available in 50mm, 80mm and 100mm pipe connections. Swirl separator connection is 25mm. • Completely passive and operated on gravity flow. • Flexible, can be applied to a range of tank sizes, with a range of different swirl separator sizes. • Maximum flow published is what is needed for effective separation of solids. Slower is better. • Dual drains supplied with bolts for installation on site. • Sold with inlet and outlet connections including direction bends, standpipe and uniseals (excludes SSN) and 40mm waste drain with gate valve. Can be mounted in a variety of ways, mounting option and height depends on tank height and water height.

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS

SSMINI Mini Swirl Separator SSN 400L Swirl Separator 700D x 1300 DD50MM50mm Dual Drain (25mm Swirl separator connecion) DD80MM80mm Dual Drain (25MM Swirl separator connection) DD100MM100mm Dual Drain (25mm Swirl separator connection)

RECOMMENDED/ W X H MM’S 540LPH/2,500LPH 4500LPH/20,000LPH

INLET/OUTLET SIZE MAX FLOW RATE 25mm/40mm 80mm/80mm Top Outlet

Bottom Outlet

AQUASONIC SWIRL SEPARATORS • Enables solids to be removed by centrifugal action via a central drain. • Best set up to utilize gravitational flow of water, with more than 50% of solids removed at this point, helping to assist in improving water quality and reducing labour in washing and replacing filter mats and bag filters etc. • Low cost item to improve your systems’ ability to handle waste. • Easy daily maintenance. • Can also be automated, drawing out solids by a timer control. • Operates best with lower flow rates. Efficiency is reduced with higher flow rates.

CODE SSMINI SSN FGSS80 FGSS100 FGSS150

Waste Outlet

DESCRIPTION Mini Swirl Separator for single tank/dual drain applications 600-2000lph Swirl Separator 700mm (d) x 1300mm (h), includes fittings up to 80mm in & outlet Flow rates up to 20,000 lph. (40mm outlet drain) with 80mm fittings, 1.4m (d) x 1.04 (h)& 5o taper, up to 15-30,000lph with 100mm fittings, 1.4m (d) x 1.04 (h)& 5o taper, up to 60,000lph with 150mm fittings, 1.4m (d) x 1.04 (h)& 5o taper, up to 100,000lph water guide

PARABOLIC STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN FILTERS • Semi self cleaning, designed to remove solids from water with occasional cleaning attention. • Specially designed wedge wire, stainless steel screen set in a parabolic shape to take advantage of the “Coanda effect”. This shape encourages solids-free water to drop between the screens and solids to be left on the surface of the screen. • Solids are then pushed toward the waste trough and easily washed out of the waste outlet. This filter is ideally suited for a gravity-flow system, as it will only cause about 60cm of head loss. • Easy to install. • Spare screens available. • Passive solids filtration. • Quality stainless steel manufacturing that will last for years.

CODE 2888 2884 2873 A2873

cover

stopper micro screen element

inlet waste overflow protection

outlet

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE

water

swimmer

DESCRIPTION Micro screen filter, mini. Complete with 200 micron screen, inlet, outlet & waste outlet 100mm Parabolic screen filter, model 1. Complete with 200 micron screen, inlet, outlet & waste outlet 100mm Parabolic screen filter, model 2. Complete with 200 micron screen, inlet & outlet 100mm,waste outlet 150m PVC parabolic screen filter 18,000 lph with 200 micron 316SS screen (not suitable for outdoor use.

FILTRATION

Ribbed belt drive Backwash drain

150mm PVC conections

Clear lid for easy observation Variable Speed Control

Polyester or stainless steel (by request) screens of all sizes available

AQUASONIC ROTATING DRUM FILTERS • Wastes building up in conventional mechanical filters break down, adding to the load on the biological filter and increasing the need for water changes. • Removes solids automatically to help reduce work load, increase time between water changes. increase stock loading and improve water quality. • Removes particulate matter from water on a continuous basis. • Drum continually revolves therefore exposing the clean screen. When the screen eventually blocks, the water level will rise and activate a back wash mechanism. • Speed can be varied according to your systems requirements. • High pressure backwash on demand. • Variable speed drum rotation. • PVC plastic construction (inert, safe for saltwater use). • Clear plastic lid and windows for easy observation.

Hindged lid

SPECIFICATIONS:

Quality Baldor motor

Inlet for backwash system

PVC Construction for freshwater or saltwater application

Timer for backwash via float control

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

CODE RDF100-150 RDFST LZS46

DESCRIPTION Rotating drum filter, 100,000 LPH, with 150mm fittings Optional HDPE stand (970mm x 800mm x 340mm(h) Recommended backwash pump

LARGE VOLUME ROTATING DRUM FILTERS • A wide range of high quality drum filters for large flow applications. • Models for fresh or saltwater in recirculation or flow through applications, with various micron screen sizes available. • The largest off the shelf unit designed to handle a flow rate of up to 2,400,000lph when using 100um screens. • Units can include stainless steel drum and frame, housings, backwash control, backwash pumps and automatic level monitoring.

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

BUBBLE BEAD FILTERS

Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

Suggested water flow 100,000 lph(variable with screen size) Nominal mesh size 125 micron (other sizes available) Screen Polyester(long life) or stainless steel Length of housing 970mm Width of housing 800mm Height (overall) 1110mm Height to lid 610mm Drum length 720mm Drum diameter 700mm Drum revolutions per minute 0.25 to 2 Balder variable speed motor 0.15kW Washdown pump Links 4-6 Inlet diameter 150mm pressure fitting Outlet diameter 150mm pressure fitting Shipment dimensions 1280mm x 1210mm x 1280mm with crate Ship weight including crate 180 Kg • Measurements are taken from the bottom of the drum housing to the bottom of the fittings. • Custom stands are also available at minimal extra cost

• Patented dual purpose design performs mechanical and biological filtration called bioclarification. Scientifically proven to produce the cleanest clearest and healthiest water. Complete mechanical and biological filtration for pond sizes from 1135.5 litres to 75,700 litres. • Backwash process is so simple, it just takes minutes to complete. • Works with low/medium head pumps (10-15psi), greatly reducing energy consumption. • Features a non-corrosive food grade plastic or fibreglass construction with no mechanical parts to service so there are no parts to replace due to wear. • Patented hourglass shape enhances backwash performance. • Bubble Bead filters can be upgraded with Nitrotech Media for even better biological performance. • Suitable pond sizes determined at a turnover rate of the pond every 2.2 hours. • Bubble Bead Filters are extremely versatile. Can be sized to recommended pond size (as above) or to preferred flow rate, or to feed rate, making them suitable for aquariums, ponds and aquaculture applications of all types. • The faster the drain time during backwash, the more effective it is. Use a dedicated backwash pump to suck water from the Bubble Bead, or alternatively, use a pump assisted backwash utilising the supply pump. MODEL SPECS BBF-XS-300A Media capacity L 7 Dimensions HxDcm 50.8 x 30 Inlet/outlet fitting 20mm barb Max. flow (LPM) 38 Max. pressure PSI 10 Surface area (m2) 9.3 Max.feed/day(kg) 60gms Backwash water loss 9.5 litres

BBF-XS-2000 28 109.2 x 40.6 40mm union 57 10 37.2 230gms

BBF-XS-4000 57 1124.5 x 48.2 40mm union 114 10 74.3 450gms

BBF-XS-6000 85 124.5 x 48.2 40mm union 170 10 11.5 680gms

BBF-XS-8000 11 1152.4 x 66 50mm union 227 10 148.6 910gms

BBF-XS-10000 14 152.4 x 66 50mm union 284 10 185.8 1.13kgs

BBF-XS-12000 17 203.2 x 81.3 50mm union 341 15 223 1.36kgs

45.4 litres

95 litres

170 litres

246 litres

BBF-XS-20000 28 203.2 x 81.3 80mm union 568 15 371.6 2.22kgs 568 litres

• Classified as Expandable Granular Biofilters (bioclarifiers), The propeller washed bead filter use’s either a spherical or specially shaped (enhanced nitrification EN) floating plastic bead to achieve simultaneous mechanical and biological filtration. Both offering a HUGE surface area of 1300m2/m3 of media. • Specifically shaped EN (enhanced nitrification) beads offer a higher porosity than that of spherical beads. This helps nitrifying bacteria to stay adhered to the surface, resulting in much higher nitrification rates for high loading applications. • Use as a complete filter system for simultaneous mechanical and biological filtration, or as a low energy, low labour pre-filter coupled with auxiliary filtration components. • Propeller washed bead filters are offered in both a variety of sizes and series that accommodate all water and filter levels. • Perfectly suited for a variety of applications including display aquariums, recirculating aquaculture systems, oceanarium applications, hatchery systems, broodstock systems, live seafood holding systems, ponds (both display ponds and Aquaculture ponds) and quarantine systems. • Captures 100% of solid particles, 50 microns and greater and 45% of particles in the 5-49 micron range per pass. • Back washing is as simple as stopping or bypassing the flow through the filter and agitating the bead bed with high speed imbedded propellers located in the filter. This releases the solids, allowing them to settle to the bottom of the filter for removal. • Aggressive back washing allows the propeller washed bead filters to mitigate extremely high waste loads without clogging or channelling. • No moving parts to wear out. • Perfect as a complete pressurized filter with low head loss for low energy pressure applications, or as a pre-filter to auxiliary biological filtration.

PBF3

PBF5

PBF5S

PBF10

PBF10S

PBF25

PBF25S

PBF50

PBF50S

PBF100

PBF100S

13,600

22,700

45,400

90,800

136,200

272,500

545,000

Feed kgs/day Std bead/EN Growout 1mg/L TAN

1.3/1.8

2.2/3

4.5/6

11.3/15

22.5/30

45/60

Feed kgs/day Std bead/EN Fingerling/Ornamental >15°C 0.5mg/L TAN

0.68/1.1

1.1/1.7

2.2/3.4

5.6/8.5

11.3/17

22.5/34

Feed kgs/day Fingerling/Ornamental <15°C Feed 0.5mg/L TAN

0.45/ 0.68

0.7/1.1

1.4/2.2

3.7/5.6

7.5/11.3

15/22.5

Feed kgs/day Broodstock/fry/holding/ conditioning 0.3mg/L TAN

0.34/ 0.49

0.58/ 0.85

1.1/ 1.7

2.8/ 4.2

5.6/ 8.5

11.3/ 17

Display/underwater viewing (litres)

3,400

5,600

11,300

22,700

34,000

68,000

136,000

Solids only (kgs of feed @ max)

6.8

11.3

22.5

56.5

113

226

Water flow (LPH)

6,800

11,355

22,700

45,400

68,000

136,200

272,500

Dimensions cms (D) x (H)

84x 148

92x 188

107x 227

153x 288

177x 336

177x 310

234x 381

234x 407

Inlet/outlet port (mm)

40x50

50x80

80x80

(2)100x 100

(2)150x 150

(2)300x 200

Media capacity (litres)

141

284

708

1416

2832

Max. pressure (PSI)

Backwash water loss (litres)

20-40

40-120

20-120

120240

120-240

190-570

380-750

7501135

Feed rates and residual TAN loads are based on a 35% protein feed. Higher protein feeds will reduce stock loading capacities. Please contact Aquasonic for sizing for individual applications. Feed loading rates for solids filtration are based on a backwash frequency of every 3 hours to every hour, minimal biological capacity will be achieved at maximum solids loading rates. Pond size and display/underwater viewing is based on turnover of every 2-2.5 hours for maximum water clarity. Filter performance is based on feed rate per day being applied to the pond. Overall performance is based on system design, management and water parameters (pH, temperature etc), species cultured, protein content of feed, feed rates and other auxiliary filtration on the system (such as ozone/oxygen, foam fractionators, auxiliary biofilters etc). Contact Aquasonic for application recommendations and guidelines.

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

MODEL Max pond size per litre

FILTRATION

PROPELLER WASHED BEAD FILTERS

FILTRATION

POLYGEYSER BEAD FILTERS • Classified as Expandable Granular Biofilters (bioclarifiers), The polygeyser uses a specially shaped floating plastic bead to achieve simultaneous mechanical and biological filtration. Specifically shaped EN (enhanced nitrification) beads offer a HUGE 1300m2/m3 of media, although this is the same surface area as normal spherical beads. The higher porosity of EN media is proven to increase nitrifying rates by up to 100% over standard media while still maintaining the same mechanical filtration. • Use as a complete filter system, simultaneous mechanical and biological filtration, or as a low energy, low labour pre-filter coupled with auxiliary filtration components. • Polygeyser Bead Filters are offered in both a variety of sizes and series that accommodate all water and filter levels. • Perfectly suited for a variety of applications including display aquariums, recirculating aquaculture systems, oceanarium applications, hatchery systems, brood stock systems, live seafood holding systems, ponds (both display ponds and Aquaculture ponds) and quarantine systems. • Using EN media, the Polygeyser will capture 100% of solid particles 50 microns and greater and 45% of particles in the 5-49 micron range per pass. • Perfect for elevation differences and can operate using gravity or pressurised flow, depending on the model you choose. Many of the models are designed to be buried thereby reducing the profile and elevation difference between the filter water level and the pond/tank level to accommodate air lifts or gravity flow. • The filter can backwash itself and the backwash frequency of the Polygeyser is adjustable by simply metering air from an air pump or compressor (not included) into the charge chamber. Just set it to backwash daily or even hourly with a simple valve adjustment (up to the limit of the air pump being used). • All models are available for pressurized applications. Open top for pumped inlet and gravity discharge, or airlift configuration for gravity delivery and airlift return to the system. • Very little energy is used. Constant automated back washing reduces and even eliminates clogging and even more energy can be saved by applying airlift models. Perfect for use with the Performance Pro Artesian Low RPM range (depending on delivery height). • Very little water loss due to automated backwash process which means very low maintenance and is friendly to the environment. • No moving parts to wear out. All Models can be supplied for pressure applications (closed top), open top (pressure fed and gravity discharge) and airlift (gravity fed and airlift discharge) with the exception of the PG2OT/AL which is only suitable for open top and airlift applications.

MODEL PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

Max pond size litre’s Feed kgs/day Growout 0.5mg/L TAN Feed kgs/day Fingerling/ornamental >15°C 0.5mg/L TAN Feed kgs/day Fingerling/ornamental <15°C Feed 0.5mg/L TAN Feed kgs/day Broodstock/fry/holding/ conditioning 0.3mg/L TAN Display/underwater Viewing (litres) Solids only (kgs of feed @ max) Water flow (LPH) Dimensions cms (D) x (H) Inlet/outlet port (mm) Media capacity (litres) Max. pressure (PSI)

DF3

DF6

DF10

DF15

DF25

22,700

45,400

75,700

113,550

189,250

DF50

6.8

10.2

1.3

2.6

4.5

6.8

11.3

22.6

3.4

5.1

8.5

0.6

1.2

2.2

3.4

5.6

11.3

22,710

45,400

75,700

113,550

189,250

6.8 10,200 84 x 120 (2)80x(2)80 85 10

13.6 20,400 105 x 138 (2)100x(2)100 170 10

22 34,000 122 x 199 100x150 283 10

34 51,000 138 x 235 150x(2)100 425 10

56 85,100 168 x 237 200x(2)150 708 10

378,500 34

378,500 113 170,300 229 x 239 300x(2)250 1415 10

Feed rates and residual TAN loads are based on a 35% protein feed. Higher protein feeds will reduce stock loading capacities. Please contact Aquasonic for sizing for individual applications. Feed loading rates for solids filtration are based on a backwash frequency of every 3 hours to every hour. Minimal biological capacity will be achieved at maximum solids loading rates. Pond size and display/underwater viewing is based on turnover of every 2-2.5 hours for maximum water clarity. Filter performance is based on feed rate per day being applied to the pond. Overall performance is based on system design, management and water parameters (pH, temperature etc), species cultured, protein content of feed, feed rates and other auxiliary filtration on the system (such as ozone/oxygen, foam fractionators, auxiliary biofilters etc). Contact Aquasonic for application recommendations and guidelines.

• BN Filter Modules are complete degassing biological filters capable of assimilating the waste for specific stock loads. • Modules are complete, ready to start work, incorporating pre-filter, rotating arms, Aquasonic’s “Ovi-Flow” biological filtration medium, venting control and waste drain sump. • OviFlow” biological media is used to provide high surface areas with efficient void space for effective re-oxygenation & de-gassing of carbon dioxide. • Used successfully by many purging, growing and live seafood holding facilities. • Available separately, or as part of a complete Aquasonic recirculating system. • Aquasonic BN filters (other than the BN100D) include prefilter collection areas (combination of Super Mat and Filter foam). Particulate filter sumps or other filters such as vessel bag filters or cartridge filters are recommended with the BN100D. • Rotating arms distribute water evenly over the biological filtration medium. These units, wherever possible, are housed above the level of the tanks to allow gravity to feed water from the BN filter back to the tanks. • Ideal for live seafood holding systems, growing, holding and culture of a host of marine or freshwater species.

MODEL SPECS Kg of food/day @45% protein @25°C with 0.5ppm TAN residual Recomended flow rates Height overall Length overall Width overall Biological media volume (approx.) Biological media surface area (m2) Water inlet connection Water return connection

BN200D

BN500D

0.8kg

1.95kg

5kg

BN1000D

(LPH)3000-7000 750mm 600mm 600mm 165L >80 50mm Barrel union 2x50mm Socket 80kg

5000-14,000 2080mm 840mm 840mm 400L >200 40mm Socket 80mm Socket 195kg

20,000-30,000 1,900mm 2,100mm 735mm 1000L >500 50mm Socket 150mm Socket 500kg

33gm

80gm

200gm

400gm

135kg

330kg

800kg

1600kg

13gm

32gm

80gm

160gm

3500 10,000lph

5500 15,000lph

1500045,000lph

10kg 40,000-60,000 1,900mm 2,100mm 1,370mm 2000L >1000 2 x 50mm Sockets 2 x 150mm Sockets 1000kg

3000085,000lph

Note: The stated stock holding and feed rates can be affected by many other factors such as temperature, species cultured, feed rates, protein content, management and other filtration equipment applied such as ozone and oxygen.

AQUASONIC FLUID BED BIOLOGICAL FILTER RANGE • The most powerful biological filters available with respect to their size. • Utilize sand media that is maintained in suspension, on which the bacteria colonize for nitrogen based waste assimilation. • Provides extremely high surface areas and due to the inherent water movement and contact time, efficiency is increased, without blocking. • Water is best passed through a degassing unit after the fluid bed, for carbon dioxide de-gassing prior to returning to the fish culture tanks. • Modules are available to suit various stock loads. • Multiples can be applied in tandem to achieve the desired stock carrying capacity. • Self cleaning and easy to install. • Maintains high ORP. • Provides efficient biological assimilation of fish wastes. • Very powerful units with respect to their size.

“For growing, purging and holding systems” MODEL SPECS FB80

FB160

Carrying capacity 50kg 80kg Kgs of food/day 0.32kg 0.5kg @45% protein @25°C Kgs of food/day 0.22kg 0.35kg @45% protein @15°C gms TAN/day @25°C 13gms 20gms gms TAN/day@15°C 9gms 14gms Recommended flow rates (lph) 3000lph 6000lph Height overall 1,370mm 1,370mm Width overall 300mm 400mm Biological media volume (approx.) 13L 20L Media surface area approx.(m2) 270 430 Water inlet connection (socket) 20mm 25mm Water return connection (socket) 40mm 50mm 270241A Spare fluid bed filter sand (finely graded)

FB1500 250kg 1.55kg 1.1kg 64gms 44gms 15,000 - 20000lph 1,640mm 980mm 64L 1400 40mm 80mm 20kg

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

Carrying capacity (kg) @ 1% BW feed/day @45% Protein feed @25°C with 0.5ppm TAN residual TAN removal rate gms/day @ 25°C @ 0.5gm TAN residual Carrying capacity (kgs) @13°C (nothing being fed) TAN removal rate gms/day @ 13°C @ 0.5gm TAN residual Water flow rate

BN100D

FILTRATION

AQUASONIC BIO-NATURE BIOLOGICAL FILTER MODULE RANGE

FILTRATION

AQUASONIC’S CARBON DIOXIDE DEGASSING UNITS • Carbon dioxide degassing units are essential when using fluidized bed filters or where the requirement of removing gases from water is required. • Carbon dioxide causes fluctuations and decreasing pH and sedation on stock, therefore affecting FCR's. These can have profound effects on productivity of fish and the system. Often air is blown into these degassing units to improve the efficiency of gas stripping.

MODEL SPECS Recommended flow rates lph Height overall Width overall Inlet Outlet

CD80

CD160

up to 2,000 1,370mm 300mm 1 x 40mm 1 x 50mm

up to 5000 1,370mm 400mm 2 x 50mm 1 x 50mm

CD1500 up to 40,000 1,640mm 840mm 2 x 80mm 1 x 100mm

Please enquire regarding pumps to suit these filters.

DEGASSING UNIT FANS AND DUCTING CODE

DESCRIPTION

CDF CDF2 FD100 FD150

100mm in-line fan (250m3 per hr) for continuous use (0.26 amp) 150mm in-line fan (535m3 per hr) for continuous use (0.3 amp) 100mm flexible ducting (6m length) 150mm flexible ducting (6m length)

MOVING BED BIOLOGICAL FILTERS

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

from the Wet/Dry

iofilm on FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

y designs and

• Biological filtration in an aquatic system is extremely important. Providing stable and reliable biological filtration can be a challenge. There are many types of biological filtration available, from the humble under gravel filter to more efficient trickle or wet/dry systems. All these methods have a common downfall. That is over time, clogging, poor hydrodynamics and the impact of the biofilm on existing media will adversely affect your filters biological capacity. Meaning that over time your filter wont be as efficient in breaking down waste products. Moving bed filters help to alleviate many of these problems. A moving bed filter consists of a bio media which is suspended in the filter using aeration. This serves several major functions. The media is constantly mixing and moving through the water, ensuring all the surface area is utilized. This prevents a build up of bio film and waste products. The Kaldness type media is completely self cleaning, saving time and hassle. Ample oxygen is provided allowing the bacteria to be more efficient and assist with removing excess CO2. Being deep within the bio media means that the bacteria is never disturbed, and the constant knocking together of the media prevents clogging ensuring long life and stability. The surface area of the Kaldnes type media is larger than many other competing medias, including bio balls. The automatic cleaning action ensures that the build up of heterotrophic bacteria is reduced allowing Nitrobactor to work more effectively. The action of the Moving Bed Filter relies on the development of bio film, taking about 3–4 weeks to develop. This makes the media negatively buoyant so it will move around in the filter effectively. The introduction of Bio Culture will still have a positive effect. The surface area to volume ratio makes the Moving Bed Filter an extremely efficient option. There are many designs and options available through Aquasonic which means there is a moving Bed Filter to suit you. • Custom sizes are available, with design assistance for retro fitting of existing systems. Please contact an Aquasonic technician for more information.

MODEL SPECS Vessel volume Media volume Biofilm surface area Vessel dimensions (mm) Recommended water flow(LPH) Recommended air flow (LPH) Suggested kg of food per day

LSB170

LSB560

LSB1100

340 litres 170 litres 85m2 970 x 720(D) 1600 - 5000 2000 - 4100 1.5-3

1130 litres 560 litres 280m2 1510 x 1070(D) 5000 - 16,000 2500 - 9000 5 - 10

2270 litres 1130 litres 565m2 1220 x 1560(D) 10,000 - 33,000 9500 - 19,000 10 - 20

LSB2250 4500 litres 2250 litres 1125m2 1350 x 2170(D) 20,000 - 37,000 18,500 - 37,000 20 - 40

FILTRATION

AQUASONIC PROTEIN SKIMMERS/FOAM FRACTIONATORS Aquasonic’s Foam fractionators just got even better! Aquasonic have recently re-designed our foam fractionators to give more flexibility, better performance, more features and most importantly lower cost to purchase and lower cost of ownership. Suitable for grow out, quarantine, purging, live holding, fingerling, brood stock / conditioning systems and many more applications. Each foam fractionator has been re-designed to include the following features as standard: • Easy adjustable screw gate valves • Aquasonic have introduced more energy efficient Performance Pro venturi pumps • Automatic wash down and timer • Crash chamber on venturi assembly for improved foaming and gas transfer • Guidelines for 1 minute, 1.5 minute and 2 minute dwell times allows you to apply the right pump for your application and system design (no supply pump included) • New durable and space saving base (PPS6 to PPS12 body is free standing and pump has its own base). • On fractionators PPS6, PPS10 and PPS12, the Inlet “uniseal” (or multiple uniseals) is supplied with the foam fractionator and installed on site. This allows the inlet to be placed at the best point on the skimmer for system installation and the number and size of the inlets customized to the pumps you are using. Drilling and positioning of the inlet uniseals can be done by Aquasonic before dispatch if required.

CODE

PPS02 PPS05 PPS1 PPS2 PPS3 PPS4 PPS5 PPS6 PPS10 PPS12

PPSWD

FLOW RATE (LPM) AT DWELL TIME (MINUTES) 1 1.5 2 8 12 22 45 105 200 390 750 1300 2500

6 8 14.7 30 70 133 260 500 900 1600

4 6 12 22.5 52 100 195 375 655 1200

HEIGHTOVERALL /INLET HEIGHT

VENTURI PUMP AVG POWER USE (WATTS)

FOOTPRINT

590mm/390mm 1000mm/550mm 1700mm/850mm 1900mm/970mm 2150mm/1000mm 2150mm/1050mm 2600mm/1380mm 2700mm/1350mm 2500mm/1200mm 2800mm/1420mm

100w 100w 280w 280w 550w 1100w 1000w 1400w 2 x 1400w 3 x 1400w

470x470 340x640 340x640 465x885 465x885 1130x650 1130x650 1600x700 1900x1100 2200x1300

Automatic wash down for commercial Foam Fractionators (PPS1-PPS4)

RK2 COMMERCIAL AQUACULTURE PROTEIN FRACTIONATORS • Large range of foam fractionators, ranging in size from 57 Lpm to 3,785 Lpm. • Manufactured in the USA from a range of materials including FRP, HDPE and clear ACRYLIC, to suit any application. • Used worldwide for live seafood holding, finfish, crustacean, mollusc hatcheries and public display aquariums. • Excellent protein & dissolved organics removal capability. • Ozone ready with ozone resistant Kynar injectors. • All non corrosive construction. • Low maintenance with automatic rinse down systems. • Features dedicated venturi pumps engineered for maximum efficiency. • Level control valves. • Wash down sprayers with electronic interval timers. • Air flow meter/control. • EDPM flange gaskets, mounted on poly base. • Skids with unions or flanges at all ports. • Fresh and saltwater models available. • Gas injection and ozone compatibility. Please call Aquasonic for more detailed specifications and pricing.

MODEL

LPM @ 2 / 1.5 MINUTES OF DWELL.

AMP DRAW STD MOTOR 230V/50HZ/1H

TUBE DIAMETER (CM)

RK75PE RK75PEHF RK150PE RK150PEHF RK300PE RK300PEHF RK600PE RK1000PE RK2000PE

265 / 397.5 397.5 / 530 586.5 / 662 795 / 1,135.5 1,097.5 / 1,238.5 1,419.5 / 2082 2,271 / 3,406.5 4,164 / 5,677.5 5,677.5 / 7,570

6.3 (x 1) 1/2hp 6.3 (x 1) 3/4hp 8.2 (x 1) 1hp 6.3 (x 2) 1.5hp 12.1 (x 1) 1.5hp 6.3 (x 2) 2hhp 12.3 (x 25) 1.5hp 12.3 (x 4) 1.5hp 12.3 (x 4) 2hp

61 61 92 92 122 122 152 213 213

PPS05

PPS4 PPS5

PPS6

PPS10

IN/OUT (MM’S) 15mm/25mm 15mm/25mm 20mm/40mm 25mm/50mm 25mm/80mm 40mm/80mm 40mm/80mm custom/100mm custom/150mm custom/200mm

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

Why Aquasonic’s foam fractionators are the best available in the market today: • All construction materials are plastic or Acrylic so there are no rust or corrosion problems. • Easily demountable for cleaning. • Reaction tube is constructed in clear acrylic (except for models PPS6 and above) so tuning adjustments for individual systems are easily determined and maintenance intervals are obvious. • Controlled venting provided for ozone removal. • Barrel unions are provided for quick assembly/disassembly. • Specialised freshwater models available in commercial models (PPS1 & larger) • Dedicated venturi pump sized for optimum performance, supply pumps are not included and are sized depending on dwell time required and position of pump and skimmer (head height). Aquasonic can assist and supply and sizing of the best pump for your application. • Worlds best Mazzei Kynar Venturis are used for high efficiency skimming and ozone transfer (ozone compatible). • Models PPS6, PPS10 and PPS12 are constructed of a polyethylene tank with clear acrylic collection cup and level sight glass for water level adjustment.

PPS02

CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL HDPE HDPE HDPE HDPE HDPE HDPE HDPE HDPE HDPE

FILTRATION

EMPEROR AQUATICS SMART UV STERILISERS • For commercial, hatchery, recirculation systems, research, water features, ponds, aquariums and exhibit applications. • Dependable operation. • Powerful. • Versatile in application. • UV housing diameter that matches the UV lamp’s UV-C output. • Optimum UV lamp positioning inside the UV housing. • Remote power supply on cord. • Easy-to-remove power assembly. • Clear viewing ports. • Heavy-wall plastic construction. • Lifetime warranty on the UV housing. • Watertight. • UL listed for outdoor applications. • Durable commercial style design. • 13-month “hard quartz glass” UV lamp. • Optimum UV exposure. • Can be mounted horizontally or vertically.

MODEL SPECS

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

Wattage Max. Pond Size (L) Max. Aquarium Size (L) 30,000 uWs/cm2 Flow Rate Suggested (LPH) Maximum (LPH) 90,000uWs/cm2 Flow Rate Suggested (LPH) Maximum (LPH) 180,000uWs/cm2 Flow Rate Suggested (LPH) Maximum (LPH) Dimensions (L) x (D) cm No. Lamps x Wattage Inlet/Outlet connections

02218

02025

02040

025050

025080

025120

025150

0250240

18w 4160 270

25w 8900 570

40w 17,800 1135

50w 22,300 1900

80w 40,800 3400

120w 52,200 4550

150w 71,900 6050

240w 66,000 7267

0250300 300w 109,00 12,036

829 1392

1787 2983

3569 5957

5905 7495

10,22 13,627

114,536 17,413

19,078 24,075

22,028 27,429

36,336 45,420

296 458

594 992

1188 1987

2044 2725

3407 4542

4770 5905

6359 7949

7267 9084

12,036 14,989

148 229 53 x 6.5 1 x 18 40mm

297 496 74 x 6.5 1 x 25 40mm

594 994 111 x 9 1 x 40 40mm

1022 1363 72 x 15 1 x 50 50mm

1704 2271 110 x 15 1 x 80 50mm

2385 2953 143 x 15 1 x 120 50mm

3180 3975 178 x 15 1 x 150 50mm

3634 4542 143 x 25 2 x 120 80mm

6018 7495 178 x 25 2 x 150 80mm

Water Flow Rates are based on: 90% UV Transmittance Suggested = UV Lamp @80% efficient (after 9,000 hours of continuous operation) Maximum = UV Lamp {Power @ 100% efficient (new condition)

SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS Each SafeGUARD UV model is designed to deliver primary germicidal protection that meets the regulatory and environmental challenges of aquatic fish culture, exhibit and swimming pool markets. • All Safeguard UV sterilizers (CLP and CLS) are equipt with the PLC UV controller/monitor power enclosure. Features a menu driven, digital interface with touch pad for easy command initiation. Individual lamp status display, operating voltage, high/low voltage set point protection, % UV intensity, standard output relay to be used with external alarm and water temperature display with over temperature alarm/shut down. • Corrosion resistant, watertight power enclosure with microprocessor based touch pad display. • State of the art electronic ballasts deliver precise input power to the UV lamp, resulting in peak UV output performance and reliable lamp life performance. • All SafeGUARD UV models feature either low pressure high output lamps, or high-output Amalgam lamps for maximum UV output dependant on flow rate. • All SafeGUARD UV sterilizers feature the L-Type UV vessel design that optimizes intensity throughout the lamp array. Each lamps position in the housing is calculated to position the lamp in the optimum position to achieve the highest UV-C output for each individual lamp, maximizing the UV’s output potential. • The L-Style vessel design also allows for inline, horizontal or vertical mounting options to save floor space. Lamp connections are watertight and feature corrosion resistant plastic. • CLP models (plastic) feature a heavy wall plastic vessel that is extremely durable, corrosion resistant and best suited for saltwater applications. CLS models (stainless steel) feature a heavy gauge 316L stainless steel vessel with a Ra 25 finish that is best suited to freshwater applications. •Maximum PSI rating from 50PSI - 150PSI depending on model. • Choose your own outlet size and type. CLP models available in 50mm-100mm unions on vessels 150mm and 200mm in diameter, and raised flanges on all vessels 150mm to 600mm in diameter. CLS models feature a tri-clamp on vessels 150mm to 300mm in diameter, or flanges on vessels 350mm to 600mm in diameter. • All SafeGUARD UV models feature a single end lamp and quartz sleeve assembly, allowing for one individual to perform fast lamp changes or quartz sleeve cleaning. Individual lamps can be changed without disrupting water flow. • Available with wipers if required for freshwater applications.

FLOW RATE LPH SUGGESTED/MAXIMUM @ 90% TRANSMISSABILITY 30,000UWS/CM2 90,000UWS/CM2 180,000UWS/CM2 BACTERIA/ALGAE MIN PROTOZOA SUGGESTED PROTOZOA

160/2 x 80 watt 240/3 x 80 watt 320/4 x 80 watt 300/2 x 150 watt 450/3 x 150 watt 600/ 4 x 150 watt

17,259/21,574 22,937/28,241 32,475/40,650 36,336/45,420 51,097/64,042 70,401/88,114

5,450/6,812 7,267/14,307 10,446/13,626 12,263/14,988 23,618/29,523 23,618/29,523

CLP4130A6 CLP4260A6 CLP4390A6 CLP4390A8 CLP4520A8 CLP4650A8 CLP4780A10 CLP4910A10 CLP4910A12 CLP41040A12

130/1 x 130 watt 260/2 x 130 watt 390/3 x 130 watt 390/3 x 130 watt 520/4 x 130 watt 650/5 x 130 watt 780/6 x 130 watt 910/7 x 130 watt 910/7 x 130 watt 1040/8 x 130 watt

14,988 27,252 37,925 50,416 68,584 82,210 110,597 130,128 148,750. 167,826

4,996 9,084 12,717 16,805 22,710 27,252 36,790 43,603 49,507 55,866

2,498 4,542 6,358 8,402 11,355 13,626 18,395 21,801 24,753 27,933

CLP6260A6 CLP6520A6 CLP6780A6 CLP6780A8 CLP61040A8 CLP61300A8 CLP61560A10 CLP61820A10 CLP61820A12 CLP62080A12 CLP62340A14 CLP62600A16 CLP62860A18 CLP63120A20 CLP63380A24

260/1 x 260 watt 520/2 x 260 watt 780/3 x 260 watt 780/3 x 260 watt 1040/4 x 260 watt 1300/5 x 260 watt 1560/6 x 260 watt 1820/7 x 260 watt 1820/7 x 260 watt 2080/8 x 260 watt 2340/9 x 260 watt 2600/10 x 260 watt 2860/11 x 260 watt 3120/12 x 260 watt 3380/13 x 260 watt

34,065 60,635 84,481 112,414 152,838. 183,269 246,403 289,552 331,566 374,033 442,390 512,110 593,866 706,281 837,999

11,355 20,439 28,160 37,698 50,870 61,317 82,210 96,744 110,370 124,905 150,150 170,779. 198,031 235,275 279,333

5,677 10,219 14,080 18,849 25,435 30,658 41,105 48,372 55,185 62,452 75,075 85,389 99,015 117,637 139,666

SPECIFICATIONS CODE/MODEL

INLET/OUTLET UNIONS

DIMENTIONS L X D

50mm 50mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 100mm

130cm x 150mm 130cm x 150mm 130cm x 150mm 210cm x 150mm 205cm x 150mm 205cm x 150mm

CLP4160HO6 CLP4240HO6 CLP4320HO6 CLP6300HO6 CLP6450HO6 CLP6600HO6

CLS STAINLESS STEEL MODELS CODE/MODEL WATTAGE/# OF LAMPS 180,000UWS/CM2 SUGGESTED PROTOZOA

2,725/3,406 3,633/4,769 5,223/6,813 6,131/7,494 11,809/14,761 11,809/14,761

CLEARANCE 117cm 117cm 117cm 194cm 194cm 194cm

FLOW RATE LPH SUGGESTED/MAXIMUM @ 90% TRANSMISSIBILITY 30,000UWS/CM2 90,000UWS/CM2 BACTERIA/ALGAE MIN PROTOZOA

CLS4160HO6 CLS4240HO6 CLS4320HO6 CLS6300HO6 CLS6450HO6 CLS6600HO6

160/2 x 80 watt 240/3 x 80 watt 320/4 x 80 watt 300/2 x 150 watt 450/3 x 150 watt 600/ 4 x 150 watt

19,300/24,070 26,115/32,700 35,880/44,965 40,420/52,914 56,775/71,080 78,570/98,330

6,350/7,720 8,620/10,900 11,800/14,980 13,170/4,440 18,620/23,600 25,890/32,700

3,175/3,860 4,310/5,450 5,900/7,490 6,585/2,220 9,310/11,800 12,940/16,350

CLS4130A6 CLS4260A6 CLS4390A6 CLS4390A8 CLS4520A8 CLS4650A8 CLS4780A10 CLS4910A10 CLS4910A12 CLS41040A12

130/1 x 130 watt 260/2 x 130 watt 390/3 x 130 watt 390/3 x 130 watt 520/4 x 130 watt 650/5 x 130 watt 780/6 x 130 watt 910/7 x 130 watt 910/7 x 130 watt 1040/8 x 130 watt

14,989 27,933 39,061 52,233 70,628 85,163 114,231 134,216 153,293 171,688

4,996 9,084 13,172 17,260 23,618 28,615 38,153 44,512 51,325 57,229

2,498 4,542 6,586 8,630 11,809 14,307 19,076 22,256 25,662 28,615

CLS6260A6 CLS6520A6 CLS6780A6 CLS6780A8 CLS61040A8 CLS61300A8 CLS61560A10 CLS61820A10 CLS61820A12 CLS62080A12 CLS62340A14 CLS62600A16 CLS62860A18 CLS63120A20 CLS63380A24

34,065 62,225 86,752 116,048 157,607 189,856 255,488 299,091 341,786 386,070 467,826 542,542 621,346 732,625 855,032

11,355 20,893 29,069 38,607 52,687 63,134 85,390 99,924 114,004 128,539 155,791 180,772 207,115 244,360 285,238

5,678 10,447 14,534 19,304 26,344 31,567 42,695 49,962 57,002 64,269 77,895 90,386 103,558 122,180 142,619

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CLP4160HO6 CLP4240HO6 CLP4320HO6 CLP6300HO6 CLP6450HO6 CLP6600HO6

FILTRATION

CLP HEAVY WALL PLASTIC MODELS CODE/MODEL WATTAGE/# OF LAMPS

FILTRATION

SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEM Choose your SafeGUARD UV system monitoring/controls Create the UV system monitoring/control package that best suits your application and budget. Many facilities are short-staffed and prefer simple controls while others are regulated and require more sophisticated solutions. Emperor Aquatics, Inc. realizes the diverse needs and (often) budgetary concerns of our clients and therefore is “design-flexible”. SafeGUARD UV Systems are equipt, STANDARD, with our basic-monitoring/control package but are easily upgraded to our PLC (programmable logic control) package. Monitoring/control packages are selected at the time of your UV System purchase and are not interchangeable and cannot be retrofitted with existing systems. Basic monitoring-control package simplifies operation and is best suited for facilities operating with limited staff, or those that do not require sophisticated controls. The basic monitoring/control package is simple; doesn’t involve sophisticated software and is operated manually by using the “external” on/off switch located on the outside of the UV systems power supply enclosure. Monitoring instruments are located on the power supply enclosure door. Operating Parameters Include: • MAIN POWER Indicator Light – Identifies that power is reaching the power supply enclosure (when the external On/Off switch is in the “on” position). • Elapsed run-time hour meter – Identifies “operating hours” of the lamps. When the lamps are replaced, the operator resets by pressing the hour-meter reset button. • UV Lamp Status Indicators – When brightly lit it signifies normal lamp(s) operation. When dimly lit it identifies that a lamp is not operating properly. An LED that is completely out (not dimly lit) signifies that the lamps ballast is not operating and requires service.

EMPEROR AQUATICS HIGH OUTPUT MULTIPLE LAMP VERTICAL COMMERCIAL UV STERILISERS PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

• Vertical style High-Output Multi-Lamp UV sterilisers provide the versatility to mount your UV system vertically saving on space. • Vertical models allow for maintenance access to the quartz sleeve and lamp assemblies from the top of the UV housing drastically decreasing the horizontal space (footprint) required. • Each model is extremely durable and is designed to deliver optimum UV performance. Vertical units feature a watertight design that protects electrical hardware from external water damage and are outdoor operational. Each model is constructed with a half-flange base for permanent installation. • Durable, welded heavy-wall Schedule 80 construction is corrosive-resistant and offers years of dependable operation • T6 high intensity germicidal lamps offer an amazing 80% efficiency even at the end of their 9,000 hour useful lamp life. • Multi-Lamp Array, maximises the lamps UV-C output while eliminating pressure drop across the UV. Easyto-remove power assemblies allow single-ended glass maintenance • 50mm union inlet/outlet ports allow easy installation and dismantling. • Remote NEMA x4 rated power supply enclosure with lamp status LEDs, re-settable hour meter, power on/ off switch, and operating light are all protected by an easy-to-access and watertight, clear cover.

EMPEROR AQUATICS STAINLESS STEEL UV STERILISERS • Heavy-gauge 316 stainless steel UV systems with electro-polished exterior. Each model offers optimum UV-C light distribution utilizing the UV lamp to its maximum potential. • Ultra pure UV systems are compact, efficient and easy to install and maintain. • Available in both vertical or horizontal configurations. Models are available in single lamp and multi-lamp arrays. • Remote NEMA x4 rated power supply enclosure with lamp status LEDs, re-settable hour meter, power on/off switch and operating light are all protected by an easy-toaccess and watertight, clear cover. • T6 high intensity germicidal lamps offer an amazing 80% efficiency even at the end of their 9,000 hour useful lamp life.

• Two styles to choose from . Channel UV Modules offer large applications and extreme versatility that pressure vessels cannot. • They contain a versatile range of lamp configurations that addresses the UV requirements of your specific application. • Supply us with exact dimensions of a channel, or your filter chamber along with your UV exposure requirements and we will design a UV lamp array with the appropriate models and number of UV lamps needed to achieve your targeted UV exposure. • Very flexible and cost effective. • UV lamp power assemblies allow you to replace individual lamps without removing the entire UV fixture or disrupting the flow of water through the channel. Simply unthread the UV lamp power assembly retainer nut, and the individual assembly is easily removed. • Durable, heavy-wall plastic construction eliminates corrosion problems commonly associated with low grade stainless steel models. This lowers the cost while increasing operating longevity. • T6 high output germicidal lamps offer an amazing 80% efficiency even at the end of their 9,000 hour useful lamp life. • Remote UV Controller/Monitor OR PLC (optional) protects the transformers and critical electrical hardware from water damage that can result from operating in a wet environment. Each power supply enclosure includes a re-settable hour meter, lamp status LED’s, and on/off power switch that are all sealed. • Optional design: Baffled modules which are very similar to our open-frame channel design, includes the addition of a baffle used to direct the water through the UV unit. • Contact Aquasonic with your requirements and we can size a unit suitable for your application.

FILTRATION

EMPEROR AQUATICS CHANNEL UV STERILISER SYSTEMS

AQUASONIC RACK SYSTEMS

AQUASONIC SERVICE CARTS • Save time and labour costs by simply positioning the service cart in front of the tank, putting in the pump and discharge line, turning on the pump and walking away. • Pumps, filtration units, line sizes and filter volumes are all calculated depending on your specific application and designed to perform at their optimum effciency. • Service carts to suit tank sizes from 60 litres to 1000 litres on one easy to maneuver trolley. • Aquasonic can design service carts for any application. Service carts typically include a mechanical and chemical filter, UV sterilizer and submersible pump. • Other service carts available include protein skimmer/foam fractionator units with or without ozone generators, bead filters for clarification and many others. • For more information please contact Aquasonic.

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Complete filtration and tank packages in any size and shape for any application. • Designed and manufactured to be suitable for fresh and saltwater applications. • Perfect for research facilities, schools, laboratories, universities, hatcheries, aquaculture facilities and aquarium stores. • Individual tanks allow you to isolate different species, genetic groups, vary feed rates and types and breed several groups simultaneously while still being able to easily maintain multiple tanks with ease and maintain excellent water quality. • They include moving bed biological filters utilizing K1 Kaldnes media for high efficiency, mechanical filtration in the form of easily changeable filter mats and mechanical cartridge filters, water and air pumps, UV sterilizer, tanks of varying sizes and all plumbing and fittings (saltwater systems also include protein skimmer). • Custom layouts are an Aquasonic speciality with systems designed for your requirements. • Upgrades such as calcium reactors, chemical filters, phosban reactors, monitoring systems auto top up units and tap pre-filtration units such as the F03 FloZone or Tap to Tank unit. • Requires a very small footprint. Package systems also available, contact Aquasonic for more information.

FILTRATION

AQUASONIC COMBO FILTER • Specifically designed for use in a wide variety of applications and for simple operation and efficiency for fresh or saltwater applications. • Suitable for single or multiples of tanks up to a total system volume of 4000L. • Ideal for a hatchery & larval system, quarantine, ornamental fish unit or as professional filtration for retail aquarium shops. High quality filtration equipment has been incorporated into the Combo Filter to provide assured water quality.

Each Combo Filter Incorporates:

Power Board

• Fluid bed filter module. • Carbon dioxide degassing unit. • Lift out pre-filters. • Ultraviolet sterilisation. • Chemical filter module. • Water mixing chamber. • Pumps. • Built-in powerpoints. • Probe holders. • Heaters, chillers, protein skimmer/foam fractionator, ozone & oxygen, water quality monitoring equipment can be incorporated for a high intensity system.

Optional Octopus 4000

Optional Aquadyne Octopus 4000 Monitor/Controller

A Q U A D Y N E

Power Points

UV Ballast

Optional Display Window Optional Display Light

Fluidized Bed Degassing Unit Filter Degassing Fluidized Bed Filter Biological Filtration

Particulate Filter Frames

C H E M I C A L

Octopus Probes

Fluid Bed Pump Uno (PU170) Water Fall Feature

CODE

MIXING SUMP

U L T R A V I O L E T

Rio 3100 Optional External (PH3100) Submersible Pump upgrade for UV/Chem Filter. Pump included Uno (PU170) in Combo

DESCRIPTION

COMBO

Combo Filter complete filtration system

AQUASONIC BUDGET COMBO FILTER PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

• Ideal for filtration in retail shops. • A low cost alternative without compromising on quality and efficiency. • Intended for use where filtration is to be positioned away from the shop floor. • The Budget combo filter is the original combo filter without the frills. The unit still has removable prefilter drawers, biological filtration (fluid bed) and degassing unit, and chemical filter housing. • Provides the basics for filtration, leaving out the extras such as the 40 watt UV, mixing sump, sump hood and monitoring mounting box. • Lower purchase price enables you to consider upgrades such as larger UV steriliser and ozone systems (both highly recommended). • Unit is more compact, saving on room. • Easy access to all moving parts and easy viewing of all filtration equipment. • Same high quality material and construction. • Available in both saltwater and freshwater versions. • Many other upgrades available. Contact Aquasonic for sizing and application assistance.

CODE BCOMBOFW BCOMBOSW

DESCRIPTION Budget combo filter freshwater Budget combo filter saltwater -includes PPS02 protein skimmer

AQUASONIC SKID MOUNTED FILTRATION SYSTEMS • Skid mounted filtration systems offer a complete turnkey filtration package in a compact design. • Possible inclusions are aquabiomes, bubble bead filters or polygeysers of varying sizes providing both mechanical and biological filtration. Other inclusions can be UV sterilisation and a supply pump sized to suit the optimum flow rates of the filter and UV steriliser. • UV sterilisers are accurately sized to eradicate water borne algae and bacteria at 30,000uws/cm2 with upgrades available for higher sterilization rates • All components are of the highest quality and saltwater compatible. • Other components and systems can include protein skimmers, ozone generators, oxygen concentrators, Multicyclone centrifugal filters, cartridge and bag filters, sand filters, available with a wide range of filter media, chemical filters, control systems and assisted backwash systems. • They provide a complete life support system that are suitable for a wide range of applications such as retail aquarium and ornamental fish breeding systems, hatcheries, recirculating, purging and quarantine systems, animal exhibits, koi ponds and water features • Many off the shelf packages are available with varying flow rates and feed rate capabilities. • Aquasonic can design a system tailored to your specific needs. Please call for further information and pricing.

CODE COMBOSKID

DESCRIPTION Aquasonic Combo Skid Filter

• A high pressure mechanical and biological bioclarifier (bead filter) for use on ponds, aquarium systems and low intensity purging and aquaculture systems. It utilizes a multiport valve and air assisted backwashing for ease of maintenance and operation. • The air assisted backwash eliminates the problems of other filters such as sand filters by both reducing the amount of water needed for backwash and introducing air into the filter bed, increasing the overall efficiency of the filter. Air assisted backwashing improves the backwashing dramatically, resulting in a cleaner bed and less water lost at backwash. • Although the vessel of the Aquabiome is a sand filter vessel, the design of the Aquabiome differs dramatically from that of a sand filter. The Aquabiome’s upward flow configuration utilizes the floating nature of the bead media and eliminates clogging and channelling of water from extreme waste loads, a problem commonly encountered with sand filters. • The Aquabiome can be used at pressures up to 36PSI. • A great addition to this system is the Multicyclone, which will reduce backwashing frequency and increase filter capacity by relieving solids load on the filter. A UV sterilizer is also recommended for the control of algae.

MODEL SPECS Media Volume Biofilter Surface Area m2 Inlet/Outlet Connections Min/Max. Flow Rate (LPM) Max. Pond Size (litres) Feed Rate (kg per day) Total Ornamental Fish weight Total Aquaculture Fish weight Tank Diameter Overall Height Valve Size

ASM400

ASM500

ASM600

ASM750

ASM900

43 litres 47.3 40mm 57/85 13,000 0.32 10.7kg 32kg 421mm 856mm 40mm

68 litres 74.8 40mm 90/136 20,000 0.5 16.7kg 50kg 520mm 815mm 40mm

117 litres 128.7 40mm 156/234 36,000 0.9 30kg 90kg 622mm 880mm 40mm

199 litres 218.9 50mm 265/398 60,000 1.5 50kg 150kg 772mm 993mm 50mm

303 litres 333.3 50mm 404/607 90,000 2.4 80kg 240kg 923mm 1115mm 50mm

FILTRATION

AQUABIOME BEAD FILTRATION SYSTEM BY WATERCO

Maximum fish stocking weight depends on the percentage of body weight fed daily. • Ornamental fish weight based on feeding rate of 3% of body weight. • Aquaculture fish weight based on feeding rate of 1% body weight.

BACK YARD FISH FARMS

1000L & 1500L Air Operated Back Yard Fish Farm • Using Kaldnes K1 media the 1000L and 1500L back yard fish farms run entirely on air. • Utilizes air lift technology for aeration, circulation and media movement for filtration • Extremely economical to operate compared to systems utilizing water pumps. • This air operated back yard fish farm can grow 20-35 kilos of fish being fed @ 1.5% body weight per day (total weight at harvest). Another 6-12 kilos of fish can be grown by adding an extra 10L of K1 Kaldnes media resulting in a possible production capacity of 26 - 47 kilos of fish at harvest being fed at 1.5% bodyweight per day.

Air operated Back Yard Fish Farms Include: • Culture tank either 1000L or 1500L capacity including stand and window, 60 litre biofilter vessel with 30 litres K1 Kaldnes biological media, Super Mat pre-filter, all plumbing, quiet energy efficient diaphragm air compressor, syphon set, swivel joint scrubber, test kits including pH, carbonate hardness, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and hardness, 1L Extra Power Water Purifier, 1kg Carbonate Hardness Generator, pure strains of bacteria for biological filter start-up and thermometer. • Also available is an upgrade to saltwater with the addition of a PPS02 Protein Skimmer (not included on standard model)

2500L Back Yard Fish Farm • The original Back Yard Fish Farm - capable of handling stocking densities of up to 30kgs of fish fed at 1.5% body weight per day (total weight at harvest). • Economical to run and only consumes 100 watts of power. • Supplied with the following components: settlement tray and Super Mat for mechanical filtration, biological filter with Ovi-Flow media, magnetic drive pump and 2500 litre aquaculture tank, all plumbing, syphon set, swivel joint scrubber, test kits including pH, carbonate hardness, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and hardness, 1L Extra Power Water Purifier, 1kg Carbonate Hardness Generator, pure strains of bacteria for biological filter start-up and thermometer. Also available is an upgrade to saltwater with the addition of a PPS02 Protein Skimmer (not included on standard model).

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Aquasonic’s range of Back Yard Fish Farms are perfect for people at home wanting to grow their own fish. • Ideal for schools, universities and as trial systems for people wanting to venture into commercial aquaculture. • Aquasonic’s Back Yard Fish Farms are easy to maintain and inexpensive to run. • Have a very small footprint that easily fit into small sheds and educational facilities. • Learn about water quality, feed rates and behavioural patterns, fish biology and economics. Adaptable to virtually any species and application.

Aquaponics systems for back yard fish farms: • Each back yard fish farm can have its own stand alone Aquaponics system fitted to the tank. • Supplied with a small powerhead, the Aquaponics system simply recirculates water from the tank, through the Aquaponics system and back to the tank. • The 1500L air operated back yard fish farm has its own Aquaponics system that can be integrated into the top of the tank and utilizes the airlift design as the water supply instead of a separate water pump, saving on space and power. • For higher plant production, more of the stand alone versions of the Aquaponics systems. can be added.

CODE BYFF1000L BYFF1500L BYFF

DESCRIPTION 1000L Air operated back yard fish farm 1500L Air operated back yard fish farm 2500L Pump operated back yard fish farm

FILTRATION

LIVE SEAFOOD HOLDING SYSTEMS, RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS) AND HATCHERY SYSTEMS Aquasonic has been designing, building and installing live seafood holding systems, Recirculating Aquaculture systems (RAS) and hatchery systems for over 30 years. Systems from one tank for trial and research purposes to multiple tank systems of 20 or more for commercial applications have been designied, built and installed by Aquasonic. With a wide range of products available, Aquasonic have the ability to design a system to anyone’s needs or budget. With such a wide range of quality products and many years experience in the aquaculture industry you can be confident that Aquasonic has a system design for your specific application. Contact Aquasonic today with your requirements and we would be happy to offer advice, quotations and layouts.

RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

LIVE SEAFOOD HOLDING SYSTEMS Live seafood holding systems for coral trout, lobsters, abalone, barrramundi cod, banded morwong, barramundi, oysters, yabbies, scallops, mud crabs, murray cod and silver perch. • Professionally designed. • Australian made. • Complete systems or retrofit to existing tanks. • Improved profits through high product quality, higher tank and export survival. • Crystal clear water. • Incorporates biological filter using Oviflow biological media, foam fractionators, ozone generators, oxygen concentrators, monitoring and controll systems, pumps and testing equipment..

RIO HYPERFLOW POWERHEAD • More litres per watts of power. • Compact in size. • More output power than any external mag drive pump of the same size. • Use less energy & are still fully submersible. • One of the best "power to ratio" performance water pumps on the market today. • 1 year warranty.

CODE

WATTS

DIMENSIONS MM

LPH @ 0CM HEAD

LPH @ 30CM HEAD

LPH @ 120CM HEAD

LPH @ 180CM HEAD

4HF 6HF 8HF 10HF 12HF 14HF 17HF 20HF 26HF 32HF

10 12 20 25 35 40 45 50 110 120

100x53x65 100x53x65 113x60x72 113x60x72 125x65x82 125x65x82 137x70x94 137x70x94 150x80x108 150x80x108

1080 1400 2300 2700 3100 3500 4500 5400 6600 8000

990 1330 2090 2500 2850 3190 4140 4900 6040 7300

270 590 1020 1360 2390 2500 3190 3760 5130 5700

0 0 300 720 1930 2050 2500 3300 4330 4940

MAX. CM HEAD

WATER PUMPS

160 190 200 230 290 300 310 330 400 430

-Inlet/outlet sizes on RIO4HF & 6HF are 25 / 20mm -Inlet/outlet sizes on all other models are 32 / 25mm

PENTAIR QUIET ONE AQUARIUM PUMPS • Extremely quiet operation, noise level less than 45 decibels. • Option of wet or dry application (not with model 800). • High quality corrosion resistant ceramic bearings and shaft ensures quiet operation and longer life in salt or fresh water. • Innovative “cooling chambers” provide air-cooling during dry use and water-cooling in wet applications. • 1.5m cord. • Energy efficient. • Warranty does not cover impeller. • 3 year warranty.

800 (wet only) 1200 (wet / dry) 2200 (wet / dry) 3000 (wet / dry) 4000 (wet / dry) 5000 (wet / dry) 6000 (wet / dry) 9000 (wet / dry) 14000 (wet / dry)

LPH @ 1M HEAD

INLET / OUTLET MPT(MM)

0.1/14w 0.21/23w 0.51/55w 0.51/55w 0.88/80w 1.09/85w 1.4/110w 1.2/140w 1.8/240w

300 1,100 1550 2,300 3,200 4,000 5,000 8,000 13,000

Screen / 15 insert 1/2” / 1/2” 1”/1” 1”/ 1/2” 1”/3/4” 1”/1” 1”/1” 40 / 40 40 / 40

Head (m)

AMPS /WATTS

Model 1200 Model 800 1000

Model 6000 Model 3000 Model Model 4000 Model 2200 High Head 5000 2000

3000 4000 Flow (l/h)

5000

10 8

Model 14000

6 Head (m)

R440230 R440202 R440223 R440224 R440218 R440219 R440220 R440161 R440162

DESCRIPTION

Model 16000

Model 9000

4000 model is a High Head model

2000

4000

6000

8000 10000 12000 14000 16000

Flow (l/h)

MAGNETIC DRIVE SEAL-LESS PUMP • Magnetic drive seal. • Non-corrosive polypropylene housing. • Non-leak seamless pump. • Highly efficient and economical. • Built in thermal overload protection.

CODE HCM75LX HCM100 HCM135LXP UNOI

DESCRIPTION

AMPS /WATTS

LPH @ 1M HEAD

Magnetic Pump Magnetic Drive Pump Magnetic Drive Pump UNO impeller For HCM75

0.6/100W 1.6/340W 1.6/400W

3,180 4,200 6,600

INLET / OUTLET MPT(MM) 20 / 20 25 / 25 25 / 25

• For use in Salt or Fresh Water 10 8 6 HCM-100

HCM-135

HCM-75

2 m 10 L/min

100

110

120

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE

TSURAMI 12A SERIES SUBMERSIBLE PUMP • Japanese submersible pump suitable for fresh or saltwater application. • Concealed cylindrical float switch. • Thermal overload protection, mechanical seal. • 3 metre cable. • Suits a wide range of applications. 2 Year Warranty

CODE

DESCRIPTION

AMPS /WATTS

LPH @ 2M HEAD

TS12A

Tsurami 12A

1.5/100

4200

OUTLET SIZE (MM 25

WATER PUMPS

NOCCHI SUMP PUMP • Ideal for transfer of waste water that may include suspended solids. • Moulded open impeller. • Easy cleaning. • Two models available. • Suitable to pump 3mm and 20mm soft solids respectively.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

130/6 180/7 130/5 180/6

SOLIDS

AMPS /WATTS

LPH @ 1M HEAD

3mm 3mm 20mm 20mm

1.25/280 1.55/380 1.55/380 2/460

7,500 10,500 7,800 10,800

VIP Sump VIP Sump VIP Vort VIP Vort

OUTLET (MM) 32 32 32 32

PRESSURE CONTROL & IEC KIT • Connects to the outlet side of a pressure pump. • Acts to automatically activate the pump as a result of a release in pressure in the plumbing line. • Ideal for switching on or off as a result of opening a valve. • This unit comes pre-wired for immediate connection to almost any pressure pump.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

110680

Pressure Control & IEC Kit 1” (25mm)Connections.

WATERCO PERISTALTIC DOSING PUMP • Perfect for continuous addition of algae, chlorine, acid, calcium, carbonate hardness generator (mixed into a liquid form for pH control) or any other liquid supplements. • Can be wired up to a pH/ORP or cunductivity controller for automated input of pH buffering solution or regulation of hardness or conductivity. • Large LED display. Weather proof ABS enclosure, water resistant to IP25 standards. • Adjustable pump control for fine tuned dosing. • 240V AC power. • Dosing rates: small tube, 0.3L/hr, large tube, 1.0L/hr. Set to ‘ON’ continuously: small tube, 1.8L/hr, large tube 6.1L/hr. 2 year warranty PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 93 3

CODE

Peristaltic dosing pump

DOSING/PERISTALTIC PUMPS • Available in 3 flow models, 0.4 litres/hr, 1.3 litres/hr and 5 litres/hr. • Ideal for low pressure dosing applications like algae dosing, nutrient/supplement dosing, pH control etc. • Supplied with tubing, foot valve, injection valve and wall mounts. • Self priming. • Ideal for all dosing application, resistant to oxidizers. • Polypropylene housing, shockproof and chemical resistant. • Easy maintenance and mounting. • Reliable and accurate dosing. • IP65 rated

FAX F AX:: +6 +61 1 2 65 6586 86 4944

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

PE0.4 PE1.3 PE.5 PETIMER PETIMER2

Peristaltic Dosing Pump 0.4 litres per hour Peristaltic Dosing Pump 1.3 litres per hour Peristaltic Dosing Pump 5 litres per hour Timer for 1 Dosing pump Timer for 2 Dosing pumps

WATERCO AQUAMITE PUMPS

CODE W2402050 W2402075 W2402100 W2402125

Aquamite pump performance chart 16 14 12

Head (m)

Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au

• Suitable for medium scale recirculation systems and water features. • Ideal for applications requiring a pressure pump with light to moderate head pressure. • Single one piece moulded strainer basket and volute. • Thermal overload protection and fan cooled motor. • 40mm barrel union inlet and outlet slip fittings.

10 8

DESCRIPTION

AMPS /WATTS

LPH @ 2M HEAD

0.5HP 0.75HP 1HP 1.25HP

2.5/580 3/650 3.33/760 3.9/880

13800 16200 18600 21000

INLET/OUTLET (MM) 40 / 40 40 / 40 40 / 40 40 / 40

Upgrade to silica carbide seals for saltwater use are available on request

6 4 2

100

Aquamite 50

WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

DESCRIPTION

W25889

150

200

250

300

Flow Rate (lpm) Aquamite 75 Aquamite 100

350

400

Aquamite 125

WATERCO TURBOFLO PUMPS • Perfect for applications that require high water movement with low energy consumption. • Uses less energy for the same flow rate compaired to most other pumps. • Thermal overload protection (not on 3 phase). • Fan cooled and quiet operation. • 50mm barrel union inlet and outlet slip fittings.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

W2462100 TurboFlo 1HP W2462125 TurboFlo 1.25HP W2462150 TurboFlo 1.5HP W2462200 TurboFlo 2HP W2462250 TurboFlo 2.5HP W2462300 TurboFlo 3HP W2462400 TurboFlo 4HP - 3 Phase

AMPS/WATTS

LPH

4.1/940 4.5/1050 5.9/1400 6.4/1500 7.2/1700 9.1/2100 5.7/3100

19200 @ 5m 21000 @ 5m 25800 @ 5m 29400 @ 6m 33600 @ 7m 40200 @ 8m 48600 @ 12m

Upgrade to silica carbide seals for saltwater use available on request

INLET/OUTLET 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm

WATER PUMPS

WATERCO HYDROSTORM PLUS PUMPS • For applications requiring high water movement and high pressure. • 2.25 litre strainer basket and volute. • Flow restriction and cleaning is reduced while improving pump efficiency. • Thermal overload protection (not on 3 phase). • Fan cooled motor. • 50mm barrel union inlet and outlet slip fittings included.

CODE W2405150 W2405200 W2405250 W2405300 W24054003

DESCRIPTION

AMPS/WATTS

Hydrostorm Plus 1.5HP Hydrostorm Plus 2HP Hydrostorm Plus 2.5HP Hydrostorm Plus 3HP Hydrostorm Plus 4HP - 3 phase

6/1310 6.6/1460 8.9/1.92 11/2370 5.8/3080

LPH

INLET/OUTLET

22200 @ 5m 25200 @ 5m 30600 @ 5m 36000 @ 8m 40200 @ 9m

50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm 50mm/50mm

Upgrade to silica carbide seals for saltwater use available on request

PERFORMANCE PRO PUMPS

18.3

16.8 15.2

CASCADE

13.7 12.2 10.7

PPP1

PPP

3.0

5 P1

4.6

PP PP P1 P1 2C 2

6.1

PRESSURE (PSI)

7.6

2 P1

HEAD (Meters - Rounded up)

9.1

Performance Pro have developed a pump range to give you the ability to apply the absolute best pump for your application, with superior fully serviceable Baldor motors, high quality construction materials. Far superior seals (most saltwater rated seals are a combination of either SiC, carbon or ceramic, which do not go the distance). They also have the option to upgrade to an ozone safe seal, and the expertise to size a pump specifically to your application, ensuring that you not only meet your target flow rate, but do so with the smallest energy use possible.

1.5

PPP

18C

38 76 114 151 189 227 CAPACITY (Liters Per Minute - Rounded up)

265

303

341

378

416

454

492

530

568

Aquasonic can size a pump for your specific requirements over the phone to make sure you get the most suitable model. We can even give you advice on how to plumb your system for the best performance. Simply send us some photos of the system, a diagram of the plumbing set-up and your target flow rate and we can do the rest. Is your pump designed specifically for 240V 50 Hz power? Does it have a long life fully serviceable motor? Does it come standard with a saltwater rated seal of the highest quality, and an option to upgrade to an ozone safe seal for those highly corrosive applications? Is the pump bench tested to ensure performance and power efficiency every time? The solution to all of the above and more... Performance Pro Pumps – Performance that’s off the charts...

Pump baskets available for Cascade models on request.

CASCADE CODE PPP18C PPP18 PPP14 PPP12 PPP12C PPP12C2 PPP34 PPP1 PPP15 PPP2

DESCRIPTION

AMPS

WATTS MIN/MAX

LPM/LPH

1425RPM TEFC 1/8hp 1425RPM TEFC 1/8hp 1425RPM TEFC 1/4hp 2850RPM TEFC 1/2hp 2850RPM TEFC 1/2hp 2850RPM TEFC 1/2hp 2850RPM TEFC 3/4hp 2850RPM TEFC 1hp 2850RPM TEFC 1-1/2hp 2850RPM TEFC 2hp

0.71-0.8 0.79-1.01 1.51-1.69 2.36-2.86 1.58-2.6 1.64-3.29 2.74-3.92 2.58-4.35 2.84-5.8 4.28-7.26

90/135 116/179 180/260 540/640 365/620 390/780 570/850 580/990 640/1310 745/1510

151/9,060 @ 1.5m 210/12,600 @ 1.5m 252/15,130 @ 1.5m 261/15,660 @ 1.5m 358/21,480 @ 1.5m 450/27,000 @ 1.5m 372/22,320 @ 1.5m 481/28,860@ 1.5m 547/32,820 @ 1.5m 616/36,960@ 1.5m

IN/OUT MM 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm 40mm x 40mm

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Quality Baldor Motors. Synonymous with reliability. • Fully serviceable TEFC and ODP Motors (TEFC on cascades and Artesian Pro Low RPM, and ODP on Artesian Pro High Flow and high head). • Extremely quiet, some of the quietest motors on the market today. • Low energy use, reduce your power bill and your carbon footprint. • 40mm (1.5”) female BSP inlet and outlet on cascades, 80mm (3”) quick disconnect slip barrel unions on Artesian Pro. • Tailored to 240V 50 Hertz applications, specifically designed for the Australian aquatic industries. • All pumps come with superior saltwater seal (SiC vs. SiC faces, with Monel housing, BUNA trim PVC heat shrunk Shaft sleeve, and Stainless steel hardware). • Ozone seals available on request for use in foam fractionators using ozone (protein skimmers) ozone treatment systems, and corrosive environments (SiC vs. SiC faces, polypropylene housing EDPM Trim, PVC heat shrunk shaft sleeve and stainless steel hardware). • All Artesian Pro Pumps come with strainer basket for removal of debris, and are self priming. • All pumps warranted for 3 years in freshwater applications and 1 year in saltwater applications.

CODE AP18LRPM AP14LRPM AP13LRPM AP12LRPM AP34LRPM

DESCRIPTION

AMPS

WATTS MIN/MAX

LPM/LPH MM

Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 1/8HP Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 1/4HP Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 1/3HP Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 1/2HP Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 3/4HP

0.86-1.15 1.56-1.89 1.47-2.12 2.16-3.2 3.04-4.18

130/210 210/330 230/400 310/600 380/750

254/15,240 @ 1.5m 337/20,220 @ 1.5m 440/26,400 @ 1.5m 568/34,080 @ 1.5m 698/41,880 @ 1.5m

IN/OUT 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm

ARTESIAN PRO LOW RPM

WATER PUMPS

ARTESIAN LOW RPM

AP 3

4LR

AP 1

13 L

LR PM

RP M

ARTESIAN PRO HIGH FLOW CODE

AMPS

WATTS MIN/MAX

LPM/LPH MM

Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 1/2HP Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 3/4HP Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 1HP Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 1.5HP Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 2HP Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 3HP

2.46-3.44 2.73-4.21 3.35-5.7 5.28-7.63 4.52-8.1 7.9-13

500/760 640/990 755/1330 970/1620 1065/1900 1480/2900

460/27,600 @ 1.5m 583/34,980 @ 1.5m 787/47,220 @ 1.5m 882/52,920 @ 1.5m 1015/60,900 @ 1.5m 1181/70,860 @ 1.5m

IN/OUT 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm

3H F

AP 1H

15 HF

3 AP

PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 93 3

ARTESIAN PRO HIGH FLOW

AP12HF AP34HF AP1HF AP15HF AP2HF AP3HF

DESCRIPTION

ARTESIAN PRO HIGH HEAD

FAX F AX:: +6 +61 1 2 65 6586 86 4944

CODE AP12HH AP34HH AP1HH AP15HH AP2HH AP3HH

DESCRIPTION

AMPS

WATTS MIN/MAX

LPM/LPH

Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 1/2HP Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 3/4HP Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 1HP Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 1.5HP Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 2HP Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 3HP

2.59-3.4 3.4-4.82 3.77-5.55 5.39-7.46 4.46-7.94 8.18-12.5

540/750 800/1145 870/1290 1010/1560 1050/1870 1570/2740

443/26,580 @ 1.5m 526/31,560 @ 1.5m 585/35,100 @ 1.5m 670/40,200 @ 1.5m 784/47,040 @ 1.5m 984/59,040 @ 1.5m

IN/OUT MM 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm 80mm x 80mm

12 18.3 11 25 16.8 10

13.7 8 12.2 7 15 6

9.1

6.1

4.6

2 AP

1.5

H 1H

AP 12

3.0

7.6

2 5

HEAD (Meters- Rounded up)

104

PRESSURE (PSI)

10.7

Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

ARTESIAN PRO HIGH HEAD

15.2 9 20

76 114 151 189 227 265 303 341 378 416 454 492 530 568 606 643 681 719 757 795 833 870 908 946 CAPACITY (Liters Per Minute - Rounded up)

CONTINENTAL SPECK PUMPS • A high resistance to corrosion and salt water. • Maximum effectiveness at low power input. • The ultimate in reliability. • Stability at high fl uid temperatures up to 60 degree Celsius. • No contact between motor and pump shaft. • Highest quality mechanical seal. • Fan cooled - suitable for high ambient temperatures. • Closed impeller. • Stainless steel motor shaft. • Easy to remove clear strainer lid. • Every pump factory wet tested for quality control. • Two year warranty.

CODE C90-230 C90-350

DESCRIPTION

AMPS /WATTS

LPM @ 2M HEAD

1HP 1.25HP

4.2/1000 4.7/1140

280 400

INLET/OUTLET (MM) 40 or 50 40 / 40

TANKS AND TRANSPORT

TANKS AND TRANSPORT 190L LARVAL / FRY TANK • Perfect for laval fish rearing. • Multiple tanks can be used on a single filtration system. • Place on stands with great results.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

LFT

Round Larval Tank, holds 190L. Flat bottom, Fibreglass tank 945mm (D) x 300mm (H) inc: 30mm Lip Optional viewing window 200mm x 200mm

LFTO

250L HATCHING / FRY REARING TRAY • Fibreglass trays, ideal for newly hatched trout, salmon and fry rearing.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FGHT

250L Hatching/Rearing Tray. 2500mm (L) x 600mm (W) x 200mm (H)

UPWELLER FOR ARTEMIA / FISH HATCHING & REARING • Ideal for commercial hatching production of artemia and rotifers. • Also suitable for many species of larval fish. • 40mm 90° outlet and valve included in the base. • An optional tall acrylic sight window for easy observation is available by request.

CODE FHRT FHRTO

DESCRIPTION Holds 400 Litres. Conical Base, Fibreglass construction 1350mm(H) x 700mm(D) 35° taper Optional Viewing Window

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

FINGERLING REARING TANK • Constructed from strong fibreglass. • Moulded legs. • Ideal for fingerlings. • 50mm 90° flanged outlet is included.

CODE FGT1000 FGT1000WI

DESCRIPTION 1,000L Capacity circular tank 1.4m(W) x 1.25m(H) - Includes legs 5° Taper Window 490mm x 490mm. Suits FGT1000 + Installation

1500 LITRE CULTURE TANK • This unique design is highly effective for fingerling rearing. • Square in shape and makes excellent utilisation of space. • Can be purchased with or without the stand. • The addition of a window is great for fish observation. • 50mm 90° flanged outlet is included.

CODE FGT1500 WIN1500 FGT1500W FGT1500S

DESCRIPTION Tank 1450L 1620mm x 1620mm x 720mm H (without stand) Window only 780 x 560mm, actual opening is 720 x 500mm (includes 24 plastic screws) Window only 780 x 560mm + Installation Fibreglass/ Ply Stand 520mm high for FGT1500

AQUASONIC 3,300L HEXAGONAL FIBREGLASS TANK • Has multiple purposes. • It’s square design is a real space saver. • Ideal for fish growout, holding etc • Provides manageable size for stock maintenance. • Flat bottom provides flexibility in positioning on either our stand or you can construct your own. • Tank includes a 80mm 90° flanged outlet, however other options are available (refer to plumbing section). • Tank stand consists of FGT3300TBP and FGT3300B.

CODE FGT3300 FGT3000W FGT3000WI FGT3300TBP FGT3300B

DESCRIPTION 3,300L Capacity Hex Sided Flat Bottom Tank 2.13m (W) x 1.01m (H) without stand. Acrylic Window for FGT3300 340 x 750mm Acrylic Window for FGT3000 & FGT3300 340 x 750mm + Installation Tank base plate for FGT3300 Tank (without blocks) Blocks for tank stand making a 205mm(h) stand. (includes 16 blocks)

DURAPLAS POLYETHYLENE AQUACULTURE TANKS • Food grade smooth interior & exterior. • 5° taper central drain base design (7.5° taper in the 10,000L tank). • Includes PVC outlet either 50, 80 & 100mm (must be specified when ordering). • Heavy duty polyethylene supporting bases. • Many different colours. • Strong, light, impact resistant polyethylene. • Easy cleaning, total drainage. • The base for the AP10000LT is sold separately.

TEN ATTRACTIVE COLOURS

AQUA

CODE AP1000L AP2500L AP5000L AP10000LT AP10000LS

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS(MM)

1,000L Tank 2,500L Tank 5,000L Tank 10,000L Tank Base for AP10000LT

1430 (D) x 900 (H) 2200 (D) x 900 (H) 2700 (D) x 900 (H) 3700 (D) x 1000 (H) 3700 (D) x 350 (H)

Heights are wall height of the tank.

TURQUOISE

MIST GREEN

RIVERGUM GREEN

HERITAGE GREEN

NATURAL

WHITE

BEIGE

GREY

BLACK

TANKS AND TRANSPORT

DURAPLAS NEW GENERATION TANK RANGE • Huge range of quality polyethylene tanks. • Rain water tanks. • Slimline tower range. • Underground lattice tanks. • Troughs. • Trays. • Rectangular tanks/reed bed tanks. • Aquasonic is an authorised Duraplas dealer. • Call Aquasonic for futher details, for full Duraplas range visit www.aquasonic. com.au.

CHLORMON AMMONIA NEUTRALIZER PROTECT YOUR FISH DURING TRANSPORT. CONTROL AMMONIA IN FISH TRANSPORTATION WITH CHLORMON • Valuable aid in dealing with ammonia in many situations. • Increase dosages when dealing with large quantities of ammonia. • Has no known side effects on livestock. • Easy, quick & simple to use. • Safe with even the most delicate marine or freshwater fish. • Removes chlorine effectively so water is safe to use with fish.

CODE

SIZE

CODE

FW012 FW032 FW052 FW072 FW092

50ml 100ml 250ml 1L 5L

FW112 FW113 FW114 FW115 FW116

SIZE 20L 20L 5-9 Drums 20L 10-19 Drums 20L 20+ Drums 200L Drum

TREATMENT RATES• 5ml per 20 litres will control 0.75ppm ammonia.

ANTI-FOAM SOLUTION • Used in fish transportation to reduce or eliminate foaming in transport water. • Use100mls per 750 litres (NOTE: More or less may be required depending on the individual situation). • For use in fresh or saltwater.

PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 93 3 FAX F AX:: +6 AX +61 1 2 65 6586 86 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

CODE

SIZE

AF1L AF5L AF20L

1 litre 5 litre 20 litre

PROTECH • Excellent for recovery of fish after a water change, transport or handling. • Replaces slime coating. • Provides a powerful vitamin mix including: B1, B2, B6, B12, E, and A. • Enables fish to fight off disease and start feeding again quickly. • Use during and after transport, after a water change, after any handling of fish or simply as a vitamin supplement. • 1mL per 20 litres for general use.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PT100 PT250 PT1L PT5L PT20L

100mL 250mL 1L 5L 20L

30 30 9 2 Drum

PLASTIC BAGS FOR FISH TRANSPORT • Various sizes and strengths available for your fish packing needs.

CODE

SIZE

PB007 PB008 PB009 PB010

13” x 7” (round cornered pkt of 1000) 50 micron 16” x 10” (round cornered pkt of 1000) 50 micron 24” x 12” (pkt of 100) 100 micron 865 x 460 (pkt of 100) 100 micron

AQUASONIC’S INSULATED FISH TRANSPORTER • This unique design facilitates all you need in a fish transporter. • Constructed of fibreglass. • Refrigeration panels ensure strength with insulation properties. • Dual compartments allow different species to be transported at the same time. • Large openings for easy access to fish. • Efficient seal to prevent water loss. • Oxygen fittings for tubing lines to diffusers (diffusers not included), vents, dual drains etc. • Designed for use with freshwater.

SPECIFICATIONS: Construction:Combination of refrigerated panel and fibreglass. Dimensions:1855mm wide, 1630mm Long, 870mm High. Full Capacity:1420L. Working Capacity:1100L. Opening (lids): 2 x 755mm x 920mm. CODE

DESCRIPTION

TRA2

Double Compartment Fish Transporter Tank

VARIOUS CRATES, BINS, TUBS AND OTHER MISC. ITEMS Aquasonic has a wide range of miscellaneous items for all your storage, carting and transportation needs. These various items include; • Fish boxes and crates. • Round tubs. • Vented crates (great for holding Lobsters and Crabs in live holding systems). For other items, please phone Aquasonic for more details.

CODE

SIZE

MVS15 MVS20 MVS25 MVS32 MVS40 MVS50 MVS80 MVS100 MVS150

15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 150mm

SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm

FEMALE FAUCET ADAPTOR SIZE

FFA15 FFA20 FFA25 FFA32 FFA40 FFA50

15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm

BARREL UNION CODE

SIZE

BU15 BU20 BU25 BU32 BU40 BU50 BU80

15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm

SOCKET (COUPLING) SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 150mm 200mm

BEND 90° THREAD/ SLIP CODE PO151515 PO152525

SIZE 15mm 25mm

RB2015 RB2515 RB2520 RB3225 RB4025 RB4032 RB5025 RB5040 RB8050

REDUCING COUPLINGS CODE RC2015 RC2515 RC2520 RC3225 RC4025 RC4032 RC5025 RC5040

CODE C15 C20 C25 C32 C40 C50 C80 C100 C150

SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 150mm

REDUCING TEE RT2515 RT4025 RT5020 RT5025

25mm x 15mm 40mm x 25mm 50mm x 20mm 50mm x 25mm

SIZE 20mm x 15mm 25mm x 15mm 25mm x 20mm 32mm x 25mm 40mm x 25mm 40mm x 32mm 50mm x 25mm 50mm x 40mm

FEMALE FAUCET SOCKET CODE FFS15 FFS20 FFS25 FFS32 FFS40 FFS50 FFS80 FFS100

SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm

BEND 90° CODE B9015 B9020 B9025 B9032 B9040 B9050 B9080 B90100 B90150 B90200

SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 150mm 200mm

BEND 45° CODE

CAPS

SIZE 15mm x 1/4”BSP 25mm x 15mm 25mm x 20mm 32mm x 25mm 40mm x 25mm 40mm x 32mm 50mm x 25mm 50mm x 40mm 80mm x 50mm

B4515 B4520 B4525 B4532 B4540 B4550 B4580 B45100 B45150 B45200

SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 150mm 200mm

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE

SIZE 15mm x 15mm 20mm x 20mm 25mm x 25mm 32mm x 32mm 40mm x 40mm 50mm x 50mm 80mm x 80mm 100mm x 100mm 150mm x 150mm 200mm x 200mm

CODE

S15 S20 S25 S32 S40 S50 S80 S100 S150 S200

CODE T15 T20 T25 T32 T40 T50 T80 TEE100 T150 T200

REDUCING BUSH

MALE VALVE ADAPTOR MVA15 MVA20 MVA25 MVA32 MVA40 MVA50 MVA80 MVA100

TEE

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC MALE VALVE SOCKET

BEND WITH FLANGE CODE

SIZE

BF25 BF50 BF80 BF100

25mm 50mm 80mm 100mm

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC

CAGE FITTINGS

SOCKET WITH FLANGE CODE

SIZE

SF25 SF40 SF50 SF80 SF100 SF150 SF200

25mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 150mm 200mm

PVC PIPE - 6M LENGTHS CODE

SIZE

P15 P20 P25 P32 P40 P50 P80 P100 P150 P200 P300

15mm x 6m 20mm x 6m 25mm x 6m 32mm x 6m 40mm x 6m 50mm x 6m 80mm x 6m 100mm x 6m 150mm x 6m 200mm x 6m 300mm x 6m

CLASS 18 12 12 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9

To reduce freight costs please advise when ordering if you want pipe cut in half. We can also deliver directly from supplier if requested.

CLEAR PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 93 3 FAX F AX:: +6 AX +61 1 2 65 6586 86 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

• Use economical short lengths to see the degree of microbial growth inside the piping. • Build entire clear systems for research, prototypes, oxygen saturators, etc. • Fully compatible with regular schedule 40 PVC pipe fittings. • Install with regular PVC cement. • Use compression couplings, flexible couplings or unions to facilitate cleaning. • Sold by the metre. • 3 metre maximum length.

CLEAR PVC PIPE CODE

SIZE

C100 C101 C102 C103 C104 C105 C106 C107 C108

15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 152mm

MAX PSI 300 240 220 180 170 140 130 110 45 imperial sizing only)

TEES CODE C401005 C401007 C401010 C401015 C401020

SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 40mm 50mm

COUPLINGS CODE C429005 C429007 C429010 C429015 C429020

SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 40mm 50mm

90° ELBOWS CODE C406005 C406007 C406010 C406015 C406020

DESCRIPTION 5mm 20mm 25mm 40mm 50mm

Special hard-to-find PVC fittings for the construction of floating cages, framework etc. Use inner caps to seal off air filled sections from water filled sections. Compatible with schedule 40 PVC pipe and fittings. White in colour.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PPF9 PPF12 PPF6 PPF16 PPF17 PPF7 PPF10

3 Way - 40mm 4 Way - 40mm Cap - 40mm 3 Way - 15mm 4 Way - 15mm 3 Way - 25mm 4 Way - 25mm

pvc cage fittings are used to construct floating cages.

PVC BULKHEADS • Made from moulded, impact resistant PVC. • Elbows and strainers also available in slip fittings. • 40 & 50mm bulkheads have threaded fittings. • Passes water through sides or bottom of tanks.

BULKHEAD FITTINGS • Bulkhead fittings are available in three colours. Add BK for Black, B for clear blue and C for clear to the code when ordering.

CODE

BULKHEAD SIZE

270576 270590 270577 172334 270560

15mm 20mm 25mm 40mm 50mm

HOLESAW SIZE (MINIMUM) 28mm hole 34.5mm hole 43mm hole 60mm hole 72mm hole

COMPLETE BULKHEADS • Complete bulkheads, strainers and elbows are available in three colours. Add BK for Black, B for clear blue and C for clear to the code when ordering.

CODE 270578 270600 270579

DESCRIPTION Bulkhead Fits 15mm PVC pipe Bulkhead Fits 20mm PVC pipe Bulkhead Fits 25mm PVC pipe

Complete bulkheads all come with bulkhead, strainer and elbow

OVERFLOW STRAINERS CODE 270565 270599 270570 270557 270561

DESCRIPTION Overflow Strainer - 15mm Overflow Strainer - 20mm Overflow Strainer - 25mm Threaded Suction/ Overflow Strainer - 40mm Threaded Suction/ Overflow Strainer - 50mm

ELBOWS CODE

DESCRIPTION

BARB

270569

15mm Black-Blue 20mm Black-Blue-Clear 25mm Elbow

16mm

270595 270574

19mm 25mm

RATCHET CLIPS • Non-corrosive clips that work very well on vinyl tubing. • Tighten by hand or with pliers. • Are releasable and reusable. • Not for highpressure applications. • Black colour - UV inhibited.

• Place fittings into tanks, filters without the need for PVC fittings. • Drill the required hole and place the flexible fitting for an immediate connection. Install in minutes. Save time and money.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

HOLE SAW “/MM

10102 10103 10104 10105 10106 10107 10108 10109 10099 10100 10101 10107-35 10112 1011N 10106N

15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 3/16” 1/4” 3/8” 50mm DWV 100mmDWV 15mm Natural 40mm Natural

1.25”/31.7 1.25”/31.7 1.75”/44.4 2”/50.8 2.5”/63.5 3”/76.2 4”/101.6 5”/127.0

CODE 3551402 3551428 3551444

STEEL CHECK VALVE 2” check valve, made from steel suitable for air or freshwater applications. Made in USA

SIZE 98mm 140mm 140mm 200mm 200mm 360mm

DESCRIPTION 2” /50mm check valve

Swing Check Valve

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SCV25 SCV32 SCV40 SCV50 SCV80 SCV100

COLOUR

Swing Check Valve 25mm Swing Check Valve 32mm Swing Check Valve 40mm Swing Check Valve 50mm Swing Check Valve 80mm Swing Check Valve 100mm

PVC CHECK VALVES

Black Natural Black Natural Natural Natural

Swinging check valve closes when flow stops. Up to 100 psi. Mount horizontal or vertical.

CODE CV12 CCV12 152020

DESCRIPTION Swinging Check Valve White 40mm Swinging Check Valve Clear 40mm Swinging Check Valve White 50mm

CHECK VALVE These plastic check valves have no springs.

BALL CHECK VALVES

Use for freshwater, saltwater or air. Excellent foot valve with low pressure loss.

Ball check valve closes when flow stops. Mount horizontal or vertical.

CODE

SIZE

CV1 CV2 CV4

3/4”NPT 1”NPT 1/2”NPT

BCV15 BCV20 BCV25

DESCRIPTION 15mm Ball Check Valve 20mm Ball Check Valve 25mm Ball Check Valve

= +

KNIFE GATE VALVES

STRAINERS Above check valves and strainers together make a “foot valve”.

CODE

SIZE

CV1S CV2S CV4S

Strainers for 3/4”check valve Strainers for 1”check valve Strainers for 1 1/2 check valve

STAINLESS STEEL HOSE CLAMPS CODE

SIZE

CWSS016 CWSS022 CWSS032 CWSS038 CWSS057

6-16mm 8-22mm 18-32mm 21-38mm 33-57mm

We stock 5 different sizes of knife gate valves. These valves are easy to adjust accurately, have slip fittings so they fit into the system plumbing easily and are tough. With these characteristics, they are a must inclusion to any fish culture system.

CODE

SIZE

GV1 GV2 GV3 GV4 RSK3 RS4

1.5” / 40mm 2” / 50mm 3” / 80mm 4” / 100mm Seal Kit for 3” Gate Valve Seal Kit for 4” Gate Valve

BALL VALVES Aquasonic have a full range of PVC Ball Valves in stock for your water control needs.

CODE

GLUES/ADHESIVES CODE

SIZE

DESCRIPTION

SIG PVCG PRI ACR100

310g 500ml 500ml 100g

Silicone Sealant PVC Cement PVC Priming Fluid Acrifix Glue

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE

CODE CVT2

SWING CHECK VALVE

CABLE TIES PER 100 CT98 CTN140 CTB140 CTN200 CTB200 CT360

DESCRIPTION Ratchet Clip 10mm diameter Ratchet Clip 12-13mm diameter Ratchet Clip 15mm diameter

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC

“UNISEAL” COMPLETE MULTI-PURPOSE SEAL

BV15 BV20 BV25 BV32 BV40 BV50

SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC

SWITCHING CURRENT WATER DIRECTOR (SCWD) • Automatically switches water current creating natural currents in freshwater and marine aquaria. • Switching time and duration rely on flow rates.• Minimum flow rate required 3LPM, maximum capable is 88LPM. • Can stimulate coral and fish growth in aquaria. • Can be mounted horizontally or vertically and has ¾” barbed inlet and outlet.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SCWD

Switching Current Water Director

PLASTIC SCREWS PACK OF 10 CODE

SIZE

SCREW1 SCREW2 SCREW3 SCREW4

DESCRIPTION

20mm 1/4” Thumb Screw 25mm 1/4” Thumb Screw 32mm 3/8” Hex Head 20mm 1/4” Knurled Thumb Screw

316 S/S SCREWS BOLTS WASHERS & NUTS CODE

SIZE

SSB381 SSB3815 SSB382 SSW381 SSW3815

1” x 3/8” 1 1/2” x 3/8” 2” x 3/8” 3/8” x 5/4” 3/8” x 1 1/2

DESCRIPTION 3/8” Bolt Hex Head 3/8” Bolt Hex Head 3/8” Bolt Hex Head 3/8” Washer 3/8” Washer

CODE SSN38 SSB14114 SSB12112 SSW14 SSN14

SIZE 3/8” 1 1/4” x 1/4” 1 1/2” x 1/4” 1/4” 1/4”

DESCRIPTION 3/8” Nut Hex Head 1/4” Bolt Hex Head 1/4” Bolt PH 1/4” Washer 1/4” Nut

HAND-TITE PLUG • Reusable Hand-Tite expansion plug is excellent for many applications. • Can be used in any pipe, including plastic, clay and iron. • Seals the bell and spigot ends of pipes as well as jagged holes. • Made of nylon and rubber and can be used in salt water. • No tools required for installation.

PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 93 3 FAX F AX:: +6 AX +61 1 2 65 6586 86 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

CODE

DESCRIPTION

HT8D

Hand-Tite Plug 200mm Diameter.

EXPANSION PLUGS • Suitable for all low and medium-pressure water applications. • 40mm, 50mm and 75mm plugs fit the end of pipes only. • 100mm, 150mm and 200mm plugs can also be inserted into the pipe.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

EP1 EP3 EP4 EP6

Expansion 40mm Expansion 75mm Expansion 100mm Expansion 150mm”

FLAT SPRAY NOZZLE • Can be used to raise the dissolved oxygen of water. • Requires only 2.7 psi of water pressure to produce around 9lpm flow in a 120 degree flat spray.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FS500

1.5m spray width 1/2” MPT connection

MIXING EDUCTOR • Easy to multiply the mixing force of pumped water when using these “mixing eductors”. • Moulded of glass-filled polypropylene with smooth surfaces. • Effectively move water in large tanks. • Flow rates listed to achieve a minimum of 1:5 ratio where 1L is pumped in and 5L more is entrained through the nozzle.

CODE ED1 ED2

DESCRIPTION 3/4” MNPT 49-114 LPM at 10-50psi 3/8” MNPT 28-64 LPM at 10-50psi

VEEJET KYNAR NOZZLES • These veejet kynar nozzles provide chemical and corrosion resistance in an ultra-pure material. • Nozzle body is hex size and has a flange for easy installation and removal using standard socket wrench.

CODE HB1/4UKY5010 HB1/4UKY5020 HB1/4UKY5040

THREAD SIZE 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP

• For power off or high and low water. • Adjustable float switch holder. • High & low float switches. • 12 Volt power pack and switch box. • Alarm siren sounds for power off/high & low water. • Battery connections, leads etc. • Designed to sound an alarm at water levels too high or too low. • Will sound alarms if the 240volt-power source is interrupted. • Alarms are triggered by float switches that are in the sump by an adjustable float switch holder. 240volt AC to 12volt DC converter. • The second alarm (power out alarm) a 12volt battery should be connected to the appropriate terminals.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SAS1 WSFH FSRS PPA1 ALA1

Sump alarm system Walking Stick Float Holder Float Switch Power Pack Alarm

CO2/O2 SOLENOID VALVE • Use to set up a CO2 dosing system for pH control. • 240V, 6mm tube connectors, wired for use.

CODE OCOSV OCCSV

DESCRIPTION Gas Solenoid 240v Normally Open Gas Solenoid 240v Normally Closed

MAINS POWER METER

CODE

DESCRIPTION

MS6115

Mains power meter

LIQUID LEVEL FLOAT SWITCHES • Polypropylene construction • Mini switch is 5.7cm long (overall), 2.5cm in diameter with 1/4” NPT mounting, rated at up to 30 watts. • Great pump switches when used with relays. • Regulate water levels and automatic top up control. • Made in USA.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FSRS ST3

Level Float Switch Level Float Switch

WATTS 30 60

MASTER PUMP FLOAT SWITCH • Easy and quick to install. • Able to be used in both calm and turbulent applications. • No wiring required, as this 240V switch comes with a “Piggy Back” plug. Just plug into the power point and then plug straight into the piggy back. • Heavy duty contacts allow for switching up to a 1.5hp or 1,100 watts pump. • Adjustable pumping range of 18 to 91cm. • Includes standard mounting strap and boxed packaging. • UL listed for use in non-potable water and sewage. • CSA Certified.

CODE 119261 119262

DESCRIPTION For sump operation (off at low water level) For tank filling (off at high water level)

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Simply plugs into a normal power point. • Displays instantaneous voltage or current being drawn. • Has backup batteries so stored data will not be lost. • Valuable tool for monitoring power consumption.

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC

SUMP ALARM SYSTEM

FLOAT SWITCH ASSEMBLY - NEW • New and improved over previous models. Featuring a new relay system allowing each model to switch up to 5280W. Available with either 10A or 15A plugs. • Can be modified to switch pumps or heaters. • Assembly includes a FSRS float switch, adjustable switch holder and water proof plug.• Automatically replaces water lost due to exchange or evaporation and can switch heaters off at low water to prevent damage to the heater.

CODE:

DESCRIPTION

FSA10 FSA15

10A Float Switch Assembly 15A Float Switch Assembly

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 93 3 FAX F AX:: +6 AX +61 1 2 65 6586 86 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

25MM SOLENOID VALVE • Rugged PVC construction. • Slow closing to prevent water hammer. • Operating range 100-1034 KPa.• Flow rate 19-378 Lpm 24V AC.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

HR25T

25mm Solenoid vavle

AUTO POWER FAILURE SWITCH • Automatically switches on a 12 volt air pump. • Sounds an alarm during power failure. • Protect your investment.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PFS1

Automatic Power Failure - 12 volt

FLOW PRESSURE SWITCH • Protect your investment using these flow pressure switches. • Works on air or water & are low cost. • 1/8” air/ water line hose barb. • Will carry up to 3 amps at 240 volts. • Perfect for sending a signal to switch on or off back up equipment or sounding an alarm.

CODE B601

DESCRIPTION Adjustable Flow Pressure Switch

FLOW SWITCHES • Excellent value. • Can turn on or off a heater, chiller, alarm, pump, etc. up to 2hp. • Operates by sensing water flow only. • 40mm slip fitting. • Suitable also for salt water applications.

CODE ST-9 ST9MS ST-11 ST11MS ST-11

DESCRIPTION Flow switch Spare micro switch for ST9 Flow switch Spare micro switch for ST11 Needs 50mm socket to fit 50mm pipe.

WATERCO FPI FULL FLOW VALVES • 2 and 3 way 40mm and 50mm slip fitting full flow valves. • 316 stainless steel components. • Engineered for optimum hydraulic flow and low maintenance. • Up to 400kPa pressure rated. • 12 month warranty. • Please specify a size when ordering.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

W14852 W14853

2 Way FPI valve, 40/50mm 3 Way FPI valve, 40/50mm

WATER FLOW METERS • High quality water flow meters from Key Instruments. • Used to measure water flow in closed horizontal PVC pipe (gasket & clamps included). • Ensures recirculation pump is flowing adequate water for optimum filtration. • Features one piece machined acrylic flow body, corrosion resistant materials, wide viewing angles, easy to service and has dual units measure scale. (GPM & LPM).

CODE PR12535 PR12560 PR15030 PR150100 PR200130

DESCRIPTION 20 - 130 LPM for 33mm pipe 40 - 220 LPM for 33mm pipe 20 - 110 LPM for 40mm pipe 75 - 375 LPM for 40mm pipe 150 - 500 LPM for 50mm pipe

ELECTRONIC FLOW METERS • Electronic Paddle wheel flow meter monitor flows in pipe sizes between 15mm and 200mm. • Can be mounted horizontally or vertically. • Microprocessor based with LCD display, has 8 digit resettable totalizer, 8 digit nonresettable totalizer and flow rate read out. • Sturdy, compact water and weather resistant. Can be mounted outside if protected from direct sunlight. • Can be calibrated for accurate measurement. • Moving parts are made from injection moulded PVC with stainless steel paddle pin, BUNA O-Ring (standard) can be replaced with Viton if required. ABS enclosure houses the electronics and faceplate is scratch resistant polycarbonate. • Can operate in solids laden water (up to 1% of fluid volume). • Rated to 180PSI. • Suitable for freshwater and saltwater applications. • Battery life greater than 7 years.

MODEL PTP80050 PTP80075 PTP8010 PTP8015 PTP8020 PTI4030 PTI4040 PTI4060 PTI4080

DESCRIPTION 2-38lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 5-113lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 18-208lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 37-473lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 56-757lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 151-1703lpm Electronic Flow Meter with Insertion Mount 227-3028lpm Electronic Flow Meter with Insertion Mount 454-6813lpm Electronic Flow Meter with Insertion Mount 946-12112lpm Electronic Flow Meter with Insertion Mount

PIPE SIZE 15mm 20mm 25mm 40mm 50mm 80mm 100mm 150mm 200mm

• Patented “Cold Spark” Corona Discharge Technology. • Fully serviceable. • The easy way to improve Redox potential. • Ozotech’s patented Cold Spark Corona Discharge out-performs the standard corona discharge because of the elimination of heat. • Easy serviceable screw in tubes. Easily removed and cleaned within minutes to maintain constant performance levels of the generator. All Ozotech ozone tubes carry a 2 year manufacturers warranty. • All Ozotech ozone tubes are housed in stainless steel fluted housings for optimum performance and durability.

30292-02

OZ2 MINI & POSEIDEN OZONE GENERATORS • High quality ozone generator for aquarium and research use. • The OZ2 Mini & Poseidon, when compared to other ozone generators in a comparable output, outperform them all. Based on a patented “Cold Spark” technology, the output remains constant for years, is higher in concentration by weight at useable air flow rates and possess superior quality and workmanship. • Manufactured in the USA. • Use with air pump or venturi driven skimmers. • Low maintenance. • Corrosion resistant. • Wall mountable. • Compact size. • Simple and reliable operation and service.

30281 OZ2PCS

CODE

DESCRIPTION

30292-01 30281

OZ2 MINI Ozone Generator 220 Vac 50Hz Poseidon Ozone Generator (with variable output control 1-10)

OZONE & OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS

OZONE AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS OZOTECH OZONE GENERATORS

OZ1PCS

FRONT CONTROL DIAL READING

AIR FLOW LPM

PERCENT OF MAX OUTPUT

MG/HR

OZ2MINI

1.41

OZ2MINI

2.1

OZ2MINI

2.5

POSEIDON

2.5

POSEIDON

2.5

POSEIDON

2.5

POSEIDON

2.5

132

POSEIDON

2.5

176

POSEIDON

MAX

2.5

100

220

PCS OZONE GENERATOR SERIES

OZ4AW

• Patented “cold spark” corona discharge. • Lifetime C/D cell warranty. • Wall mountable. • Lightweight aluminium chassis. • High reliability. • Easy to service.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

30010-21 30001-17 30115-03 30003-05

OZ1PC-0.12 up to 0.14 gms/hr OZ2PC-021 up to 0.37 gms/hr OZ4AW-0.45 up to 0.90gms/hr OZ8PC-0.62 up to 1.23gms/hr

OZ8PC MODEL

CONC%

AIR FLOW (SCFH)

O2 FLOW (SCFH)

PP PHOENIX (SCFH)

G/HR

OZ1PCS

0.11

0.14.

OZ1PCS

0.04

0.12

OZ2PCS

0.20

0.37

OZ2PCS

0.07

0.21

OZ4AW

0.54

0.9

OZ4AW

0.15

0.45

OZ8PC20

0.71

1.23

OZ8PC20

0.21

0.62

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

MODEL

OZONE & OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS

SLIMLINE OZONE GENERATOR SERIES • Patented “cold spark” corona discharge. • 2 year C/D cell warranty. • Wall mountable. • Air cooled operation. • Lightweight and corrosion resistant. • High reliability. • Easy to service. • Engineered with an economic and high quality foundation. Tried and proven “cold plasma” technology has been redesigned into a smaller overall package with black powder coating for an improved appearance. • Concentrations up to 3.5% by weight (OZ1’s & 2’s). • Concentrations up to 4% by weight (OZ4’s, 6’s & 8’s)

CODE

DESCRIPTION

30327-04 30328-04 30029-03 30330-03 30331-01

OZ1BTUS-S/S Manifold 1 up to 3.8 gms/hr slimline (variable) with panel meter OZ2BTUSL-S/S Maniflod 1up to 6.8 gms/hr slimline (variable) with panel meter OZ4BTU-S/S Manifold 4.5 up to 14.5 gms/hr(vaiable) OZ6BTU-S/S Manifold 6.3 up to 19gms/hr(variable) OZ8BTU-S/S Manifold 6.7 up to 27gms/hr (variable)

MODEL

CONC%

AIR FLOW (SCFH)

OZ1BTUS

1.0

OZ1BTUS

1.2

3.8

OZ1BTUS

1.1

OZ2BTUS

1.0

1.7

OZ2BTUS

2.2

6.8

OZ2BTUS

1.6

3.2

OZ4BTUS

1.0

4.5

OZ4BTUS

1.0

12.5

OZ4BTUS

2.0

14.5

OZ6BTUS

1.0

6.3

PP PHOENIX

G/HR

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

OZ6BTUS

1.0

18.4

OZ6BTUS

2.0

OZ8BTUS

1.0

6.7

OZ8BTUS

2.2

DI DRYER

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

• DI Dryer - low cost dryer with silica gel beads. Requires periodic regeneration of the beads. • Models are wall mountable. • May be utilized on a wide range of small ozone generators. • Lightweight and corrosion resistant. • Simple and reliable operation. • Easy to service.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

30077

DI Dryer

sales@aquasonic.com.au

IQ20 & IQ40 REGENERATIVE AIR DRYERS

IQ20

• Lowest dew-points of any heat regenerative dryer. • “Intelligence Factors” - Remembers cycle point when power is interrupted and restarts at that point. Other heat regenerative dryers on the market may start from a moisture laden chamber which is damaging to an ozone generator. • May be utillized on a wide range of small ozone generators • Lightweight and corrosion resistant. • Simple and reliable operation.

IQ40

CODE

DESCRIPTION

30339-25 30338-01

IQ20/F/50 Hz* IQ40/230 Vac, 50 / 60 Hz

www.aquasonic.com.au

Model.

Cubic ft/hr

Wattage

Dew - point

IQ20

5 - 20 SCFH 5.8 - 23 LPM

50 VA Typical 90 VA max

- 50°F form 100% to 25% R.H

IQ40

5 - 40 Scfh 5.8 - 47 LPM

90 Watts

To - 50°F at Useable air flow rates

POWER-PREP PHOENIX The Power-Prep Phoenix is the first lightweight, economically priced, air preparation unit that can actually TRIPLE the output of your ozone, as well as increase it’s concentration levels and it costs no more than a conventional air dryer. The easy to handle Power-Prep Phoenix will literally “unleash the power hidden in your ozone generator.” • 100°C dew point oxygen enriched air. • More ozone output for less investment. • Air flow rates from 30 to 190 litres per hour. • May be utilised on a wide range of generators. • Thick aluminium enclosure. • Light and corrosion resistant. • Solid state electronics. • Simple, reliable operation • 30 - 45 LPH - 70% O2. • 151 - 185 LPH - 40% O2

CODE 30254-25

O2 FLOW (SCFH)

DESCRIPTION power prep phoenix

The best from Ozotech just got better. Ozotech has just released their AIM (Advanced Impedance Management) and cool tube technologies, allowing ozone generators to produce TWICE the amount of ozone and DOUBLE the concentration for the same amount of oxygen input and Ozone tubes. AIM20 AIM40 AIM60 AIM80 This technology results in more ozone for less power, fewer % by WT G/HR % by WT G/HR % by WT G/HR % by WT G/HR ozone tubes (and a smaller ozone generator), less oxygen LPM O2 (and therefore a smaller oxygen concentrator) and better Feed water quality (by producing ozone fasterand at a higher 1.42 4.41 4.39 concentration). 2.85 3.75 7.47 You can also upgrade your existing BTU ozone generator to 4.73 2.85 9.46 3.98 13.21 AIM and Cool cell technology for increased Ozone output 5.67 2.55 10.15 3.6 14.34 4.92 19.60 with a retrofit kit. 7.56 2.06 10.95 3.28 17.42 4.35 23.11 5.12 27.20 The AIM and cool tube technologies eliminate heat from the ozone production process, therefore resulting in more ozone 9.45 1.78 11.82 2.86 18.99 3.93 26.10 4.5 29.88 at a higher concentration. All Ozotech AIM ozone genera16.05 1.12 12.64 2.01 22.69 2.77 31.27 3.62 40.86 tors have the following features. • Patented cool Cell and AIM 18.9 1.82 24.17 2.64 35.07 3.19 42.36 technology for increased Ozone output per LPM of oxygen. 28.35 1.79 35.66 2.15 42.83 • Stainless steel tube manifolds. • Air cooled. • Low cost • 37.8 1.65 43.83 Low frequency. • High output. • Concentrations up to 5% by weight, and ozone production of up to 43 grams per hour. Maximise the potential of your Ozone Generator - More ozone per LPM of oxygen than any other ozone generator of its kind on the market

CODE

DESCRIPTION

30365-01 30366-01 30367-01 30368-01

AIM20 Ozone Generator AIM40 Ozone Generator AIM60 Ozone Generator AIM80 Ozone Generator

OZONE & OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS

OZOTECH AIM SERIES OZONE GENERATORS

OZOTECH OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS

COD

DESCRIPTION

30340-01 30341-01

Phoenix V 5lpm @ 92% purity Phoenix X 8lpm @ 92% purity NEW MODEL

PRESSURE PHOENIX v

90 + 5% -3%

MAX AIR FLOW (SCFH)

0-7% PSI

OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS • Dewpoint of 100°F. • Continuous supply of 90%+ oxygen. • High impact plastic enclosure. • Exclusive moisture removal system with the Phoenix V. • Easy to install and maintain. • May be used on a wide variety of medium range ozone generators. • Enhances ozone output performance. • Lightweight and corrosion resistant. • Simple and reliable operation. • Easy to service. • Available in two sizes.

CODE 30340-01 AIRS017 AIRS016 AS121-4

DESCRIPTION Phoenix V 5lpm @93% purity ONYX PLUS Oxygen Concentrator 8-9LPM @ 93% purity ONYX 6lpm @ 93% purity OYNX Ultra 10lpm @ 93% purity NEW MODEL

PSA OXYGEN GENERATORS • Suitable for larger scale oxygen requirements. A suitably sized air preparation system made up of an air compressor/refrigerated dryer and air filter are all that are needed for reliable, trouble free supply of “on tap” oxygen. • A range of sizes available, each producing 93% purity @ -73°c, requiring a minimum pressure air feed of 90 PSIG • Aquasonic recommends and supplies quality Ingersol Rand compressors to accompany the oxygen generators

CODE

AIR REQUIRED

OXYGEN PRODUCTION

AS-A AS-B AS-D AS-E AS-G AS-J AS-K

10-25 SCFH 30-55 SCFH 65-90 SCFH 95-195 SCFH 200-320 SCFH 40 0-600 SCFH 600-950 SCFH

5-12.5 LPM 15-17.5 LPM 32.5-45 LPM 47.5-97.5 LPM 100-160 LPM 200-300 LPM 300-475 LPM

VOLTAGE 220V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz

11.0 SCFH 5.6 LPM

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Dewpoint of -37.8°C. • Airflow rates of 11 SCFH for Phoenix V, 22 SCFH for Phoenix X. • High impact plastic enclosure. • Piston based heavy duty compressor, with up to 5.5PSI outlet pressure (on Phoenix X). • Ultra quiet operation with pre-inlet & inlet filters, plus a silencer located on the inlet filter. • Exclusive moisture removal system. • Compact size, making these units easy to install and maintain. • May be used on a wide variety of medium range ozone generators. • Enhances ozone output and performance of ozone generators. • Lightweight and corrosion resistant. • Easy to service with simple and reliable operation. MODEL O2 CONTENT OUTPUT

AIR PREPARATION AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS Oxygen Cones • 100 percent efficiency potential. • Designed to optimize the saturation of gases in water and gas transfer efficiencies of up to 100%. Operation is simple; as water and gas enter from the top at a relatively high velocity, the water shears and moves the bubbles downward. As the cone widens the velocity is reduced. The undissolved bubbles keep returning to the top, so only water without bubbles exit the bottom. At higher pressures, the dissolved oxygen concentration may be increased significantly above saturation. For example, a cone operating at only 10 psi can deliver water with a dissolved oxygen concentration above 25 mg/l. Cones may be operated at a pressure of up to 21 psi, no matter what concentration of dissolved oxygen is needed.

Contact Aquasonic for models and specs.

OZONE & OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS

OZONE / OXYGEN REACTORS This reactor creates a positive pressure and breaks the surface tension of the water resulting in high efficiency of ozone and oxygen (being around 4 to 5 times more efficient at applying O2 & O3 than the foam fractionator). In large applications, multiples of the OOR160 are applied with great success.

CODE OOR40 OOR80 OOR160

SERIES 100 AMBIENT OZONE DETECT/MONITOR Ensure a safe working environment around your ozone generator with this ozone detect unit. • Low cost, high reliability. • Immediate, easy to read ambient ozone status via an LED indicator. • User friendly adjustability. • External trigger signal for control of ozone generator or alarm system. • Aquasonic can assist in wiring these units into your existing alarm monitoring system.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

31304

Ambient Ozone Detect/Alarm Monitoring 100 Series

OXYGEN PURITY METER • Textured grey ABS plastic. • 3.5” (89mm) x 5.5” (140mm) x 1.5” (38mm). • Measurement range is 0-100% oxygen. • Display resolution is 0.1% oxygen. • 2 x AA alkaline batteries required. • Visual and audible low battery warning. • Battery life is 1500 hours • No warm up time required. • Sensor type is Maxtec max-250 galvanic fuel cell

CODE

DESCRIPTION

32084

Oxygen Purity Meter

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

OZONE RESISTANT SOLENOID VALVE • Constructed entirely of ozone resistant materials and specially formulated industrial PVC. • Internal metering system, mechanically self-cleaning. • Opening and closing action smooth and shock-free. • Flow ranges from 7 to 95 Lpm. Pressure range from 10 to 150 PSI. • Manual external bleed. • Debris tolerant design. • High flow, low friction loss design.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

32168

Ozone Resistant Solenoid Valve, 230VAC

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

TYGON TUBING (OZONE RESISTANT TUBING) Use from ozone generator to the contact point such as Ozone Reactor.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

44140 44141

Tygon Tubing 1/4” I.D. - per metre Tygon Tubing 3/8” I.D. - per metre

POLY OZONE AIRLINE FITTINGS

sales@aquasonic.com.au

Special fittings for use with ozone and ozone application.

www.aquasonic.com.au

CODE

SIZE / DESCRIPTION

44068 44031 44032 44089 44054 44026 44027 44035 44024 44021 44025 44033 44028 44029 44030 44042

6mm x 6mm x 6mm Barbed Tee 10mm x 10mm x 10mm Barbed Tee 12mm x 12mm x 12mm Barbed Tee 6mm x 6mm Barb Connector 4mm x 6mm Barb Connector 6mm x 10mm Barb Connector 10mm x 12mm Barb Connector Threaded Elbow 1/8”MPT x 6mm Threaded Elbow 1/4”MPT x 6mm Threaded Elbow 1/4MPT x 10mm Threaded Elbow 1/4MPT x 12mm Threaded Adapter 1/4MPT x 4mm Threaded Adapter 1/4MPT x 6mm Threaded Adapter 1/4MPT x 10mm Threaded Adapter 1/4MPT x 12mm Threaded Connector 1/4MPT x 6mm

KYNAR OZONE FITTINGS AND CHECK VALVES Ozone should NOT be used with Nylon airline fittings. Use only with Kynar or Poly Ozone airline fittings. Kynar provides the best resistance to ozone corrosion.

CODE

DESCRIPTION <1,250LPH &up to 0.75lpm gas flow(mini ozone/oxygen reactor) <2,500LPH & up to 1.5lpm gas flow(1,350mmh x 305mm overall) 25mm inlet & 40mm outlet fittings and 6mm gas connection <10,000LPH & up to 3lpm gas flow(2,000mmh x 400mm overall) 40mm inlet & 50mm outlet fittings and 6mm gas connection

44136 47018 44146 44125 44126 CKV55 CKV60

SIZE / DESCRIPTION Threaded Adapter 1/4”MPT x 10mm barb Check Valve 1/4” x 1/4”BSP female/female (high quality) Threaded Elbow 3/8”MPT x 6mm Threaded Elbow 1/4”MPT x 6mm Threaded Adapter 1/4”MPT x 6mm Check Valve 3/16” Tubing (4mm) connections (pack of 2) Check Valve 1/4” Tubing (6mm) connections (pack of 2)

• Swivel joint handle, allowing it to reach hard to get at places. • Clean around tanks standing in the one place. • PVC handle (see below) for a great reach (1.5m). • Replacement pads available (see below).

CODE 111560 111561

DESCRIPTION Scrubber Swivel Joint Scrubber Replacement Pads

ALGAE PADS • Surface friendly algae scrub pads. • Safe, non-toxic & easy to use. • Removes lime scum and unsightly algae. • Two different pads, one for glass, the other for acrylic surfaces.

CODE 270910 270911 270912 270913

DESCRIPTION Algae Pad - Glass Aquarium, 8 x 8cm Algae Pad - Acrylic Aquarium, 8 x 8cm Algae Pad - Glass Aquarium, 11 x 16cm Algae Pad - Acrylic Aquarium, 11 x 16cm

PVC HANDLE • PVC Handle with cap. • Use with the Swivel Joint Scrubber and Pond Mini-Vac.

CODE 191126

DESCRIPTION

CLEANING & MAINTENANCE

CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE SWIVEL JOINT SCRUBBER

PVC Handle with Cap - 150cm

TELESCOPIC POLES • Aluminium extension handle. • Use with Swivel Joint Scrubber &/or Pond Mini Vac. • Snap adapt connection.

CODE 500074 191026

DESCRIPTION Telescopic Pole, Extends to 2.4m Telescopic Pole, Extends to 3.51m

POND MINI-VAC CODE

DESCRIPTION

201144 201696

Pond Mini-Vac Bag for Mini-Vac

SYPHON • Can be used at either ends of the syphon hose. • Convenient for use in shallow or deep tanks. • Includes a combination of rigid PVC pipe and flexible vinyl tubing. • Adaptable for short or long reach applications.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SYPHON

Multipurpose Syphon

AQUARIUM TONG • All plastic design. • Two models which includes plant cutting feature. • Suitable for reef tanks for aquascaping. • Feed anemones or large fish.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

AQ AQL

50cm Aquarium Tong Small 70cm Aquarium Tong Large

PREMIUM AQUA TONGS 32” Long. Locking Mechanism can be disengaged or engaged at any time and locks on any size object. Easy to operate with either hand and hanging loop for easy storage. Patented designed multiplies gripping strength. Tips moulded onto jaws permanently. Non-slip gripping surface is textured for stickiness. Made of durable thermoplastic resin. Jaws made of strong GE Lexan polycarbonate. Open 5 ½” to pick up larger objects. Rotate to pick up objects from any angle.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CA08125

32” long 5 1/2” wide rotates

AQUAMOP • Pad scraper attachment for the pro scraper. • Safe for all glass and acrylic aquariums. • Removes soft-tissue algae, diatoms and cyanobacteria.

CODE PROSCAQM PROSCUP1 PROSCAQMP

DESCRIPTION

Aquasonic pty ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Use with a garden hose or 1 1/4” x 1 1/2” vacuum hose. • Brush attachment for fibreglass, vinyl or smooth surfaces. • Nozzle/wheel attachment for rough surfaces. • Snap-adapt handle fits any pole.

Aqua Mop for Proscraper Utility Pack Aqua Mop Replacement pad for Aqua Mop

PRO-SCRAPER MINI AND LARGE Compact in size. KENT Marine Pro-Scraper Mini and Large are perfect for cleaning tight areas and corners. Made from strong ABS plastic, the mini will not rust and resists breaking. The plastic blade will gently scrape off most naturally-occurring algae without scratching the glass or acrylic surface.

CODE PROSCMINI PROSCMINIR PROSC7P

DESCRIPTION Mini scrapper Mini scrapper replacement blade Plastic blade

CLEANING & MAINTENANCE

PROSCRAPER PLASTIC (FOR ACRYLIC) • Industrial quality ABS plastic, ergonomically designed for the hand. • Won’t scratch acrylic or glass like metal blades. • Soft enough to reach into and clean out scratched glass or acrylic. • Will clean out algae that naturally grows in scratches. • Won’t cut the user, even if just carried in your pocket. • Effective on even the most stubborn deposits.

CODE PROSCS PROSCL PROSCL35 PROSCLB PROSC7P PROSC12P

DESCRIPTION Short Handle With Plastic Blade 24” Handle With Plastic Blade 35” Handle With Plastic Blade Proscraper Spare Plastic Blade small 7” wide plastic Pro scraper for acrylic tanks Pro scraper 12” with plastic blade Metal and plastic blades are interchangeable

PROSCRAPER METAL (FOR GLASS)

• Designed for glass aquariums. • Rust resistant. • Flexible 316 stainless steel for smooth scraping. • Yellow colour to prevent confusion with plastic blade. • Thick enough to be safe to use (will not cut flesh easily as a razor would).

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PROSCSM PROSCLM PROSCL35M PROSCLBM XTND24 PROSC12M

Short Handle with Stainless Steel Blade 24” Handle Stainless Steel Blade 35” Handle Stainless Steel Blade Proscraper Spare Stainless Steel Blade 24” Extension for Proscraper Pro scrapper 12” with SS blade

CORALIFE AQUA GLOVES Full-arm length with elastic bands to hold them snugly on the upper arm. The gloves measure 28” in total length and are made of the finest PVC material with fibre-reinforced sleeves. The Aqua Gloves are designed to allow the hobbyist to work efficiently inside the aquarium without contaminating the water. The gloves keep arms and hands completely dry, thus avoiding any possibility of skin contact with the water and its inhabitants, which prevents stings and allergic reactions. PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CA08127

Coralife Aqua Gloves

“NET-SAN” NET STERILISER • Effective against bacteria, fungi & viruses. • Ideal for good hygiene. • Use for periodic cleaning and sterilizing of equipment, especially nets. • Dosage: 3 heaped teaspoons per 10 litres.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PL001 PL002 PL003 PL004

375gm Net San 1kg Net San 10kg Net San 20kg Net San

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

SALT AWAY • Removes salt. • Use periodically to protect metals around saltwater, e.g. pump motors etc. • Lots of uses including engine flushing for in board and outboard motors, water craft etc. • Water based, non hazardous, bio-degradable. • Contains properties that attack and remove salt on any surafce and leaves a protective film to prevent salt incursion returning. • Available in ready to use spray bottles and larger 946ml concentrate.

sales@aquasonic.com.au

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SA-4 SA-16 SA-32

Salt Away 118ml spray bottle Salt Away 472ml spray bottle Salt Away 946ml concentrate bottle

LARGE BATHISCOPE (UNDERWATER VIEWER) • Makes looking into water so easy. • Check mooring or anchor, search for fish or simply see what’s below. • Is easily disassembled into four pieces for easy storage. • 510 x 360mm total size assembled.

CODE RWB3796

DESCRIPTION Large red bathiscope, for looking below the surface of water

www.aquasonic.com.au

QUICKSET WATERCRETE • Strong as concrete. • Just add water to form putty & apply. • Sets in 5 minutes even underwater.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

QW750 QW45

750g 4.5kg

MEDICORAL • Triple acting coral dip to prepare corals for addition to a pre-existing aquarium. • Beneficial to corals showing signs of tissue damage. • Safe for all varieties of corals. • Discourages pathogens from establishing themselves in areas of damaged tissue. • Not a medication, contains no antibiotics or heavy metals. • Add 1ml per 4 litres of seasoned aquarium saltwater in a clean plastic or glass container, then immerse coral.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MDC30 MDC60

30ml 60ml

12 12

• Attractively carded fresh water pH test kit. • Does approx 90 tests and has samples of pH adjusters. • Ideal kit for those with small aquariums or bowls. • Price is excellent.

CODE

SIZE

TK515

Kit

CTN 40

FRESH TEST KIT

• The best fresh water pH test on the market (approx 150 tests per kit). • More test water is used, lessening the risk of contamination. • Complete with colour chart and pH adjusters. • Range of 6.0 to 7.8.

CODE TK500 TK501 TK502 TK502A

SIZE Kit 15ml (Indicator) 100ml (Indicator) 250ml (Indicator)

CTN 24

Freshwater Aquariums & Ponds 6.8 - 7.4 for community tanks, 5.8 - 7.4 for most South American Cichlids, 7.2 - 7.8 Live Bearing tropical fish & Goldfish, 6.6 - 7.4 Egg Laying Tropical fish

MARINE PH TEST KIT • The indicator used in the marine pH kit is unique. It is a mixed indicator with an ideal range 7.5 to 8.7. • Determinations can be made even without a colour chart. • Yellow is too low, purple too high and a shade of red is in the safe range. • Includes sample of Carbonate Hardness Generator Powder.

CODE

SIZE

TK540 TK541 TK542 TK543

Kit 15ml (Indicator) 100ml (Indicator) 250ml (Indicator)

CTN 24

Saltwater Aquariums 8.0 - 8.4 is acceptable

CODE

SIZE Kit 15ml (Indicator) 100ml (Indicator)

CTN 24

African Cichlids 7.6 - 8.8 is acceptable

CALCIUM TEST KIT • Easy to use kit. • Tests in 25 or 50ppm steps. • Displays the colours for the start and end points for easy use.

CODE

SIZE

TK720 TK721 TK722 TK723 TK724 TK725 TK726

Kit 50 tab (reagent A) 15ml (reagent B) 15ml (reagent C) 200 tab (reagent A) 100ml (reagent B) 100ml (reagent C)

CTN 24

Reef Aquariums Recommended level 380 - 450 ppm

CARBONATE HARDNESS TEST KIT • The level of Carbonate Hardness is the basis for the value of the pH in a given sample of water. • Carbonate Hardness of water must be maintained for a stable pH. • Easy test to perform in 10 or 20ppm steps.

CODE

SIZE

TK550 TK551 TK552 TK554

Kit 15ml (indicator) 15ml (titrant) 100ml (titrant)

CTN 24

Freshwater 70 - 170ppm, Cichlid 125 250ppm, Marine 125 - 250ppm

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

HIGH RANGE PH TEST KIT • Ideal for Cichlids and fish preferring high pH values. • Measures pH from 7.6 to 9.0. • Easy to use, immediate results. • Replacement refills available. TK740 TK741 TK742

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT LITTLE AUSSIE PH TEST KIT

HARDNESS TEST KIT • Hardness of water can be as critical to the well being of an aquarium as pH. • Measures total hardness in ppm. • Easy test to perform with 10 or 20ppm steps.

CODE

SIZE

TK520 TK521 TK522 TK523 TK524 TK525 TK526

Kit 15ml (reagent 1) 15ml (reagent 2) 15ml (reagent 3) 100ml (reagent 1) 100ml (reagent 2) 100ml (reagent 3)

CTN 24

Plants: 70 - 170ppm Australian Natives, Guppies, Swordtails, Goldfish: 125 - 250ppm Cichlid & Brackish Water fish: 500ppm & above. 87

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 2 6586 4944 E-mail: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

CARBON DIOXIDE TEST KIT • High CO2 can stress and even kill fish. • Also forms carbonic acid, which lowers the pH. • Test will alert you of any carbon dioxide. • Manipulate/regulate the addition of CO2 in an aquarium with growing plants.

CODE

SIZE

TK650 TK651 TK652 TK653 TK654

Kit 15ml (reagent 1) 15ml (reagent 2) 100ml (reagent 1) 100ml (reagent 2)

CTN 24

AMMONIA TEST KIT • Ammonia is extremely toxic to aquatic life, even in quantities as small as 0.5ppm. • Ammonia is produced each time something organic, like fish waste or even a dead fish, decomposes. • Uses the Indophenol method which will work in fresh and saltwater. Tests down to 0.1ppm and up to 10ppm.

CODE

SIZE

TK744 TK545 TK546 TK648 TK649

Kit 50 test (reagent A powder) 15ml (reagent B) 200 test (reagent A powder) 100ml (reagent B)

CTN 24

Generally preferred levels below < 0.1ppm

NITRITE TEST KIT • Essential for new aquariums for determining when it is safe to release inhabitants. • Measures from 1ppm 20ppm.

CODE

SIZE

TK560 TK561 TK562 TK563 TK564

Kit 15ml (reagent A) 15ml (reagent B) 100ml (reagent A) 100ml (reagent B)

CTN 24

Generally preferred levels below 5ppm to 0ppm

NITRATE TEST KIT • Nitrate is toxic to fish at high levels. • Toxic to some invertebrates even at low levels. • A nitrate test can determine when a water change should be carried out. • Use 5 or 10 or 20ppm steps to measure from 5 to 160ppm.

CODE

SIZE

TK570 TK571 TK572 TK573 TK575 TK576 TK577

Kit 15 ml (reagent A) 11 g (reagent B) 15 ml(reagent C) 100 ml (reagent A) 44 g (reagent B) 100ml (reagent C)

CTN 24

Generally preferred levels below 40 ppm

IRON TEST KIT • This kit determines iron down to a level of 0.25 ppm and up to 2 ppm. • Correct levels of iron are essential for the growth of aquatic plants. • Too much iron could harm both fish & plants. • The results may be seen in a luxurious growth of aquatic plants.

CODE

SIZE

TK530 TK731 TK732 TK533 TK534

Kit 15 ml (indicator A) 15 ml (indicator B) 100 ml (indicator A) 100 ml (indicator B)

CTN 24

Plants: between 0.25 - 1.0 for healthy plant growth

PHOSPHATE TEST KIT • Phosphate is a very important parameter in fresh and salt water aquaria. • High phosphate levels can often cause unsightly algae blooms. • In marine aquariums, phosphates can harm sensitive corals. • Phosphate levels should be monitored on a continuous basis. • Measures from 0.1 to 3.0 ppm levels.

CODE

SIZE

TK730 TK731 TK732 TK733 TK734 TK735 TK736

Kit 15 ml (reagent A) 15 ml (reagent B) 15 ml (reagent C) 100 ml (reagent A) 100 ml (reagent B) 100 ml (reagent C)

CTN 24

Reef Aquariums preferred < 0.25 ppm

COPPER TEST KIT • Specific levels of copper are important to obtain a successful treatment of a disease without harming fish. • Highly accurate test and has a long shelf life. • Levels as low as 0.05 ppm may be determined in fresh or saltwater.

CODE

SIZE

TK580 TK581 TK582 TK583 TK584

Kit 3 cap (capsules) 20 cap (capsules) 25 ml (standard) 100 ml (standard)

CTN 11

TEST TUBE

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

PH FRESH CODE

DESCRIPTION

TK590

Spare test tubes for testing of Fresh pH

EYE DROPPERS CODE

DESCRIPTION

TK595

Spare eye droppers

TEST TUBES 20ML GRADUATED CODE

DESCRIPTION

TK593

Spare test tubes 20ml

30ML MEASURING CUP CODE

DESCRIPTION

TK596

Spare 30mL measuring cups. High quality plastic.

TEST TUBES (GLASS) USED IN COPPER TEST KIT CODE

DESCRIPTION

TK594

150mm L x 18mm D. Use with Aquasonic copper test kit.

LITTLE AUSSIE TEST TUBE CODE

DESCRIPTION

TK597

Spare test tubes for Little Aussie Test Kit

• Navigate among the list of available tests on the screen. • Simple, convenient and accurate. • Direct reading concentrations with automatic set up. • Waterproof & floats. • Large backlit display. • Unique sample tube holder accommodates various diameters. • 100+ test choices on the photometer display. • Power via USB port. • Internal memory. • Software not required for Windows 2000, ME or XP. • Enclosed in a black carry case.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

YSI930 YSI950

REAGENTS TEST/METHOD

Photometer Photometer

RANGE

Alkalinity – Methyl-Orange 0-500 Alkalinity – Phenolphthalein 0-500 0-500 Alkalinity – Total Aluminium 0-0.5 Ammonia 0-1.0 Boron 0-25 Bromine 0-10.0 Calcium Hardness 0-500 Chloride 0-50,000 Chlorine DPD 1 0-5.0 Chlorine DPD 2 0-5.0 Chlorine DPD 1&3 0-5.0 Chlorine DPD 4 0-5.0 Chlorine HR 0-250 Chlorine Dioxide 0-4.0 Chlorine Dioxide (Low Range) 0-2.5 Chlorine Dioxide (High Range) 2.5-20 Chromium Hexavalent 0-1.0 Chromium III 0-1.0 Copper 0-5.0 Copper (free) 0-5.0 Colour (includes turbidity) 10-500 Cyanuric Acid 0-200 Fluoride 0-1.5 Hardness 0-500 Hydrazine 0-0.5 Hydrogen Peroxide LR 0-2.0

50 TESTS 250 TESTS KIT STARTER REAGENTS YPM250 YPM251 YPM188 YPM166 YPM152 YPM190 YPM060 YPM252 YPM268 YPM011 YPM021 YPM031 YPM041 YPM162 YPM052 YPM064 YPM065 YPM281 YAT283 YPM186 N/A YPM269 YPM087 YPM179 YPM254 YPM103 YPM104

YAP250 YAP251 YAP188 YAP166 YAP152 YAP190 YAP060 YAP252 YAP268 YAP011 YAP021 YAP031 YAP041 YAP16 YAP052 YAP064 YAP065 YAP281 N/A YAP186 YAP187 N/A YAP087 YAP179 YAP254 YAP103 YAP104

REAGENTS TEST/METHOD

RANGE

Hydrogen Peroxide HR 0-100 Iron LR 0.1.0 Iron MR 0-5.0 Iron HR 0-10 Magnesium 0-100 Manganese 0-0.03 Molybdate LR 0-20 Molybdate HR 0-100 Nickel 0-10 Nitrate 0-20 Nitrite-N 0-0.5 Nitrite-NaNO2 0-1500 Organophosphate 0-20 Ozone 0-2.0 pH (Phenol Red) 6.8-8.4 Phenol 0-5.0 Phosphate LR 0-4.0 Phosphate HR 0-100 Potassium 0-12 Silica 0-4.0 Silica HR 0-150 Sulphate 0-200 Sulphide 0-0.5 Sulphite 0-500 Zinc 0-4.0 YSI Round Test Tubes (5 Pack)

50 TESTS 250 TESTS KIT STARTER REAGENTS YPM105 YPM155 YPM292 YPM156 YPM193 YPM173 YPM258 YPM175 YPM284 YPM163 YPM109 YPM260 YPM262 YPM056 YPM130 YPM287 YPM177 YPM114 YPM189 YPM181 YPM290 YPM154 YPM168 YPM266 YPM148 YPT595

YAP105 YAP155 YAP292 YAP156 YAP193 YAP173 YAP258 YAP175 YAP284 YAP163 YAP109 YAP260 YAP262 YAP056 YAP130 YAP287 YAP177 YAP114 YAP189 YAP181 YAP290 YAP154 YAP168 YAP266 YAP148

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

YSI 9300 & 9500 PHOTOMETERS

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 2 6586 4944 E-mail: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

LIFEGARD TEST STRIPS • A complete line of custom designed test strips by Pentair Aquatics. • Testing of fresh or saltwater aquariums or ponds. • Hinged pop-top lid and wrap around desiccant liner to protect strips from moisture intrusion. • Packed in bright colour coded hang or stand alone boxes. “For salt or freshwater aquariums or ponds.”

CODE R440001 R440002 R440003 R440004 R440005

DESCRIPTION 6 Way, Alkalinity, pH, Nitrite, Nitrate, Hardness and Ammonia quick, reliable, 25 tests. 5 Way test strips, Alkalinity, pH, Nitrate, Nitrite and Hardness. 25 tests Ammonia, 25 tests• 0-6ppm Nitrite/Nitrate, reliable, 25 tests, Nitrite 0-10ppm, Nitrate 0-200ppm pH, reliable, 25 tests, pH 6.0 to 9.0

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC COLOURIMETERS MADE BY EUTECH • High quality reagents. • Large easy to read display. • Waterproof and lightweight. • Rugged carry case. • Meter comes with reagents and sample vials. • 4 x “AAA” batteries (included).

CODE EC-C301 EC-104 EC94X377001 EC94X377002 EC94X377004 EC-CLOL0RREF EC-C105

DESCRIPTION Free chlorine, total chlorine & pH Bromine meter Free chlorine reagent kit, pack of 100 pouches Total chlorine, ozone and bromide reagent kit , pack of 100 pouches pH indicator reagent kit, 1 bottle Chlorine colour reference kit for C301, C104 & C105 Ozone meter

AQUARIUM THERMOMETER Floating Thermometer. This thermometer indicates 0 - 40 °C. Has a sucker that you can attach to the side of the aquarium so it doesn’t float away.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

TH011

Floating glass thermometer

HYDROMETER/ THERMOMETER (FLOATING TYPE) • 0 to 40°C temperature and 1.000 to 1.060 specific gravity (SG). • Glass construction.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

GS-01

Floating glass hydrometer/thermometer

BIOCUBE MINI HYDROMETER The Biocube Mini Hydrometer can remain submerged inside the aquarium for continuous monitoring of salt levels. Compact design allows for discreet placement and will not detract from the natural beauty of your reef or saltwater aquascape.

CODE CA3601

DESCRIPTION Biocube Mini Hydrometer

CHAMBER TYPE HYDROMETER • Inexpensive hydrometer. • Accurate and reliable salinity readings. • Durable in construction. • Range: 1640%ppt (1.010- 1.030 SG). • Accuracy: ± 0.001 SG. • Direct reading in ppt & SG. • Does not require temperature corrections.

CODE HYD12

DESCRIPTION Chamber type hydrometer

FG-211 REFRACTOMETER • Temperature compensated between 10 - 30°C. • Includes cleaning cloth, case, transfer pipettes & calibration screw driver. • Reads specific gravity & PPT. • Easily calibrated. • Adjustable eyepiece. • Accurate to 0.002 sg / 0.2PPT. • Range from 1.000 sg - 1.070 sg / 0 PPT - 100PPT.

CODE FG-211

DESCRIPTION Refractometer standard

SR6 REFRACTOMETER • Temperature compensated between 10 - 30°C. • Includes cleaning cloth, carry case, transfer pipets & calibration screw. • Reads specific gravity & PPT. • Easily calibrated. • Adjustable eyepiece. • Accurate to 0.001 sg / 1 PPT. • Range from 1.000 sg - 1.070sg / 0 PPT - 100 PPT. • Large magnified easy to read twice the size of FG-211 display. • Easy grip body.

CODE SR6

DESCRIPTION Refractometer premium

TUBE TYPE THERMOMETERS • Large display. • Inexpensive. • Durable design.

CODE R440015 R440016

DESCRIPTION Tube Thermometer 2 to 50°C (1m rope) Easy read, sink or float thermometer.

• A digital clock/thermometer with illuminating light for accurate measurement of water or room temperature in °F & °C.

CODE 270778

DESCRIPTION Little Time or Temperature Thermometer

CORALIFE DIGITAL THERMOMETER Ideal digital thermometer for your aquariums or terrariums. It is economically priced, digitally accurate and this unit is completely transportable. All you need to do is attach this digital thermometer to the side of your aquarium for temperature reading and you can monitor the temperature through its LCD.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CA05032

Digital Thermometer

BIG DIGITAL TEMP ALERT • Large display digital thermometer. • Displays water temperature & room temperature. • Measures in °F & °C. • Four alert features (alarm will sound and LED flashes).

CODE 270779C

DESCRIPTION Big Digital Temperature Alert Thermometer

DIGITAL TIMER

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

LITTLE TIME OR TEMP DIGITAL THERMOMETER

• Countdown timer for field and laboratory. • Super large LCD makes it easy to read from a distance. • Ideal for timing test kit solutions.

CODE

DESCRIPTION Four Channel Digital Timer Jumbo Display

DIGITAL ROOM THERMOMMETER/HYGROMETER • Clock display with alarm function. • Temperature range: -30° to +50°C. • Humidity range: 30-99% relative humidity. • Requires 1x AAA battery (included).

CODE

DESCRIPTION

THG-1A

Digital Thermometer

DIGITAL MIN/MAX THERMOMETER • Displays time and in/out temperature on LCD screen. • Maximum/minimum temperature recording, measures water temp. • Alarm function. • Requires 1x AAA battery (included).

CODE THR-1A

DESCRIPTION Temperature range: -50° to +70°C

PISTOL INFRARED THERMOMETER • 30:1 optical resolution. • Accurate @ over 20 metres. • Temp range -50°C to +1000°C. • 0.1°C resolution. • Backlit LCD display. • Built in laser pointer. • Min/max/avg/difference logging. • Trigger lock. • High & low alarm. • 230mmL x 100 mmH x 56mmW. • Supplied in blow moulded carry case.

CODE QM-7226

DESCRIPTION Pistol Infrared thermometer

POCKET INFRARED THERMOMETER Thermometer, LCD display, optical resolution of 3:1. Accurate to approximately 2-3 metres. Comes with batteries and lanyard. • 3:1 optical resolution. • Accurate @ 2-3 metres. • Temp range -33°C - + 250°C. • 0.1°C resolution. • LCD screen. • 22.5mm x 60mm, 63g. • Built in laser pointer.

CODE EC-BA-TN203L

DESCRIPTION Pocket infrared thermometer

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

DIGITAL LIGHT METER/LUX METER • Ideal for photography, laboratory and engineering. • Measures incident light in : 0.01-200, 200 to 2000, 2,000 to 20,000 and 20,000-50,000 lux. • 1 metre cord. • Sensor cover included.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

QM-1587

Digital Lux Meter

MINI DATALOGGER MICROLITE USB Micro lite mini temperature data logger with USB connector, up to 16000 samples.

CODE EC-FOLITE5016

DESCRIPTION Mini Data logger MicroLite USB

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 2 6586 4944 E-mail: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

UVT MONITOR • Used for monitoring the quality and clarity of water, providing an indication of how much organic matter there is present in your water. • Use as an alternative or supplemental test for other organic testing methods such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD. • Monitoring of wastewater quality, or water treatment plant input water quality. • As an indicator of when Activated carbon or membrane treatment processes need to be renewed. • Use to size UV sterilizers and determine UV sterilizer performance. • Available in several models including online continuous monitoring systems. • Use for application high organic laden waters (waste water) to high purity water (after reverse osmosis etc). • UV254 testing is biased towards reactive organics, which tend to have the most significant impact on water quality.

Real UVT meter specifications • Measures 0 - 1.3UVA and 5-100% UVT. • 0.001UVA and 0.1% UVT resolution. • 22cmL x 19cmW x 10cmH • Rugged Compact and watertight. • 12VDC/1A wall adaptor. • 12VDC car adaptor.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

UVTREAL

5 - 100% UVT portable Field monitor Applications

VITAL SINE PH TESTER • Suitable for fresh and salt water aquariums, garden ponds, hydroponics and aquaculture. • Reads from 0-14 with .1 accuracy at 20°C. • One point calibration with screwdriver included. • 3 x 1.5V button cell batteries included. •1 year warranty.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

VS62

Vital Sine pH tester

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC PH PEN METERS MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS • Large custom display LCD screen and unique ribbed body for better grip and ‘anti-roll’ function. All pH pens up to pHtestr20 measure pH only, pHTestr30 measures both pH and temperature. • Large custom display LCD on pHtestr10, pHtestr10BNC, pHtestr20 and pHtestr30. • 3 point calibration for pHtestr10, pHtestr10BNC, pHtestr20 and pHtestr30. • 1 point calibration on EcoTestrpH1, up to 3 point calibration on EcoTestrpH2. • Auto-buffer recognition on all pens. • IP67 waterproof standard for all pens. • User-replaceable double junction Ag/AgCl polymer sensor. • EcotestrpH1 and 2 have long sensor life, no replaceable sensor needed. • 2 year meter warranty (1 year on EcoTestrpH1 and 2).

CODE Ec-oTestrpH2 EC-PHTESTR10 EC-PHTESTR10BNC EC-PHTESTR20 EC-PHTESTR30 EC-PHSENSOR03DJ EC-FC7252201B

DESCRIPTION pH tester pen, range 0-14pH, resolution 0.1pH accuracy ±0.1pH pH tester pen, range -1.00 - 15 pH resolution 0.1 pH, accuracy ± 0.1 pH tester pen with BNC connector for pH probe, range -1.00 - 15 pH resolution 0.01 pH, accuracy ± 0.01 pH tester pen, range -1.00 - 15 pH resolution 0.01 pH, accuracy ± 0.01 pH and temperature tester pen range -1.00 - 15 pH resolution 0.01 pH, accuracy ± 0.01 Replacement double junction sensor for PHTESTR10, 20 & 30 1 metre double junction pH probe for PHTESTR10BNC

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC ORP TESTER MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS • Dual display LCD for enhanced readability. • Dustproof and IP67 waterproof housing. • User replaceable sensor. • Auto power off saves battery power after non use. • Range: -999 to +1000mV, resolution 1mv, accuracy ±22mV. • One point calibration. • 3 year warranty.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

EC-ORPTESTR10 EC-ORPTESTR10BNC EC-ORPWPSENDJ EC-FC-79601-01B

ORP pen meter ORP pen meter with BNC connector for probe attachment Replacement sensor for ORPTESTR10 1 metre ORP probe for ORPTESTR10BNC

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS (TDS) & CONDUCTIVITY (EC) PEN METERS MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS • Multiple ranges with selectable or auto-ranging options. • Large display screen displays mode, battery level and temperature. • User replaceable sensors. • 1 point calibration on TDSTESTR11 & 11+, 2 point calibration on EC-TESTR11 & 11+. • Automatic temperature compensation on all models. • All models have 0-50°C temperature range with 0.1°C resolution and ±0.5°C accuracy. • Accuracy on all meters ±1% of full scale.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

EC-OTESTRTDSHIGH EC-OTESTRTDSLOW EC-TDSTESTR11

TDS pen meter TDS pen meter TDS pen meter

EC-TDSTESTR11+ EC-OTESTRECHIGH EC-OTESTRECLOW EC-ECTESTR11 EC-TESTR11+ EC-SENSOR11 EC-SENSOR11PLS

RANGES

RESOLUTION

0-10.00ppt 0.1ppt 0-1990ppm 10ppm 0 -2000.00ppm 10ppm. 0 -10.00ppt 0.10ppt TDS pen meter 0 -200.0ppm 0.1ppm, 0 -2000.00ppm 10ppm 0 -10.00ppt 0.10ppt Conductivity pen meter 0-19.90mS/cm 0.1mS/cm Conductivity pen meter 0-1990µS/cm 10µS/cm Conductivity pen meter 0 - 2000µS/cm 10uS/cm 0 - 20.00mS/cm 0.10mS/cm Conductivity pen meter 0 - 200uS/cm 0.1 uS/cm 0 -2000uS/cm 1uS/cm 0 -20.00mS/cm 0.01mS/cm Replacement sensor for ECTESTR11 & TDSTESTR11 Replacement sensor for ECTESTR11+ & TDSTESTR11+

• Large screen displays mode. • ATC and battery level. • User replaceable sensor. • IP67 rated waterproof, anti roll design. • Range: 0-10.00ppt. • Resolution 0.10ppt. • Accuracy ± 1% of full scale. • Automatic temperature compensation (0° to 50°C). • 2 year warranty.

CODE EC-OTESRTSALT EC-SaltTestr11 EC-TDSSENSOR

DESCRIPTION

RANGES

Salinity pen meter Salinity pen meter Replacement Sensor for SaltTestr11

0-10.00ppt

RESOLUTION 0.1ppt

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC MULTIPARAMETER PEN METER -PH, CONDUCTIVITY, TDS, SALINTY AND TEMPERATURE MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS • Measures up to five parameters, pH, conductivity, TDS, salinity and temperature. • Low, medium and high conductivity/TDS ranges. • Salinity measurements of up to 10.00 ppt or 1%. • Up to 5 point pH calibration and 3 point conductivity/TDS/ salinity calibration. • Waterproof IP67 rated. • pH: range 0.00 - 14pH, resolution 0.01pH, accuracy ± 0.01pH. • Conductivity range/resolution: 0-199.9us/cm/0.1uS/cm, 2001999uS/cm/1us/cm, 2.0-20.00mS/cm/0.01mS/cm. Accuracy ± 1% of full scale. • TDS range/resolution:0.099.9ppm/0.1ppm,100-999 ppm/1ppm, 1.00-10.00 ppm/0.01ppm. Accuracy ± 1% of full scale. • Salinity range/ resolution: 0.0-99.9ppm/0.1ppm,100-999ppm/1ppm,1.00-10.00ppt/0.01ppt, 0.0-1.00%/0.01%. Accuracy ± 1% of full scale. • Temperature range: 0.0 to 50.0 °C, resolution 0.1°C, accuracy ± 0.5°C. 2 year warranty.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

EC-PCTEST35 EC-PCSTESTR35 EC-PCSSENSOR

Multiparameter pen meter pH, Conductivity, Temp Multiparameter pen meter pH, Conductivity, TDS, Salinity, Temp Replacement sensor for PCSTESTR35

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC SALINITY PEN METER MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS

SPARES AND ACCESORIES FOR EUTECH PEN METERS CODE

DESCRIPTION

EC-POUCH01 EC-BATT14-2

PH/ORP

Carry pouch for pocket testers Alkaline button cell batteries for Eutech pen meters (2 per pack)

MONITOR

• Completely waterproof, making it perfect for aquaculture or aquarium use. • Features a large LCD display, simultaneously showing pH or ORP and temp in °C/°F. • Includes a rubber boot which protects the monitor from damage and can also be used to mount on a wall. • Comes standard with a pH/temp probe. • Separate ORP probe can also be purchased, which enables ORP/temp/pH to be measured from the same monitor.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

VS99 VSPW VSPC

Vital Sine Palm pH meter, waterproof inc pH electrode(probe) 1m cable ORP probe with cable (1m) pH probe with cable (1m)

SALINTY METER BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS • Push-button calibration for easy, quick calibration with ±1% full scale accuracy. • Automatic temperature compensation. • Auto power off. • Sturdy built-in stand for easy bench top operation. • Rugged carry case includes 5ppt, 25ppt, 45ppt and deionized water(60 mls each) • Salinity Range: 1 to 50.0 ppt/0.1 to 5.00 %. • Resolution: 0.1 ppt/0.01% accuracy: ±1% full scale. • Temperature range: 0-100°C. • Auto power off after 17 minutes. • 4 AAA x 1.5V batteries (included). 3 year warranty.

CODE EC-SALT6/03PLUSK EC-CONSEN91B

DESCRIPTION Salt 6+ monitor and probe with carry kit set. Replacement probe for ECOSCAN SALT6, 1m cable length

PC 300 MULTIPARAMETER PH/TEMP, CONDUCTIVITY TEMP, TDS/TEMP METER BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS • IP67 Waterproof and dust proof housing. • Multi-parameter, pH/Temperature and Conductivity/Temperature, TDS/Temperature. • Up to 5 point calibration. • Auto buffer for pH calibration. • Auto ranging for Conductivity. • Stability indicator. • Rugged carry case. • pH range: -2.00 to 16.00. Resolution: 0.01 pH, accuracy ± 0.01 pH. • Conductivity range:0 to 19.99, 199.9, 1999 µS/cm; 19.99, 199.9 mS/cm. • TDS range: 0 to 9.99, 99.9, 999 ppm; 9.99, 99.9 ppt, max. 199.9 ppt (depending on factor setting). Temperature range:0 to 100.0°C. • 4 AAA x 1.5V batteries (included). • 3 year warranty.

CODE PCWP300/03K CONSEN91W FC72522-01B

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Protect your pen meter with this small inexpensive pouch. • Spare batteries for Eutech pen meters available in packs of 2 (4 x LR44 batteries required per meter).

DESCRIPTION PC300 pH/temp, conductivity/temp, TDS/temp meter 1m cables Conductivity/TDS/temp probe for PC300 pH/Temp Probe for PC300

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

DISSOLVED PD300 OXYGEN/PH/TEMPERATURE METER BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS • Multi-parameter. Toggle between DO, Temperature and pH. • IP67 waterproof and dust proof, floats on water. • Auto buffering recognition, up to 5 point calibration for pH. • Calibration to 100% in air and/or 0% in known solution. • Manual Salinity and Barometric pressure compensation. • No warm up required, takes measurements immediately and fast response. • Galvanic oxygen probe. • Auto power off. • Rugged carry case. • pH range: -2.00to 16.00. • Resolution: 0.01pH, Accuracy:± 0.01pH. • Dissolved Oxygen range: 0 to 19.9 mg/L/ppm % Saturation of Oxygen: 0.0 to 199.9%. • Dissolved Oxygen resolution: 0.01 mg/L/0.1 ppm, 0.1 %. • Accuracy ±1.5% full scale. • Temperature range: -10.0 to 110.0°C. • Temperature resolution: 0.1°C, Accuracy:± 0.3 °C. • Automatic temperature compensation. • Salinity correction to 50ppt. • 4 AAA x 1.5V batteries. (included). • 3 year warranty.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PDWP300/03K 01X211226 01X241603 DOHANDYNEW DA93506-03B

PD300 DO/pH/Temperature meter with 3m cables DO electrolyte 60ml Membranes & O rings (5 pack) for PD300 Replacement DO probe and cable 3m Replacement pH probe and cable 3m

DO200 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER • 12 month instrument and 6 probe warranty. • Has all the features of the YSI 5512 & 550A Dissolved Oxygen meters. • Able to display DO in ppm or % saturation and temperature. • Quick calibration and fast response time. • Also includes Salinity and altitude compensation. • Meter and 4m cable are sold separately.

CODE DO200 605352 605306

PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 2 6586 4944 E-mail: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

DESCRIPTION Dissolved Oxygen Meter only 4m Dissolved Oxygen cable assembly - sold separately 5908 Membrane Kit 1.25ml (6 yellow caps)incl electrolyte for YSI DO200, 550A & 556 meters

PH100 3 IN 1 METER • Monitors pH or ORP and Temperature. • Available with a 1m or 4m cable length to suit laboratory or field applications. • Cable sold separately. • All probes are laboratory grade. • 1 year instrument and 6 month probe warranty.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

pH100 605374 605375 605376 605377 605378Y

“3 in 1” Meter only 110-1m pH Probe - sold separately 130-1m Temp. Probe 115-1m ORP Probe 1m Combo pH/Temp. cable 4m Combo pH/Temp. cable

EC300 CONDUCTIVITY METER • Monitors Conductivity, Salinity, TDS, Specific Conductance and Temperature. • Available with a 4m cable length to suit laboratory or field applications. • Sold separately. • 2 year Warranty, 1 year for probes.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

EC300 605395

Conductivity meter only 4m cable assy - sold separately

POINT 4 “TRACKER” TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS METER • Measures Total Dissolved Gas Pressure (TGP). • Measures Barometric Pressure (BP). • Data-logging capabilities. • Rechargeable batteries. • ISSM001 includes monitor, probe, cable, AC charger, data transfer cable, software. • Other probes such as pH/Temp, ORP/Temp and Salinity/Conductivity/Temp are also available.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

1SSM001 1SSP003 1SSA005 1SSA006 1SSA007 1SSA008

Total Gas Pressure Monitor and sensor Replacement TGP Cartridge (includes membrane) Charger Cable with AC Adapter Charger Cable with Car Adapter Data Transfer Cable with USB Adapter Data Transfer Cable with RS232 Adapter

YSI ECOSENSE CARRY CASES CODE 605382 605383 605384 605381 605139

DESCRIPTION Hard carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI pH100 Hard carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI DO200 Hard carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI EC300 Vinyl case, form fitted w/ shoulder strap for YSI pH100, DO200 & EC300 Soft sided carrying case for YSI pH100, DO200 & EC300

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

INSTRUMENT CASES • Alternative cases for your precious monitors and other equipment. • Attaché cases contain removable 15 x 15mm foam inserts so you can match up the exact size of the monitor or equipment being stored. • Attaché cases are lockable and are available in two sizes. • Waterproof ABS cases are perfect for transporting smaller monitors (especially pen type meters). • ABS cases are waterproof, float, have 2 snap lock fasteners and include eyelets for applying padlocks to further increase security.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

HB-6355 HB-6356 HB-6380

Attaché case (407W x 277D x 95H mm) w/ removable inserts Attaché case (450W x 320D x 145H mm) w/ removable inserts ABS case (260W x 200D x 100H mm)

YSI 550A & 556MPS CARRY CASES CODE

DESCRIPTION

655100 655102 655259 655101

Small soft carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI 550A & 556 MPS Large soft carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI 550A & 556 MPS Vinyl carrying case w/ foam insert & shoulder strap for YSI 550A & 556 MPS Small hard carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI 550A & 556 MPS

PT4 ION MONITORING SYSTEM The PT4 ION monitor/controller system can measure and log a variety of parameters, as well as control various items from feeders to alarms, pumps and lighting. The PT4 ION uses a unique “smart sensor” technology, whereby data from probes etc, is sent wirelessly to a user interface (such as a PC or Laptop) or to the optional touch panel. This data can be transferred over a 4km radius.

FEATURES:

SPECIFICATIONS: • PT4 ION controller features an IP66 rated NEMA 4X enclosure, 2 x 2-wire RS485/232 COM ports (wireless card optional). • ROC10 (Intelligent Relay Output Card) features up to 10 relay outputs, with up to 5 ROC10 units can be linked to a single PT4 ION controller, 2-wire RS485 communication input. • SIC5 (Intelligent Signal Isolation Card) features up to 5 inputs for various probes and a 2-wire RS485 communication output.

Oxygenation and Water Management

For more detailed specifications please view the product brochure on Aquasonic’s website

Hatchery System Layout

Wireless Communication

Hatchery Office System Access Via Web Server

CODE 1SSS100

DESCRIPTION PT4 ION monitoring system, pH/Temp probe, Oxy/Temp probe, ORP/Temp probe, TGP/Temp probe, Touch panel

YSI 556 MULTI-PROBE SYSTEM (MPS) The YSI 556 MPS combines an easy-to-use and easy-to-read handheld unit with all the functions of a complex multi-parameter system. Featuring a water proof, impact resistant case, the 556 Multi-Probe System simultaneously displays Dissolved Oxygen, pH, Conductivity, Temperature, ORP, Salinity & TDS. Barometer is optional. With 512K memory, the instrument can store up to 49,000 data sets with time and date stamp. • Compatible with EcoWatch™ for Windows™ data analysis software. GLP conforming. • Available with 4m, 10m & 20m cable lengths. Comes with 5061 case as shown here. • Field-replaceable DO, pH, ORP, and Conductivity/Temp Probes. • Compatible with Ecowatch for Windows software available at no cost, • Internal memory stores over 49,000 data set points. • Soft sided carry case included. • Temperature: Range -5°C to +45°C, Resolution 0.1°C, Accuracy 0.15°C. • Dissolved Oxygen: Range 0 to 50mg/L, Resolution 0.01mg/L, Accuracy ± 2%. • Conductivity: Range 0-100mS (0-70ppt), Resolution 0.001mS/cm, Accuracy ± 0.5%. • pH: Range 0-14 units, Resolution 0.01, Accuracy ± 0.2units. • ORP: Range -999 to +999mV, Resolution 0.1mV, Accuracy ± 20mV.

CODE 556-01 556-02 5565 5563-4 5563-10 605307 605306 655100 655102 655259 655101 063516 655227 063517

DESCRIPTION YSI 556 Multi Probe System, Memory Function, No Barometer YSI 556 Multi Probe System, Memory Function, With Barometer Combo pH/ORP Probe kit for MPS 556 or 5200 Monitor Controller 4 Metre Cable Kit For DO, Temp & Conductivity 10 Metre Cable Kit For DO, Temp & Conductivity 5909 Membrane Kit 2.00 mL PE (6 blue caps), incl. electrolyte for 556 model. 5908 Membrane Kit 1.25 mL PE (6 yellow caps), incl. electrolyte for DO200, 550A and 556 models Small soft carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI 556 MPS Large soft carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI 556 MPS Vinyl carrying case w/ foam insert and shoulder strap for YSI 556 MPS Small hard carrying case w/ form fitted foam insert for YSI 556 MPS 556 charger (cigarette lighter) for YSI 556 MPS Hands free harness for YSI 556 MPS, YSI 550A Ultra c-clamp to attach to a table or boat for YSI 556 MPS, 550A & Pro Plus

Computer

PT4 Smart O2 Probe PT4 Wedge-Lock Diffuser

103 - 16 Fawcett Road Coquitlam BC V3K 6X9 CANADA www.pointfour.com

Making your water better! Oxygenation & Water Management

System Alarm

Toll Free: 1-800-267-9936 Phone: +1 604 759 2114 Fax: +1 604 759 2115 sales@pointfour.com

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Runs off 12VDC power. Solar power charging is an optional feature. • Built in battery voltage indicator that will indicate when a recharge is required. • Multiple applications include; Hatcheries and Farms, Sea Cages, and Live Fish Transport. • Can measure and control a multitude of parameters/equipment such as; pH, ORP, Dissolved Oxygen, Total Gas Pressure, Alarms, Pumps, Ozone Generators, Lighting and Feeding, all of which are entirely dependent on your individual application.

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 2 6586 4944 E-mail: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

PRO20 DISSOLVED OXYGEN MONITOR • User-replacable cables and sensors. Choose Polarographic or Galvanic for the field or a self-stirring BOD probe for the Lab. • 3-year instrument; 2-year cable warranty • Ranges; D.O: 0-500%, 0-50mg/L, Temperature: -5-70°C, mmHg: 375-825mmHg • Accuracy; D.O: 0-200% ±1% reading, 200-500% ±15% reading, Temp: ±0.2°C, mmHg: ±1.5% • One Touch Cal allows easy DO calibrations within 3 seconds with the press of a button. Automatic barometric pressure compensation. • Stores 50 data sets; no need to write down data. • Graphic backlit display and glow in the dark keypad • Available with 1, 4, 10, 20, 30 and 100m cable lengths standard(special order up to 100-meter cables in 10-meter increments) • Tough. IP-67, impact-resistant, waterproof case even without the battery cover. Rubber over molded case provides extradurability. Military spec connectors. • Quick response times; 95% response time in approximately 8 seconds with standard membrane (fastest response time in the market) • 8.3 cm width x 21.6 cm length x 2.3 cm depth (3.25 in. x 8.5 in. x 2.25 in.) • 475 grams (1.05 lbs.) • 2 alkaline C-cells providing 400 hours of battery life; low battery indicator on Pro20 • warranty - 1-year Polarographic sensors; 6-months Galvan sensors • Salinity Input Range 0-70 ppt; manual (automatically compensates for manual input value)

CODE 6050020 60520-1 60520-4 60520-10 605780 605202 605203 603077 603075 603074 603069 063517 063507 603062 605978 605913 605306 605914 605307

DESCRIPTION Pro20 Handheld instrument 1-m cable for DO/temp 4-m cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit) 10-m cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit) Self-stirring BOD probe with 2-m (6 ft.) cable included Galvanic Sensor for any cable Polarographic Sensor for any cable Flow cell, 203 mL, with single port adapter Soft-sided carrying case Hard-sided carrying case Belt clip to attach instrument to belt Ultra clamp (attach to instrument to secure it to a desk, boat, etc) Small tripod (attach to instrument to sit on any flat surface) Cable management kit (included with 4- 10- 20- and 30-m cables) Cable weight, 4.9 oz., attach to stainless steel probe guard 1.25 mil PE membranes for galvanic (6 yellow caps and solution) 1.25 mil PE membranes for polarographic (6 yellow caps and solution) 2 mil PE membranes for galvanic (6 blue caps and solution) 2 mil PE membranes for polarographic (6 blue caps and solution)

Cables up to 100m in lenght available on request

YSI PRO ODO OPTICAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER Utilizes “smart” digital sensor technology which stores calibration data within the sensor. This allows probes to be placed on any ProODO instrument without re-calibration. YSI ODO technology reduces the time required calibrating and maintaining sensors while utilizing a user replaceable sensing element that requires approximately annual replacement. There are no electrodes to clean or solutions to change. Based on usage, calibrations can be stable for up to one year and are stored in each sensor. Optical technology also increases DO accuracy and eliminates probe fouling by common gases such as hydrogen sulfide. • Expanded DO range of 0-500% • Non-consumptive luminescent method eliminates the need for stirring • Easy to read graphic, backlit display and keypad for use in any lighting condition • Truly field-worthy, impact resistant, IP-67 waterproof case and connectors; rubber over molded, non-slip case for extra durability and grip • User-replaceable cables in lengths of 1 to 100-metres. Cable management kit included with 4-metre and longer cables • USB connection allows interaction with powerful desktop Data Manager software • Stores 2000 data sets (sensor data, date, time, site and user defined information) • Multiple languages include English, Spanish, French, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese and German. Asian language support in the future. • 3-year instrument warranty; 2-year cable and probe warranty

CODE 626281 626320 626250-1 626250-4 626250-10 626250-20 626250-30 603075 603074 603069 063517 063507 603062 605978

DESCRIPTION ProODO Handheld instrument Replacement sensing element (included with initial probe purchase) 1-m probe/cable for DO/temp 4-m probe/cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit) 10-m probe/cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit) 20-m probe/cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit) 30-m probe/cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit) Soft-sided carrying case Hard-sided carrying case Belt clip to attach instrument to belt Ultra clamp (attach to instrument to secure it to a desk, boat, etc) Small tripod (attach to instrument to sit on any flat surface) Cable management kit (included with 4- through 100-m cables) Cable weight, 4.9 oz, attach to stainless steel probe guard

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

PROFESSIONAL PLUS • Backlit display and keypad for use in true low-light conditions. • The file system allows for a 100 folder and site list structure to store and easily manage 2,000 data sets. • Adjustable right or left-handed hand strap. • Detailed on-screen help function. • MS (military-spec) connectors - rugged, waterproof, keyed, bayonet style quarter-turn lock. • Easy to install cable weights; can be daisy - chained for additional weight. • Rubber, over - molded IP-67 water proof case • 3 year instrument warranty • 2 year cable warranty. • Rugged cables, sensors and military spec connectors • Drop tested 1 metre at all angles • Scratch resistant lens; viewable with polarized glasses • Instrument floats • Weighted. • User replaceable multi sensor design. • Measures DO, pH, Conductivity,ORP, Ammonium, Nitrate, Chloride, Salinity, Total Dissolved Solids and Barometric Pressure. • 2,000 data set memory with GLP event logging. • Interval or event logging capability. • Rubber over moulded IP67 waterproof case. • User upgradable software via USB. • Backlit display and keypad. • Rugged cables, connectors and probes. • Free, Data Manager desktop software and procomm II saddle. • Interval or single event logging. • Password protection. • Detailed GLP Data. • USB connection also powers the instrument. • 6 point calibration with auto buffer recognition. • User adjustable. • Atuo stable with prompts. • User upgradeable software via waterproof USB port. • Recalibration prompts. • Search function filters user defined data information. (All cables include temperature. Cables over 1 metre include cable management kit). Please note: Ammonium, Chloride and Nitrate sensors have a 6 month shelf life.

Instrument CODE 6050000

DESCRIPTION YSI Professional Plus multiparameter instrument

CODE

DESCRIPTION 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre ISE1/temp 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre2 DO/temp 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre conductivity/temp 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre ISE/ISE/temp 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre ISE/DO/temp 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre ISE/conductivity/temp 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre DO/conductivity/temp 1, 4, 10, 20, or 30 metre: ISE/ISE/DO/ conductivity/temp 1-metre single-junction probe & cable for pH/temp 4-metre single-junction probe & cable for pH/temp 1-metre single-junction probe & cable for ORP/temp 4-metre single-junction probe & cable for ORP/temp 1-metre single-junction probe & cable for pH/ORP/temp 4-metre single-junction probe & cable for pH/ORP/temp Galvanic DO Polarographic DO Self-stirring BOD (2 metre cable included) pH (ISE) ORP (ISE) pH/ORP combination (ISE) Ammonium (ISE) 4 metre 4 Port Probe w/ Cond/Temp probe standard

CODE

DESCRIPTION

605105 Chloride (ISE) 605106 Nitrate (ISE) 3841 1 mg/L ammonium solution (500 mL) 3842 10 mg/L ammonium solution (500 mL) 3843 100 mg/L ammonium solution (500 mL) 3885 1 mg/L nitrate solution (500 mL) 3886 10 mg/L nitrate solution (500 mL) 3887 100 mg/L nitrate solution (500 mL) 603059 Flow Cell, standard, 203 mL 603077 Flow Cell Kit, 1 or 2 port probe (includes603059 & 603078) 606850 Quatro cable flow cell 603078 Flow Cell adapter, single port (used with 603059) 603056 Flow Cell mounting spike 603075 Carrying Case, soft-sided 603074 Carrying Case, hard sided 603069 Belt Clip 063517 Ultra Clamp 063507 Tripod 603062 Cable Management Kit 605978 Weight, probe/cable, 4.9 oz. 063019 Weight, probe/cable, 24 oz., 3” 605978 Weight, probe/cable, 4.9 oz.

Quatro cable - This multiparameter cable allows the measurement of Temperature, Conductivity, Salinity, Dissolved Oxygen and your choice of any two ISEs - pH, ORP, Ammonium, Nitrate or Chloride. Quatro flow cell: The Quatro flow cell (606850) is available for multiparameter low-flow monitoring.

Dissolved Oxygen probe

ISE Probes, pH, ORP, Ammonium*, Nitrate* or Chloride* * = can only be used in fresh water

Conductivity/Temp probe

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

60510 60520 60530 6051010 6051020 6051030 6052030 605790 605107 605177 605108 605178 605109 605179 605202 605203 605780 605101 605102 605103 605104 605790-4

DATA MANAGER SOFTWARE • New software specifically for YSI Pro-series monitors. • Easy to use, manages all your data. Set up instruments or conduct real time studies. • View graphical and tabular data. • USB connection also powers the instrument.

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 2 6586 4944 E-mail: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

ALPHA PH560 • Compensates variance in measured readings due to temperature fluctuations either automatically or manually. • Can be mounted on the wall or in a control panel. In addition, the IP65 rated housing allows the meter to be installed outdoors or indoors. Mounting accessories are included for both types of mounting. • Unique mode available in the Alpha pH 550 monitor and 560 controller allows the meters to be operated in environments with electrical interferences. Simply configure the meter to the symmetrical mode. • Two switching contacts acting as set-point relays simplify your task of controlling various processes. • Temperature can be monitored by attachment of PT100 temperature probe. • pH range: 0.00-14.00. • pH resolution: 0.01 pH. • pH accuracy: 0.01 pH. • ORP range: -1000 to +1000. • ORP resolution: 1mV. • ORP accuracy ± 1mV. • Temperature: -10°C to 125°C. • Temperature: resolution: 0.01°C. • Temperature: relative accuracy: ±0.5°C.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

EC-ALPHA560 EC-FC79601/01B EC-FC79602-2 EC-FC79602-5 EC-FC-72522/02B EC-FC-72522/05B

pH or ORP and temp monitor/controller 1M ORP probe 2M ORP probe 5M ORP probe 2M pH probe 5M pH probe

5200A RECIRCULATING MONITOR AND CONTROLLER • The 5200A will have all of the features of the 5200 recirculating monitor/controller and more. Extra features such as: • Large graphic display or touch screen display which allows for menu driven operation and supports foreign languages. All parameters displayed simultaneously. • Use images instead of words whenever possible. • All relays can be named by user and their status is displayed by name, eg R1=pH dosing pump, R2= conductivity dosing pump. • No red or green status lights. • Relay status is continuously displayed as an image. • One button press gives system status history. • Non-volatile memory. • No loss of data when power is lost. • AC or DC main power. • Event cascading timers control multiple devices and manage photo period. • Option for internal ethernet device for network communication. • Option for e-modem, can send email alarms directly from instrument. • Network speed is 20 times faster. • Improved diagnostic capability. • Enhanced event logging capability. • Expandable I/O with relays and 4/20 mA outputs/inputs. • AquaManager will have expanded graphic interface capability with larger library of devices to choose from. • New look packaging. • Comes with conditional feed timer utilizing feedsmart software which manages feed delivery based on user selectable inputs for the number of daily feeds, daily feedweights, total biomass and food conversion ratios. • Send SMS/email via IP modem or serial connection to ethernet device with or without Aquamanager. • Can be used with radio communication (spread spectrum) to send data wirelessly.

CODE 5200-02 5562-4 5565 5402 5403 5909

DESCRIPTION 5200A recirculating monitor and controller 4m DO/Conductivity/Temperature cable pH/ORP combo probe Serial to Ethernet Module IP phone Modem Module DO cap membrane kit 2 Mil PE for 5200A 5400 poarographic DO probe (6 caps and solution)

Cables also available in 10m and 20m lengths. Replace the 4 metre with the chosen cable length (e.g: 556220 - 20m DO/Conductivty/Temperature cable).

YSI 5400 MULTICHANNEL DISSOLVED OXYGEN MONITOR & CONTROLLER The YSI 5400 is perfectly suited for continuous DO monitoring for multiple sources. Up to 32 instruments can be configured on one local network with each instrument capable of housing up to 8 DO probes in either polarographic or galvanic (4 DO probes will connect directly to the 5400 and another 4 can be supported with the use of an expansion card). 12VDC feature enables the 5400 to be used in live transport applications. System specifications include: • 4 timers – 10 cascading events each start/duration. • 4 feeder timer channels. • 8 internal relays 5amp @ 230volt for control of aerators, pumps, feeders or lights, each with independent set points. • 2 user configurable inputs, 1 analog/digital and 1 digital that could be used for level or pressure. • Unit comes standard with 4 DO inputs. • Cables available in 4,10, 20 or 30 metre lengths. • An additional 4 DO inputs are available by use of expansion card. • Alarming options include SMS and email for up to 3 email addresses. • Permanent data and event logging, non volatile memory with up to 1000 data records and more. • Communication through RS485, IP phone Modem, RS232, Ethernet and radio (spread spectrum, sends RS232 wirelessly). • Use with Aquamanager software for full control and data logging. • Can be used in conjunction with the 5200 (or 5200A) for 24 hour monitoring and control of water quality parameters. • Comes standard with conditional feed timer utilizing feedsmart software which manages feed delivery based on user selectable inputs for the number of daily feedings, daily feed weights, total biomass and feed conversion ratios. • Graphic backlit LCD display. • DO range from 0-500% saturation or 0-60mg/l (ppm). • DO resolution 0.1% or 0.01mg/l (ppm). • Accuracy of ± 2% or ± 0.2mg/l (ppm). • Please contact Aquasonic for application design.

Cables also available in 10m, 20m and 30m lengths. Replace the 4 metre with the chosen cable length (e.g: 5421-20 - 20 metre cable with galvanic DO/Temp).

CODE

DESCRIPTION

5400-02 5420-4 5421-4 5422-4 5402 5403 5405 5406 5909

5400 DO monitor and controller 230 volt / 12VDC 4 metre cable with galvanic DO / no temp 4 metre cable with galvanic DO / Temp 4 metre cable with polarographic DO / Temp Serial to Ethernet Module IP phone Modem Module DO membrane kit 2Mil teflon for 5400 Galvanic probe DO Probe solution for Galvanic probe 450mls DO cap membrane kit 2 Mil PE for 5200A & 5400 parographic DO probe

GLASS DISTILLED WATER CODE

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

ES800 ES805 ES810 ES815

Glass Distilled Water Glass Distilled Water Glass Distilled Water Glass Distilled Water

100ml 250ml 1L 5L

PROBE STORAGE SOLUTION • Increase service life and prevent fouling of probes by storing them in specialised probe storage solution.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

ES414 ES415 ES416

Probe Storage Solution Probe Storage Solution Probe Storage Solution

100ml 250ml 1L

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

YSI 5400 CONT.

CLEANING SOLUTION • For cleaning pH and ORP probes.

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

Probe Cleaning Solution Probe Cleaning Solution Probe Cleaning Solution

100ml 250ml 1L

SALINITY CALIBRATION SOLUTION CODE

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

ES600 ES601 ES602 ES603

Salinity Solution 53.0mS Salinity Solution 53.0mS Salinity Solution 53.0mS Salinity Solution 53.0mS

100ml 250ml 1L 5L

ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS CODE ES710 061320 EC-442-50BT EC-442-300BT EC-442-1000BT

DESCRIPTION Quinhydrone Vial 800mg, mix with pH 4 or 7 to obtain known mV calibration solutions Zobell solution 50ppm TDS/75us calibration solution 100ml 300ppm TDS/449us calibration solution 100ml 1400ppm TDS/1450us calibration solution 100ml

CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS

Calibration solutions give the microprocessor in the pH meter a starting point, most pH meters are calibrated with two of these solutions, usually a pH 7.00 and a pH 4.00. To calibrate a pH meter you have to adjust it to the pH of a known solution. All meters should be calibrated and checked regularly. Without calibration, meters cannot operate accurately.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

ES400 ES401 ES402 ES403 ES404 ES405 ES406 ES407 ES408 ES409 ES410 ES411 ES412 ES413

Calibration Solution pH 7.00 Calibration Solution pH 7.00 Calibration Solution pH 7.00 Calibration Solution pH 7.00 Calibration Solution pH 4.00 Calibration Solution pH 4.00 Calibration Solution pH 4.00 Calibration Solution pH 4.00 Calibration Solution pH 9.00 Calibration Solution pH 9.00 Calibration Solution pH 9.00 Calibration Solution pH 9.00 Calibration Solution pH 10.00 Calibration Solution pH 10.00

100ml 250ml 1L 5L 100ml 250ml 1L 5L 100ml 250ml 1L 5L 100ml 250ml

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE ES417 ES418 ES419

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

SECCHI DISK • Used for measuring viability/turbidity of water • 200mm in diameter • 20 metres of 3mm line supplied with orange float that will keep unit floating if dropped in water.

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

WSC-SD

Economy Secchi Disk

YSI SPARES & CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS CODE

DESCRIPTION

060907 060911 060660 065274 005580

PH/ORP

3167 Conductivity Calibration Solution 1,000uS/cm (570mLs) Freshwater 3168 Conductivity Calibration Solution 10,000uS/cm (570mLs) Brackish water 3169 Conductivity Calibration Solution 50,000uS/cm (570mLs) Sea water 3162 Conductivity Calibration Solution 100,000uS/cm supersaturated seawater 5580 Confidence Solution, for quick checking of conductivity(uS), ORP(mV) and pH (not to be used for calibration purposes)

SIMULATOR

• Handy, easy-to-use service tool for testing the accuracy of pH meters. • Used for trouble-shooting and fault diagnosis of meters. • Works with most pH/ Redox instruments with BNC connectors. • Comes with a BNC cable and a sturdy rubber boot which doubles up as a stand. • 16 combination values. • pH accuracy ±0.05, mV accuracy ± 2mV. • BNC to BNC cable connector provided.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

EC-PHSIMULATOR

PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 2 6586 4944 E-mail: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

100

pH/ORP electronic simulator

EUTECH CONDUCTIVITY TDS CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS • NaCL - Sodium chloride - 100mL.

CODE EC-CON-84BT EC-CON-100BT EC-CON-500BT EC-CON-1288BT EC-CON-111.8BT

DESCRIPTION 84 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml 100 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml 500 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml 12.88 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml 111.8 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml

EUTECH SALINITY CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS • Salinity solutions for Eutech pens and meters - 100mL.

CODE EC-NACL-5PPT EC-NACL-25PPT EC-NACL-45PPT

DESCRIPTION 5ppt salinity calibration solution 25ppt salinity calibration solution 45ppt salinity calibration solution

ASK FOR YOUR FREE DISSOLVED OXYGEN HANDBOOK

• This excellent microscope consists of a colour zoom CMOS video camera mounted in a microscope styled housing. • Connects to a PC via USB connection. • Up to 640 x 480 image resolution. • 5x optical zoom, with maximum magnification x 130. • 30fps maximum video frame rate.

CODE QC-3244

DESCRIPTION USB Digital Microscope Camera System

N-117M BIOLOGICAL BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE • Adjustable binocular eyepiece 30° incline. • 10x/18 eyepiece.• Achromatic objectives in 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x.• Double layer mechanical stage 132mm x 142mm/75mm x 40mm.• Coaxial course and fine adjustment capabilities down to 0.004mm.• Iris condensor with diaphram and filter.• 3 watt LED and halogen lamp (6v/20W) combination with adjustable illumination.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

N-117

Binocular biological microscope

N-800M LABORATORY TRINOCULAR BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE WITH CAMERA ATTACHMENT • Adjustable binocular eyepiece 30° incline.• Double layer mechanical stage 185mm x 142mm/75mm x 55mm. • Infinite plan achromatic objectives in 4x, 10x, 40x and 100mm. • Extra wide field eyepiece 10x/22. • Trinocular head for camera attachment. • External illumination, halogen lamp 6v/30W.

CODE N-800M

LABORATORY & MISCELLANEOUS

LABORATORY USB DIGITAL MICROSCOPE CAMERA

DESCRIPTION Trinocular Biological Microscope

NTB-1A STEREO BINOCULAR DISSECTING MICROSCOPE CODE NTB-1A

DESCRIPTION Stereo binocular dissecting microscope

XPS-102B MONOCULAR BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE • Adjustable monocular eyepiece 45° inclined, 360° rotatable. • Wide field eyepiece 10x/18x. • Achromatic objectives in 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x. • Double layer mechanical stage 120mm x. 130mm/60mm x 30mm. • Iris condenser with diaphragm and filter. • Built in 220v/15W incandesent lamp. • Separate coaxial. Coarse and fine adjustment.

CODE XPS-102B

DESCRIPTION Monocular biological microscope

XSZ-N107CCD TRINOCULAR LABORATORY BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE – CAMERA ATTACHMENT READY • Wide field eyepiece 10x/18x, 16x/11x. • Achromatic objective 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x. • Camera C mount attachment • Single layer mechanical stage 140mm x 140mm/ 75mm x 50mm. • Coaxial coarse and fine adjustment, 0.002mm divisions. • Iris Abbe Condenser with diaphragm and filter. • Built in illumination by 6V/20W halogen lamp.

CODE XSZ-N107CCD

DESCRIPTION Trinocular Laboratory Biological Microscope

MICROSCOPE COVER SLIPS • 22mm x 22mm plain square glass slips. • Suitable for use with the MS50 slides.

CODE MCS100

DESCRIPTION Microscope Cover Slips pkt of 100

MICROSCOPE SLIDES • Clear glass slides with ground edges. • Slides are 25mm x 75mm x 1.2mm thick. • Pack of 50.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

MS50

Microscope Slides pkt of 50

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Adjustable binocular eyepiece. • 5x/20x eyepiece. • Zoom objective 1x - 4x. • 6v/20W halogen lamp (transmitted). • 6v/20W halogen lamp with reflector.

MICROSCOPE CASE • Easy storage of slides. • Ideal protection for your microscope slides. • Slides and cover slips not included.

CODE M90

DESCRIPTION Microscope Case

DEPRESSION SLIDES PK12 Perfect for observing cultures and liquids for microscopic examination. • View pond, swamp, dam water and other low viscous fluids with ease using these well or depression slides.• The slight depression on these slides contains the liquid on the slide and prevents the specimen from rolling off.

CODE WSCD10 WSCD20

DESCRIPTION Depression Slides Single Depression Slides Double

101

LABORATORY & MISCELLANEOUS

SEDGEWICK RAFTER CELL-GRIDDED These cells are commonly used for counting zooplankton. • Each cell consists of a rectangular frame mounted on a slide and includes one cover slip. • Cell size is 50 mm x 20 mm x 1 mm and volume is 1.0 mL. • Cells are available in glass and contain a grid subdivided into microlitres, allowing the user to count more accurately.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

WSC-G20 WSCD20

Sedgewick Rafter Cell-gridded. Depression Slides Double

HEMACYTOMETER COVERSLIPS PK10 Pack of 10 coverslips designed for use with our 1804-H10 Hemacytometer. 22 mm x 22mm.

CODE

DESCRIPTION Hemacytometer Coverslips Pk10

WSC-H12

HAEMOCYTOMETER • Count algae cells, blood cells and other small items. • Made in USA

CODE IM717805 267135

DESCRIPTION Heamocytometer Replacement Cover Slips for the IM717805

HEMACYTOMETER DOUBLE RULED This hemacytometer/cell counter is useful for counting very small plankton. The counting chamber features Neubauer improved, double net ruling, dark-lined and without clamps. Each set contains the following: one counting chamber, two coverslips, two diluting pipettes, and two silicone rubber tubing pieces that have mouth piece attachments. The tubing is approximately 16 mm long. The hemacytometer is contained in a plastic case for easy transport.

CODE WSC-H10

PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 93 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 1 2 65 6586 86 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

102

DESCRIPTION Hemacytometer Double Ruled

DISSECTING KIT • Two dissecting needles. • Probe with eye. • Scissors sharp/sharp. • Scissors sharp/blunt. • Forceps blunt/sharp straight. • Forceps sharp curved. • Scalpel plus handle. with interchangeable blade. • Hook with chain. • This will last you for years.

CODE DK

DESCRIPTION Dissecting kit in Zipped Case

DISSECTING TRAY • Inexpensive, polyethylene dissecting trays. • Includes a long-lasting vinyl pad. • Great for use in labs and with juvenile fish.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

DT9003

Dissecting Tray

ERLENMEYER FLASKS • Moulded polypropylene transparent flasks. • Autoclavable and chemically resistant.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

EF250 EF500

Erlenmeyer Flask 250mL Erlenmeyer Flask 500mL

MEASURING CYLINDERS • Moulded polypropylene transparent flasks. • Autoclavable and chemically resistant. • Permanently moulded graduations.

CODE MC50 MC100 MC250

DESCRIPTION Measuring Cylinder 50mL Measuring Cylinder 100mL Measuring Cylinder 250mL

GRADUATED JUGS WITH HANDLE • Polypropylene transparent graduated jugs. • Ideal for liquid dispensing.

CODE JG1 JG5

DESCRIPTION Jug Grad. 1000mL Polypropylene Jug Grad. 5000mL Polypropylene

30ML MEASURING CUP • Inexpensive measuring cup. • Perfect for measuring medications, liquid plant food etc.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

TK596

Spare 30mL Measuring cups

GRADUATED BEAKERS • Graduated polypropylene beakers. • Autoclavable.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

BK50 BK250 BK1

Beaker 50mL Polypropylene Beaker 250mL Polypropylene Beaker 1L Polypropylene

LABORATORY & MISCELLANEOUS

ZOOPLANKTON COUNTING WHEEL • Especially suited to low powered microscopes. • Holds 5 to 10ml samples in the trough. • Zooplankton are counted as the wheel is turned, making it easy and accurate.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

181080

Zooplankton Counting Wheel

HAND COUNTER • Easily fits in the hand to be operated by the thumb.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

M42

Hand Counter

SYRINGES CODE

DESCRIPTION

SY1 SY25

1ml Syringe - 0.1m Graduations 25ml Syringe - 1ml Graduations

TRANSFER PIPETTES • Made from polypropylene. • 0.5ml moulded graduations for easy use.

CODE TP20 TP50

DESCRIPTION 3ml Graduated Transfer Pipettes pkt of 20 3ml Graduated Transfer Pipettes pkt of 50

AQUATIC PIPETTES This aquatic pipette is useful for collecting bottom organisms in the field or for transferring organisms for study in the Laboratory. The clear plastic tube is marked in mL and ounces. • It comes with a cleaning brush. • The total volume of the pipette is 30 mL.

CODE

DESCRIPTION Aquatic Pipette 30ml

WSC-P35

These disposable Petri dishes are 90mm x 15mm in size and made from polystyrene.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PD20

Petri Dishes pkt of 20

LATEX GLOVES • Strong latex gloves in large size.

CODE LATEX

DESCRIPTION Latex Disposable Gloves (100/pkt, Large)

WEIGHING PANS CODE WP2 WP3

DESCRIPTION Medium Weighing Pan (10 pack) Large Weighing Pan (10 pack)

BACTERIA FILTER •Reusable or throw away. Filters air for use with single species algae culture, artemia and rotifers, bio-assay work, experiments, etc. • Filtering down to 0.3 Microns. • 6-8mm Hose barb connection.

CODE FL2

DESCRIPTION 0.3micron Bacteria Air Filter

DIY CORAL PROPAGATION KIT • 15cm long Bone Cutter stainless steel. • 15cm long Soft Coral tissue cutting scissors stainless steel. • 15cm forceps stainless steel. • Bottle of Cyanoacrylate Reef Glue GEL (28g) • Includes a bag of 25 small aragonite coral plugs.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

OW61748

Propagation kit

PREMIUM DIY CORAL PROPAGATION KIT • 15cm long Bone Cutter stainless steel. • 15cm long Soft Coral tissue cutting scissors, stainless steel. • 15cm forceps for specimen handling, stainless steel. • 15cm Coral Scalpel stainless steel with 5 blades. • Bottle of Cyanoacrylate Reef Glue GEL (28g). • Tube of Purple Coralline Reef safe Epoxy (57g). • Includes a bag of 25 small aragonite coral plugs

CODE OW61755

I ( s ( ( ( (

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

PETRI DISHES

DESCRIPTION Premium propagation kit

ULTIMATE DIY CORAL PROPAGATION KIT • 15cm Bone Cutter stainless steel. • 15cm soft Coral tissue scissors stainless steel. • 15cm forceps for specimen handling. • 15cm Coral Scalpel, stainless steel with 5 blades. • Bottle of Cyanoacrylate Reef Glue GEL (28g). • Tube of Purple Coralline Reef Safe Epoxy (57g). • Includes a bag of 25 small aragonite coral plugs. • Velcro roll-up storage case with plenty of extra room and pockets for additional tools that you may have.

CODE OW61755

DESCRIPTION Premium propagation kit

103

LABORATORY & MISCELLANEOUS

SOFT CORAL CUTTING SCISSORS • Coral Cutting Scissors can cut soft corals and plant leaves. • Made with surgical steel, non rusting and hand ground for smooth and sharper cutting.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

OW6CS

Length: 150mm

CORAL SCALPEL • Coral Scalpel for cutting soft corals and plants. • Made with surgical grade stainless steel and slip lock design. • Excellent for finer details and hard to reach areas. 5 blades included.

CODE OW6CSB OW6RSB

DESCRIPTION Scalpel Replacement Blades

STONY CORAL BONE CUTTER • 22mm jaw with slight curve for cutting stony corals. • No wound spring to trap moisture and rust like similar cutters. • Sharp cutting edges minimize crushing and damage to the coral tissue. • A great tool for precisely cutting hard and semi-hard corals.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

OW6BC OW8BC

150mm 200mm

CORAL FORCEPS • Coral Forceps are perfect for specimen handling. • Heavy duty and made with 410-stainless steel. • Serrated points and knurled shanks for excellent grip. • Perfect for handling small delicate coral frags.

CODE

DESCRIPTION 150mm

OW6CF

REEF EPOXY PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 93 3 FAX F AX:: +6 +61 1 2 65 6586 86 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

104

• Reef Safe Epoxy that bonds to just about anything. • Designed to be used for attaching coral frag mounts on live rock. • Works in or out of water. • Safe for all fish, corals and invertebrates in freshwater or marine aquariums. • Hardens in about 5 minutes and fully cures after 45 minutes. • Combined with Reef Glue Gel you can bond, build and hold just about anything in your aquarium. • Available in blue (cures white) and purple (cures purple to look just like corraline algae).

CODE OW182537 OW1872337

DESCRIPTION Reef Epoxy Grey 56g Reef Epoxy Coraline Purple 56g

REEF GLUE GEL • Cyanoacrylate (CA) Reef Glue GEL. • No more messy tubes. • Over 4 times as thick as previous formula! • Super strong triple distilled pure Cyanoacrylate Reef Glue. • Incredible strength • Marine grade. • Clean, clear finish. • Non Toxic 100% reef safe. • Reef Glue GEL is extremely thick.

CODE OW61786

DESCRIPTION Reef Glue GEL 28g

T28 TABLE SCALES • 3-25KG table scales. • 24mm LCD display. • Rechargeable battery powered.

CODE T28-3 T28-6 T28-15 T28-25

DESCRIPTION 3kg Capacity. 0.2g Readability. 6kg Capacity. 0.5g Readability. 15kg Capacity. 1g Readability. 25kg Capacity. 5g Readability.

JW TABLE SCALES • 3-45KG Table Scales. • 52mm LCD display. • Rechargeable battery powered. • Functions include units conversion, parts counting, percentage weighing, check weighing and accumulation.

CODE JW-3 JW-6 JW-15 JW-30 JW- 45

DESCRIPTION 3kg Capacity. 0.1g Readability 6kg Capacity. 0.2g Readability 15kg Capacity. 0.5g Readability 30kg Capacity. 1g Readability 45kg Capacity. 1g Readability

KW PLATFORM SCALES • 60KG or 150KG Capacity. • 24mm LDC display. • High precision accuracy. • Stainless Steel Platform.• Battery or AC Adaptor Power.

CODE KW-60 KW-150

DESCRIPTION 60kg Capacity. 400mm x 300mm Platform 150Kg Capacity. 500mm x 400mm Platform.

VITAMINS VITAMARIN-C • Highly-concentrated Vitamin-C solution. • Buffered; will not impact pH when used as directed. • Associated with improved tissue growth and with aiding the immune system. • Intended to provide benefits to all aquarium inhabitants. • Well suited to use in coral propagation. • Composed of purified water and ultra-high purity ingredients. • Begin by adding 2mL (approximately 16 drops) per 75 litres of water weekly for the first four weeks of use.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

VTC125 VTC250 VTC500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

VTF125

125ml

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

SIZE

CTN

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

PLANKTONIC SUSPENSIONS PHYTOGREEN-S • Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 1 - 2µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Formulated to provide over 1 billion phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNS125 PNS250 PNS500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 1

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNS2 PNS20

2L 20L

4 1

PHYTOGREEN-M • Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 10 - 15µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 650-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNM125 PNM250 PNM500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNM2 PNM20

2L 20L

4 1

PHYTOGOLD-S

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

CODE VTM125 VTM250 VTM500

• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 4 - 10µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 75-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar device. Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PDS125 PDS250 PDS500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PDS2L PDS20L

2L 20L

4 1

105

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

106

PHYTOGOLD-M • Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 8 - 20µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges,tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 50-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid colouration of invertebrates. • Related products: PhytoChrom, PhytoGold-S, PhytoGreen-M and PhytoGreen-S. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNM100 PNM250 PNM500

100ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PNM2L PNM20L

2L 20L

4 1

PHYTOCHROM • Provides 6 types of phytoplankton ranging in size from1 - 30µm. • Ideally sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges,tunicates, tube worms, bryozoans, larval crustaceans and juvenile fishes. • Over 200-million phytoplanton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PCM125 PCM250 PCM500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

PCM2 PCM20

2L 20L

4 1

ZOOPLANKTOS-S • Provides zooplankton and fully-digestible, unhatched eggs ranging in size from 50 - 300µm. • Ideally-sized for many stony corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile fishes etc. • Over four thousand prey per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and fishes. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ZPS125 ZPS250 ZPS500

125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ZPS2L ZPS20L

2L 20L

4 1

ZOOPLANKTOS-M • Provides zooplankton ranging in size from 500 - 1,000µm (1mm). • Ideally-sized for many stony corals, clams, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile fishes, adult planktivorous and microinvertebrate-predatory fishes. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and fishes. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ZPM125 ZPM250 ZPM500 ZPM2L ZPM20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

ZOOPLANKTOS-L • Provides zooplankton ranging in size from 500 - 2,000µm (2mm). • Ideally-sized for many stoney corals, clams, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile fishes etc. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and fishes. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE

SIZE

CTN

ZPL125 ZPL250 ZPL500 ZPL2L ZPL20L

125ml 250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 12 4 1

MACROVORE • Macrodiet for Anemones, LPS Corals & Planktivorous motile invertebrates & fishes. • Suspension of North American marine crustacean roe with a size range of ~0.7 - 1.2 mm. • Fortified with free-form essential amino acids, vitamins important to immune system function, carotenoid-rich oils of marine origin (also rich in omega-3 HUFA) and natural feeding attractants to improve feeding responsiveness in fishes. • Appropriate for feeding anemones, LPS corals, gorgonians and solitary and colonial. polyps, particularly at night when tentacles are extended to maximize chances of prey-capture. • Readily consumed by planktivorous fishes. • Add 2.5ml per 190 litres of aquarium water.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MAV125

125ml

MICROVORE • Suspension of particulate of microencapsulated marine proteins, lipids and carbohydrates fortified with complex and free form amino acids. • Ideal for feeding zooxanthellate & azooxanthellate soft corals, LPS, gorgonians anemones & other solitary & colonal polyps. • Readily eaten by a multitude of reef associated fishes known to feed on food particles drifting in the water column. • Does not require refrigeration. • Formulated by a marine scientist. • Related product - Reef Snow. • Add 2.5 ml per 225 litres of water in the entire aquarium in an area of rapid water movement every other day for the first four weeks of use. • The dosage may be gradually increased if desired.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MIV250 MIV500 MIV2 MIV20

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

PARTICULATE FOOD SUSPENSIONS

REEF SNOW

CODE

SIZE

CTN

SNO250 SNO500 SNO2 SNO20

250ml 500ml 2L 20L

12 12 4 1

FISH NUTRITION AMINOMEGA • Increases the nutritional value of foods with sources of amino acids, omega-3 and 6 highly unsaturated fatty acids. • Composed of a blend of unique marine fish and crustacean sources. • Does not require refrigeration. • Liquid food suspensions may be fortified by adding 0.5 ml (approximately 4 drops) of Aminomega per 10 ml of food suspension; stir to mix and allow 5 minutes to elapse before feeding.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

AMO60 AMO125 AMO250 AMO500

60ml 125ml 250ml 500ml

12 12 12 12

GARLICPOWER • Delivers the nutritional benefits of raw garlic to fishes primarily by being applied to their food. • Consists solely of extract of raw garlic with a small amount of vitamin C. • Improves the health of fish. • Motivates finicky feeders. • Does not require refrigeration. • Liquid food suspensions may be fortified by adding 1.0 ml (approximately 8 drops) Garlic Powder per 10ml of food suspension, stir to mix and allow 5 minutes to elapse before feeding.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

GAR30 GAR60 GAR125 GAR1000

30ml 60ml 125ml 1L

12 12 12 1

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Liquid suspension. • Replicates marine snow for coral and other suspension feeding organisms. • Complex of carbonate-bound, non-conservative major, minor and trace elements. • Delivers inorganic and organic nutrients required by stoney corals, soft corals, clams etc. • Ideally fed at night when most corals extend their tentacles. • Does not require refrigeration. • Shake product well before using. Turn protein skimmer and other mechanical filtration off prior to adding Reef Snow and allow 10-15 minutes after use before resuming operation of filtration. Add 2.5ml per 190 litres of aquarium water.

107

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

MAXAMINO • Unique complex of 20 free form amino acids in the same ratios found in the tissues of fishes. • Beneficial to all marine, brackish and freshwater fishes. • Increases the protein concentration of fish foods. • Enhances the nutritional value of fish foods. • Acts as a food attractant. • Add 5ml per 225 litres of water in the entire aquarium system daily for the first 4 weeks of use then the dosage may be gradually increased as desired.

CODE

SIZE

CTN

MAX125 MAX250

125ml 250ml

12 12

ANGELIXER • Complex of free form amino acids in the same ratios found within the tissues of sponges. • Utilizes natural attractants and marine derived proteins to improve feeding response and increase protein percentage of fish foods respectively. • Beneficial to all fishes whose diets are in large parts composed of sponges, including angel fishes, butterfly fishes, Moorish Idols, and their respective allies. • Free form amino acids encourage vibrant colouration, provide building blocks of protein in ideal ratios to encourage the formation of new tissue, speeding up growth rates. • Encourages new tissue growth to aid in recovery from wounds incurred during aggressive encounters with tank mates or during spawning periods. • Formulated based upon sponge tissue analysis and marine finfish culture. • Does not require refrigeration.

CODE

SIZE

ANG125 ANG250 ANG1000

125ml 250ml 1L

CTN

CORALIFE TRAP’EM PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3

The fast, efficient way to trap and remove bristle worms from any reef aquarium. • Bristle worms grow and multiply rapidly and must be removed quickly to prevent them from becoming a problem. • They are nocturnal, reclusive animals that hide in the rocks during the day, but come out at night to feed on your corals. • By placing a small amount of bait plankton in the Trap’Em and placing it in your aquarium at night wherever bristle worms seem most active, you can safely and easily remove these pests. • Comes with a sample of Freeze Dried Plankton.

FAX F AX: +61 2 6586 4944

FISH NET BREEDER

Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

108

CODE CA08129

Isolation net, tank for birthing live-bearers and wounded or aggressive fish.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FNS1516 FNS1526

15 x 16cm 15 x 26cm

AUTOMATIC FEEDER Controlled aquarium feeder, suitable for flake and pellets. • Automatic feeding 1 to 4 times daily for heathy fish. • Takes two AA 1.5V batteries (not included).

CODE AF8800

AQUA CHEF AUTOMATIC AQUARIUM FEEDERS • Aqua Chef will automatically feed your fish up to four times per day and also allows you to perform double feedings, which when programmed will occur within 60 seconds of each other. • Manual override button allows immediate feeding with the press of a button. • Has a programmable, digital timer with a large display. • Hopper holds 35 grams of food. • It’s patented design keeps moisture from spoiling the feed while also mixing and crumbling at each feeding. • Dispenses flake, pellets and even crumble. • Includes a mounting bracket, double-sided tape and two AA 1.5V batteries.

1 year warranty. CODE

DESCRIPTION

AQCF

Aqua Chef electronic fish feeder

FISH MATE AQUARIUM FISH FEEDER • The AF7 feeds between 1-4 times per day over a 2 hour period. • Requires one “AA” battery (not included) for quartz timed motor.

CODE AF7

DESCRIPTION Fish Mate Fish Feeder

• Perfect for goldfish ponds, Koi ponds and large aquariums. • Automatic daily feeder (Feeds small amounts over a 5 hour period). • Suitable for all foods from flake to pellets up to 6mm. • Adjustable feed quantity and timing. • Battery included. • Weatherproof. • Average 21 days food capacity. • Versatile fitting bracket included for pole or bracket mounting.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PF21

Fish Mate Pond Feeder

POND AUTOMATIC FEEDER 3L Holds up to 1.8kg of food and feeds up to 8 times per day. • Either allow to hang from a tree branch or stand over the pond edge. • Battery operated. • Takes two C 1.5V batteries (not included) will last approx. 4 months.

CODE AF8801

SCREW FEEDER SYSTEM - FIAP • Used throughout the world in commercial aquaculture facilities. • Extremely well built, durable and designed specifically for both indoor and outdoor aquacultural applications. • Designed for accurate dispensing of feed, they feature rheostat adjustable auger which can be set for speed and duration. • Stainless steel spiral conveys the feed from the hopper to the discharge outlet. • Optional spreading unit located underneath the discharge distributes feed directionally over approximately 10m of the pond or tank. • Available with 10 or 20kg hopper. • Best controlled using the FFAZ Control System (see below).

CODE

DESCRIPTION FFAZ Spiral conveyer w/o spreader incl. 10L hopper FFAZ Spiral conveyer incl. spreader incl. 10L hopper FFAZ Spiral conveyer w/o spreader incl. 20L hopper FFAZ Spiral conveyer incl. spreader incl. 20L hopper

FFAZ ELECTRONIC FEEDING CONTROLLER • The FFAZ Feeding System can be used to operate up to 3 automatic feeders. • Number of feeds and time between feeds are set on the control unit. • Can be driven by either 12/24 DC (battery or transformer) or 230V AC. • The total feed duration per day can be set as required using a time switch, eg. 6am-6pm (such as the MS6110). • Feeding duration - step free 1-88 sec. • Pause - step free 1-99 min. • Operation - step free 1-24hr.

CODE 4051 4052

DESCRIPTION FFAZ Compact Control Unit 12/24V FFAZ Compact Control Unit 230V/12V output

growth rates of as much as 30% have been achieved using demand feeders. • Require no electricity or batteries. • Fish supply the energy, by striking the only moving part, a pendulum that extends into the water to release the feed.

CODE 4006 4000

DESCRIPTION Demand feeder (including 10L hopper) Demand feeder (including 10L)

BELT FEEDERS - FIAP • One of the most reliable and well built models available in the world today. • 12 or 24 hour models available in 3kg or 5kg. • Stainless steel clock mechanisms. • Double gearing. • ABS plastic construction.

CODE FP4300 FP4305 FP4310 FP4320 FP4330 FP4340

DESCRIPTION 12 Hour (3kg) Belt Feeder 24 Hour (3kg) Belt Feeder 12 Hour (5kg) Belt Feeder 24 Hour (5kg) Belt Feeder 12-Hour replacement clock mechanism 24-Hour replacement clock mechanism

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

4285 4280 4044 4041

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

FISH MATE POND FISH FEEDER

VIBRATORY FEEDERS - FIAP • 12 Volt Vibratory feeder by FIAP, excellent for use in hatcheries, small tanks and K oi ponds. • 3L clear hopper holds about 1-2 Kg of 1.7mm dry or moist pellets without clogging and includes a 5m cable and hanger. • Adjustable plate for varying quantity of food dispensed. • Can be used with a range of digital timers depending on accuracy of feeding importance or number of feeders wished to be operated.

CODE 4584 4470

DESCRIPTION Vibratory Feeder (Hatchery/Koi) incl. 3L Hopper Vibratory Feeder (Includes 20L hopper)

109

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

DIGITAL TIMER • 8 ON/OFF per day minimum duration of 1 minute. 7 day programming. • Great for use with feeders such as the FIAP Vibratory feeder. • For use when using a 240/12V transformer or turning on and off lights etc. • 240V operation, max load 10 Amp.

CODE MS6110

MULTI-VOLTAGE BATTERY ELIMINATORS • Multi-voltage (3, 4.5, 6, 7.5, 9 or 12 volt selector switch) battery eliminator includes seven interchangeable plugs so it can be used for a number of different applications.

CODE MP3012 MP3016

DESCRIPTION 0.5 Amp 240V/12V Transformer 1 Amp 240V/12V Transformer

ARVO-TEC T DRUM 2000 FEEDER • One of the most accurate feeders ever made. • The Arvo-Tec Drum feeder has very high accuracy, whilst remaining at a competitive price. • The feeder is multifunctional and is suitable for feeding fry in hatcheries through to grow-out of fish in tanks, ponds and cages. Technical Specifications: • 1, 6 & 10L transparent and 50, 150 and 350L white hoppers. • Standard motor 24 VAC, 7W, 1 or 2 rpm. • Granule/pellet size 0.3-6mm. • Minimum dose of 0.3, 1, 5, 20, 45 or 100gm. • Strong, 316 stainless steel bracket. • Accuracy greater than 98%. • Dosing drums sold separately from feeders.

CODE PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

110

DESCRIPTION Digital timer 8 on/off per day

1000 1060 1061 1062 1063

DESCRIPTION Feeder TD2000 - 24 VAC / 2RPM Dosing Drum 0,3g/24 cups Dosing Drum 1g/24 cups Dosing Drum 5g/12 cups Dosing Drum 20g/8 cups

CODE 1064 1065 1030 1031 1050

DESCRIPTION Dosing Drum 45g/4 cups Dosing Drum 100g/4 cups Hopper, transparent acrylic 5L Hopper, transparent acrylic 9L Hanger bracket for TD2000

ARVO-TEC PROFESSIONAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TD2000 FEEDER/ROBOTIC FEEDER • Individual feeder control for each tank/cage/pond/raceway. • Integrated feeding, measurement, alarm and light dimming control system (optional light dimming control hardware with 1-10 V signal output). • Feeding automatically related to temperature and oxygen using mathematical energy demand model. • Measurements (T, O2, pH, flow, etc.). Oxyguard or other manufacturer’s sensors and system can be linked. • Alarms for measurements and feeding. • Alarms for ON/OFF sensors like water level switch, flow guard, etc. • Any alarm can be defined to stop feeding in emergency cases. • Alarm outputs can be connected to auto dialer or sms mobile phone text message unit. • Up to 32 tanks/feeders (or ponds, raceways, cages) per control unit, up to 30 units in a network (total max. 960 tanks in one system). • 7 measurements to one control computer, max. 60 in the one complete system (10 measurements/unit more with expansion card). • Feeder line supervision system to automatically detect individually for each feeder control line. For example - feeder not connected, fuse broken, cable problem and motor broken. • PC-computer connection for MS Windows (professional and up-to-date way to control your fish farm). • Any alarm can be defined to stop feeding in emergency cases.

CODE 3530 3531 3532 3533

DESCRIPTION Arvotec feeding control unit 8 Arvotec feeding control unit 16 Arvotec feeding control unit 24 Arvotec feeding control unit 32

ARVO-TEC ROBOT FEEDING SYSTEM • Single feeding unit for up to 199 tanks/feeders. • The Arvo-Tec Feeding Robot improves feed efficiency and saves labour time. • One feeding robot supplies many tanks, eliminating the need for a feeder at each tank. • A high feed turnover rate through the hopper eliminates rancidity and other storage problems. Controlled through local programmer or from a PC. Options: • Temperature and Oxygen related feeding with advanced PC control. • “Light” PC connection. • MS Windows connection for PC/infra-red or radio communication with robot. • Automatic refilling system. Technical Specifications: • Travel speed 18m/min (6min/100m). • Battery powered 24 VDC recharges at home-base. • Optical “eye” to avoid collision. • 2 feed types in 50L silos. • Maximum rail length 450m / robot, 199 tanks / robot. • Rail: 80mm steel I, INP80, DIN 1025. • Feeds whilst moving and spreads feed across the tank. .

• High quality, strong design for easy use with feed.• Calibrated to1litre volume • Food safe, made from polypropylene.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

11600

Feed scoop

TUBULAR BIOREACTOR SYSTEM FOR HIGH DENSITY ALGAE PRODUCTION • Ideal for hatcheries through to biofuel. • Uses light to maximum efficiency. • 10 to 20 times greater algae production than bag culture and can be even greater depending on species. • Use indoors or outdoors. • Dramatically reduces labour requirements and eliminates handling problems. • Tube self cleaning mechanisms reduce fouling. • They are closed, controlled, usually automated systems. • Tubes can be joined together and the manifolds stacked making this system highly expandable. The manifold system also reduces the size of pump required to recirculate the algae thus saving both cost and algal damage. • BioFence uses very tough, very clear food grade plastic tubes. Thanks to patented special cleaning beads that continuously circulate with the algae, the tubes are self cleaning. This enables the system to be run for extended periods without culture crashes or cleaning. • Tubes can be mounted vertically in a fence-like arrangement, horizontally on the ground or at an angle on a roof. They take up a lot less room than other growing methods and are growing algae at a much higher concentration. • An array of tubes 10 m x 1.8 m produces the equivalent of 2000 litres of bag strength algae per day. • Because the BioFence is automatically controlled and delivers algae either continuously or at set intervals it requires very little attention. A cell count once a day should suffice. Algae can be delivered either directly to where it will be used or into easily handled containers. • Systems are tailored to your application for continuous algae production, Contact Aquasonic for prices and information.

CODE

DESCRIPTION Varicon 200L/day (photostage 2.8mL x 2.8mH + tank 500L) Varicon 400L/day (photostage 5.3mL x 2.8mH + tank 500L) Varicon 600L/day (photostage 7.8mL x 2.8mH + tank 500L) Varicon 1200L/day (photostage 10.3mL x 2.8mH + tank 600L) Varicon 2400L/day (Duplex 10.3m double/double photostage x 2.8mH + tank 1200L)

F/2 ALGAE GROWTH FORMULA-CELL-HI F2P Based on the Guillard F/2 formulation (having exactly the same N, P trace element & vitamin content). • This media has a very wide range of applications and is suitable for growing most aquaculture algae. • 1Kg makes 10,000L of culture F2 medium strength.

“GREAT VALUE FOR MONEY” CODE

DESCRIPTION

VF2P1 VF2P18

1 Kg Cell hi F2 Media makes 10,000L Box of 18 x 1Kg bags Cell hi F2 media makes 180,000L

Bulk quantities also available at discount pricing

WALNES ALGAE GROWTH FORMULA-CELL-HI WP Based on the Walnes medium and has exactly the same N, P trace element and vitamin content. • Walnes is particularly good for flagellate algae such as Isochrysis and Tetraselmis cultures. • 1.5Kg makes 10,000L culture medium at Walnes strength.

“GREAT VALUE FOR MONEY” CODE VWP1 VWP18

DESCRIPTION 1 Kg Cell hi WP Media Makes 6,666L Box of 18 x 1Kg bags of Cell hi WP Media Makes 119,988L

Bulk quantities also available at discount pricing

SODIUM METASILICATE Added for culture of diatom algal species at the rate of 30g to 1000L.

CODE VSM0.5 VSM1 VSM10

DESCRIPTION 500g sodium metasilicate 1Kg sodium metasilicate 10Kg sodium metasilicate

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

VBF200 VBF400 VBF600 VBF1200 VBF2400

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

FEED SCOOPS

Other Algal culture materials available

BACTERIA FILTER • Reusable or throw away. filters. • Air used with single species algae culture, artemia and rotifers, bio-assay work, experiments, etc. • Filters down to 0.3 Microns. • 6-8mm hose barb connection.

CODE FL2

DESCRIPTION 0.3micron Bacteria air filter

111

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

SUPER FRESH CHLORELLA V12 Concentrated Algae paste ideal for intensive Rotifer Culture. • Super Fresh Chlorella V12 has been specially formulated for cultivating rotifers. • Each cell of the new Chlorella contains enriched DHA, EPA and Vitamin B12 which is indispensable for cultivating rotifers especially at high densities. • Delivered by air freight to your nearest International Airport, in an insulated foam box with chemical cold keeper. • A fact sheet for Super Fresh Chlorella SV12 is available on request and from the brochures section of Aquasonic’s website.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SV12 Super Fresh Chlorella Multiple of 20L boxes are available at bulk prices.

SIZE 20L

GULF BREEZE GSL ARTEMIA CYSTS Premium Gold Label • Premium grade, highest quality Artemia from the Great Salt Lakes (GSL). • Gulf Breeze Premium Gold Label has an average hatch rate of 90% with an average NPG (Nauplii per gram) count of 250,000. • Gulf Breeze Premium gold label Artemia Cysts have excellent separation with no need for decapsulation.

Grade A Red Label • Grade A high quality Artemia from the Great Salt Lakes (GSL). • Gulf Breeze Red Label has an average hatch rate of 80% with an average NPG (Nauplii per gram) count of 230,000. • Hatch rates of 85% - 88% can be achieved when decapsulation practices are employed.

Siberian Tiger

PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3

• Siberian Tiger Artemia from the vast salt lakes of Siberia. • Named "Artemia Parthogenetica", this species is very similar to Artemia from the Great Salt Lakes. • Hatch rates range from 85% to 90+% with NPG(Nauplii per gram) counts averaging 200,000.

FAX F AX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

112

CODE BSE-7 BSC010 BSC020 BSC020B BSC030 BSC040 BSC040B BSC050 BSC060 BSC060B

DESCRIPTION Brine Shrimp Eggs small vial with spoon Gulf Breeze Premium GSL 90% artemia Gulf Breeze Premium GSL 90% artemia Gulf Breeze Premium GSL 90% artemia Gulf Breeze Grade A GSL 80% artemia Gulf Breeze Grade A GSL 80% artemia Gulf Breeze Grade A GSL 80% artemia Gulf Breeze Siberian Tiger 87% artemia Gulf Breeze Siberian Tiger 87% artemia Gulf Breeze Siberian Tiger 87% artemia

SIZE 7g 425gm can Case of 12x425gm can 10+ cases 425gmcan Case of 12x425gm cans 10+ cases 425gmcan Case of 12x425gm cans 10+ cases

BRINE SHRIMP HATCHERS BS25 - Small brine shrimp hatcher. • 2.5L moulded acrylic hatcher. Ideal for small hatcheries, ornamental fish farms and hobbyists. • Hatches up to 2 tablespoons of brine shrimp eggs. • Includes moulded drain valve, airline, rigid delivery tube, air valve & collection cup with sturdy plastic stand. All you need is an air pump. BSCHV - Aquasonic brine shrimp hatcher. • Artemia hatching unit which holds 15L and is capable of hatching approximately 10-15 tablespoons of artemia cysts. • Features a built in ball valve for easy harvesting. Made from acrylic and comes with its own PVC stand. Australian made by Aquasonic. CCH1 & CCH2 - Aquatic habitats brine shrimp hatcher • 19 litre brine shrimp hatcher, made from moulded polycarbonate. • Can be used for hatching Rotifers and Artemia. • Includes clear lid, rigid air tube, 2.4m of aquarium tubing and drain valve. • Hatches up to 20 tablespoons of cysts in water. • Optional stand is 480mm high and features a bottom access port to the drain valve.

BS25

BSCHV

CODE BS25 BSCHV CCH1 CCH2

DESCRIPTION 2.5 Litre brine shrimp hatcher with stand 15 Litre brine shrimp hatcher acrylic vessel and PVC stand Hatching vessel, holds 19 litres brine shrimp hatcher, moulded polycarbonate vessel and lid HDPE stand for CCH1

CCH2

ARTEMIA/FISH HATCHING & REARING TANK • Fibreglass conical based tank ideal for live feed production egg hatching and larval rearing for many fish, molluscs and crustaceans. • Centre bottom outlet with moulded stand with optional inclusion of a perspex viewing window vertically with the height of the tank. • Colour white. Other colours available on request.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FHRT

Artemia or fish hatching & rearing tank, holds 400 litres, conical base, fibreglass Tank,1350mm (H) x 700mm (D), 35° taper Optional viewing window

FHRTO

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

ROTIFER RECIRCULATION SYSTEM • Designed to culture a continuous supply of high density rotifers. • Labour efficient method of producing high numbers of rotifers. • Capacity to produce rotifers at densities between 1000-5000/ml. • Has the potential to harvest 500 Million rotifers a day. The Rotifer Recirculation System consists of a 200L culture tank, 2 x internal screened standpipes, filter screens, moving bed biological filter, foam fractionator, air pump, 600W heater with thermostat, peristaltic dosing pump with timer and stainless steel stand. Optional extras include: additional screened standpipes and filter screens, harvest screen, YSI water quality monitor, ozone generator, ORP monitor and controller.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

RRS

Rotifer recirc system

OTOHIME HIRAME • Premium Japanese manufactured larval fish diet. • Currently recognised as one of the worlds best larval fin fish diets. • Commercially used to culture many species in Australia and overseas such as Barramundi, Yellowtail Kingfish, Tuna, Red Sea Bream, Flatfish, Sturgeon and many Australian native freshwater and marine species including ornamental species. • Balanced diet ideally suited for virtually all fin fish species. • You will be amazed with the cleanliness of your larval system using this feed. • Small packet sizes to keep freshness. • Multiple sizes from 250 micron to 2.3mm to suit your larval fish requirements. • Highest quality ingredients, using advanced manufacturing technology. • Colour enhancement.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

PACKAGE SIZE

Fin fish larval diet Fin fish larval diet Fin fish larval diet Fin fish larval diet Fin fish larval diet Fin fish larval diet Fin fish larval diet Fin fish larval diet Fin fish larval diet

<250µm <360µm 360-650µm 580 - 840µm 840-1410µm 610 - 1410mm 920 - 1800mm 1.5mm 2.3mm

1Kg Foil Pack 2Kg Foil Pack 2Kg Foil Pack 2Kg Foil Pack 2Kg Foil Pack 2Kg Foil Pack 2Kg Foil Pack 5Kg Plastic Pack 20Kg Paper Bag.

AQUASONIC’S “PLATINUM” AQUARIUM FISH FOOD • Superior growth rate. • Natural Astaxanthin for colour enhancement. • Excellent water stability, keeps it’s shape in the water for a long period of time. • Accepted by most species of fish. It contains a range of natural attractants designed to entice even the most finicky eaters. • Nutritionally balanced and highly digestible. • Available in 3 pellet sizes. • Used world wide by hatcheries of many different species of fish. • Suitable for all fish species as part of a balanced diet. • Contains the highest quality ingredients and high quantities of Krill (extremely high in Astaxanthin), fish and squid meal for better colour enhancement and nutrition.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PPFF1S PFF1M PFF1L PPFF1.5S PFF1.5M PFF1.5L PFF2S PFF2M PFF2L

PELLET SIZE

SIZE

Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1mm Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1mm Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1mm Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1.5mm Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1.5mm Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1.5mm Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 2mm Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 2mm Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 2mm

PROTEIN% MIN

0.61 - 1.41mm 53

15gm 120gm 180gm 10gm 100gm 160gm 15gm 120gm 180gm

FAT% MIN

FIBRE% MAX

ASH% MAX

CALCIUM% MIN

PHOS PHOSPHORUS% OSPHOR ORUS% % MIN

2.3

1.5

1.5mm

2.5

1.5

2.3mm

2.5

1.5

HATCHING JAR • Clear, high-impact, all plastic egg hatching jar, complete with a screen that prevents egg loss. • When the fish hatch, take out the screen and let the fish swim out. Can be used for many different types of fish. • Height: 45.7cm. Diameter: 16cm.Volume: 8 litres for approximately 40,000 eggs. • An all plastic jar hanger allows the hatching jar (J30) to be used without a bench or a separate stand. • Made in USA. • Aquasonic can design and size hatching systems utilizing these hatching jars.

CODE J30 JH J6 J8

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

OTOHIME A OTOHIME B1 OTOHIME B2 OTOHIME C1 OTOHIME C2 OTOHIME S1 OTOHIME S2 OTOHIME EP1 OTOHIME EP2

DESCRIPTION Hatching jar - suggested flow rate is 5-20 lpm Hatching jar hanger Replacement tube Replacement screen

113

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3 FAX F AX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

114

AQUASONIC EGG UP-WELLER INCUBATOR • The Aquasonic egg upweller incubator is ideal for salmonoid egg incubation. The upwelling action creates optimum conditions for incubating and hatching eggs eliminating dead areas and producing healthy fry with low labour/maintenance requirements. With a water volume of 25L resulting in it being capable of incubating approximately 220,000 Trout eggs. The perforated plate facilitates even water flow to eliminate dead spots. Recommended water flow rate of 18LPM (flow rates may vary based on different species egg requirements). Made from clear acrylic allows visual observation. Dead eggs can be easily removed at the incubator surface. Free standing design and able to be dismantled for cleaning, custom configuration and orientation for plumbing arrangements. Overall height is 1240mm and diameter 300mm. 25mm inlet and 40mm outlet overflow.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

E125

Hatching jar - suggested flow rate is 18 lpm

INCUBATING TRAYS AND INSERTS • Material is glass fibre. • Robust design. • inside plane surface. • Includes pipe outlet. • Egg inserts with integrated stainless steel sieves. • Inserts in hole size 1.1 - 1.5 - 1.75mm available. • High quality outlet sieve. • infused in plastic frame. • Hole size 1.75mm. • Stainless steel underframe for incubating trays. • Working height 80cm.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

3110 3130 3147 3146 3140 3142 3121 3131

Incubating tray 4-fold Incubating tray 7-fold Egg insert extra fine Egg insert fine Egg insert standard Outlet sieve Underframe stainless steel for 4-fold tray Underframe stainless steel for 7-fold tray

DIMENSIONS/HOLE SIZE 200 x 44 x 17 cm 360 x 44 x 17 cm 1,1 mm 1,5 mm 1,75mm 1,75 mm

VAN GAALEN FISH EGG SORTER • Using a patented standard disk, the Van Gaalen Egg Sorter will sort trout eggs from 150 to 500 per 23grams, or if equipt with the Salmon disk, it will sort any size Salmon egg. Best of all, you never have to change disks to handle different sized eggs. • Safe and Versatile - the Van Gaalen Fish Egg Sorter is used all around the world and will accommodate any local voltage. Standard voltage is 12V DC • Patented technology uses fibre optics & modulated infrared light to scan the egg and assure you of the highest level of accuracy. Our customers regularly report 98-99% accuracy. • Egg Counts are accurate with both live and dead egg counters incorporated. • Sorts 100,000 trout eggs per hour. • New low price model available has all the same features, just without the counting function.

CODE ES1 ES2

DESCRIPTION Van Gaalen Egg Sorter Van Gaalen Egg Sorter without counting function

PLASTIC TWEEZER CUPPED • Specifically designed for picking up Trout and Salmon eggs for sorting.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

3008

Plastic tweezer cupped for egg

TROUT AND SALMON EGG COUNTING PLATES • Quick and easy counting devices for counting eggs. • Cupped holes are sized to allow eggs to nestle individually for accuracy.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

3006 3007

Egg counting plate for 100 eggs Egg counting plate for 250 eggs

PIPETTE WITH SUCTION BALL • These pipettes are sized to enable eggs to be sucked up quickly and easily.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

3005 3009

Pipette 6mm w/suction ball Pipette 7mm w/suction ball

FISH MEASURING BOARD Large fish measuring board • Measure fish quickly and accurately in the field or Lab. • Made of acrylic and brass with clear plastic overlay • Brass arm, bearing and rod are precision machined for accuracy. • Measures 76cmL x 23cmW with a lip on 3 sides. • Measures 0-750mm long fish.

MODEL WSC-E40 WSC-B30 WSC-L10

DESCRIPTION Small fish measuring Board Large Fish measuring board Overlay for Large Fish Measuring Board metric/english

Small fish measuring board • Lightweight and economical, made from white PVC. • Built in handle with raised lip for positioning fish • Measures in inches and centimeters printed on in high resolution black. • 38cm long, reads fish up to 36cm long

• Tags fish to check growth rates or for breeding purposes. • Use to distinguish male from female fish, brood stock, mark genetic strains or individual fish. • Fish tags are the best way to identify individual fish. Easy to insert, cause minimal stress and can remain in the fish for years. • Available in nine colours, we offer the popular T-bar anchor style. • The tagging gun uses a needle to insert the tags to a depth of 16mm.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FFT1 FFT2 FFT3 FFT4 FFT5 FFT6 FFT7 FFT8 FFT9 TG TGN TGS

100 Light Blue 100 Dark Blue 100 Yellow 100 Red 100 Brown 100 Orange 100 Dark Green 100 Pink 100 Clear Tagging Gun Replacement Needle Needle Sharpener

TEFLON CATHETER TUBING

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

FISH TAGS

• Used for sampling egg stage development in brood stock. • Has a wall thickness of 0.15 mm (150 microns) and is safer than glass capillary tubes.

CODE

I.D.

O.D.

TT86 TT97 TT119 TT173

0.86 0.97 1.19 1.73

1.16 1.27 1.49 2.03

• No more sore fingers! This handy tool is fast and easy to use to band bags. • Using extra heavy-duty rubber bands, this tool seals oxygen-filled bags in one quick motion.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FBT FBT1

Banding tool Replacement bands, 100 pack

FISH GRADERS • Fully adjustable in seconds, with no tools required. • The Mag and Super Mag Graders adjust on the spot to size fish by width. • Grades adjust accurately from 0 up to 35mm width, with up to 50 divisions in between. • Floating design and rolling bars in the Mag series graders allow for easier use and safe passage of fish as grading is performed in water. • The sturdy aluminium construction will last for years • Made in USA.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FFMG

Box Size: 38 x 44 x 29cm, Depth to Bars: 19cm, Grading Range: 6.25mm to 28mm, Divisions: 30 Box Size: 38 x 44 x 29cm, Depth to Bars: 19cm, Grading Range: 0 to 14mm, Divisions: 20 Supermag Grader, Box Size: 53 x 71 x 41cm, Depth to Bars: 28cm, Grading Range: 4 to 35mm, Divisions: 50

FFMG00 FFSG

CERAMIC CORAL FRAG PLUGS SMALL AND LARGE • Perfect for the propagation or fragging of hard and soft branching corals. • Small: 22mm Crown, 10mm plug Large: Larger Plug, 25mm high with larger 30mm crown, both have 10mm plug that fits perfectly into standard egg crate or into cracks and crevices of live rock

CODE OW62110 OW62127

DESCRIPTION Frag Plugs Ceramic Sm 25pc Frag Plugs Ceramic Lge 20pc

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

FISH BAG BANDING TOOL

CERAMIC CORAL FRAG DISCS SMALL AND LARGE • Perfect for the propagation or fragging of hard and soft branching corals such as Acropora, Birdsnest, Montipora, Kenya Trees, Xenia, etc. • Small: 30mm diameter, 6mm thick large: 40mm diameter, 10mm thick discs for attaching directly to live rock. • Made from ceramic. • 100% inert, super strong.

CODE OW62134 OW62141

DESCRIPTION Frag Discs Ceramic Sm 20pc Frag Discs Ceramic Lge 15pc

115

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

CERAMIC REEF TILES • Designed to sit directly next to each other with no gaps between the tiles allowing corals to grow and spread across them for easy propagation. • Simply tile the bottom of your frag tank and in no time you will have many frags ready for sale with no effort at all. • Remove the tile with the frag on it and replace it with a new tile. • The simplest and easiest way to catch all those loose frags with no effort. • Approximate size 30mm x 30mm x 10mm thick.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

OW62158

20 ceramic reef tiles

N52 V2 MAG RACK The most versatile MAG rack on the market today. • Works will ALL frag plug sizes. • Made with N52 grade neodymium magnets. • Thin plate (65mm). • Stabilizer legs to prevent the rack from tipping forward. • Made from injection moulded aquarium grade ABS plastic. • Epoxy coated internal magnets sealed into pockets that will never rust or be exposed to saltwater. • External magnets plastic coated.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

OW63162 OWNS2RM

Mag Rack Replacement Magnet

CORAL FRAG PLUGS SMALL AND LARGE • Perfect for the propagation or fragging of hard and soft branching corals. • Small: 22mm Crown, 10mm plug Large: Larger Plug, 25mm high with larger 30mm crown, both have 10mm plug that fits perfectly into standard egg crate or into cracks and crevices of live rock. • Made from fused, special white, natural calcium based coral sand.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

CORAL FRAG DISCS SMALL AND LARGE

FAX F AX: +61 2 6586 4944

Frag Plugs Aragonite Sm 25pc Frag Plugs Aragonite Sm 100pc Frag Plugs Aragonite Lge 20pc Frag Plugs Aragonite Lge 100pc

PH:: + 61 2 6 PH 65 5 86 4 493 933 3

OW61113 OW100CFP OW61175 OW100LCFP

OW61151 OW100CFD OW61700 OW50LCFD

• Perfect for the propagation or fragging of hard and soft branching coral. • Small: 30mm diameter, 6mm thick Large: 40mm diameter, 10mm thick discs for attaching directly to live rock. • Made from fused, special white, natural calcium based coral sand, shown to speed the spread of coraline algae and coral growth in fragged and propagated coral.

CODE

CORAL FRAG ROCKS

Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au

•Designed to be more attractive than disk or plugs by having varying shape and height giving a more natural look. • Secure flat bottom so they do not roll around or move easily. • Measure approx. 50mm in size and approx. 12mm thick.

CODE OW61182 OW50CFR

DESCRIPTION Frag Rocks 10pc Frag Rocks 50pc

CORAL FRAG TILES

WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

• Designed to sit directly next to each other with no gaps between the tiles allowing corals to grow and spread across them for easy propagation. • Simply tile the bottom of your frag tank and in no time you will have many frags ready for sale with no effort at all. • Remove the tile with the frag on it and replace it with a new tile. • The simplest and easiest way to catch all those loose frags with no effort. • Approximate size 30mm x 30mm x 10mm thick.

CODE OW61120 OW100CFT

DESCRIPTION Coral Frag Tiles Aragonite 20pc Coral Frag Tiles Aragonite 100pc

CORAL FRAG MAG DISCS • Secure your new coral frags to the sides or on the back or on overflows of the tank. • Made with super strong epoxy coated Neodymium magnets. • Works on tanks with a wall thickness up to 10mm.

CODE OW63124

116

DESCRIPTION Frag Discs Aragonite Sm 20pc Frag Discs Aragonite Sm 100pc Frag Discs Aragonite Lge 15pc Frag Discs Aragonite Lge 50pc

DESCRIPTION Frag Disks Aragonite Magnetic 4pc

• Available in both diamond and square configurations. • Available per metre, simply add PM to the code. • Lightweight, strong and durable. • Constructed of aquaculture and aquarium safe materials. • UV stabilized. • Used for cages, traps, trays, dividers, screens, tank covers and fences.

K027499

K027505

K0830116

K027512

K072475

K830113

K082009

K072741

DIAMOND MESH CODE

SIZE

K027499 K027505 K027512 K072475 K082009 K072741

Diamond mesh 4mm heavy rigid 915mm W x 30m L Diamond mesh 7mm low profile 915mm W x 50m L Diamond mesh 7mm heavy rigid 915mm W x 30m L Diamond mesh 13mm low profile 915mm W x 50m L Diamond mesh 15mm heavy rigid 915mm W x 50m L Diamond mesh 17mm low profile 915mm W x 50m L

SQUARE MESH CODE

MESH, NETS AND NETTING

MESH EXTRUDED MESH

K830100

SIZE

K830116 K830113 K830100

Square mesh 6mm 915mm W x 30mL Square mesh 10mm 915mm W x 30mL Square mesh 20mm 915mm W x 30mL

SEMI-RIGID FINE MESH NETTING

CODE

HOLE SIZE (MM)

XN6070PM XN6070 XV3019PM XV3019 XN3234PM XN3234

ROLL SIZE (M)

0.5 0.5 0.762 0.762 1.5 1.5

Per metre 1.1 x 15 Per metre 1.2 x 15 Per metre 1.05 x 15

XN-3019

XN-3234

FS210N

XN-6070

FINE SCREENS • Used for plankton collection (Artemia & Rotifer), particulate filtration (drum filters etc). • Very strong and made from polyester or nylon. • Available by the linear metre.

CODE FS25N FS62P FS210N FS250N FS500N

MESH SIZE 25 micron 62 micron 210 micron 250 micron 500 micron

ROLL SIZE (MM 1,140mm wide Heavy Duty Nylon 1,520mm wide Heavy Duty Polyester 1,540mm wide Nylon 1,420mm wide Heavy Duty Nylon 1,350mm wide Nylon

ROUND MESH TUBE SCREENS • Made from polypropylene and can be used for multiple applications. • Place over outlet pipes to prevent fish escaping. • Houses media such as activated carbon for water treatment. • Ideal for fry and fingerling tanks. • UV stabilized. • Easy to clean. • Range of diameters & mesh. • Great in tanks to stop fish being sucked into filters.

CODE RN2300 RN4430 RN4810 RN2370

DIAMETER TUBE SIZE (MM) 90.7 58 42 34.5

1,220 1,115 1,140 1,070

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

• Square mesh construction consists of integral, bonded joints. • Greater dimensional stability of rigid polypropylene. • Available in 3 different opening hole sizes. • Easily fabricated. • Can be used in a number of applications, e.g. Outlet screens, barriers, dividers for small fish and fingerlings, etc.

HOLE SIZE (MM) app 5mm x 3mm naturall app 5mm x 3mm natural app 6mm x 6mm natural app 4.35mm x 2.9mm natural

117

MESH, NETS AND NETTING

BRINE SHRIMP NET • Fine nylon mesh (350 microns). • Vinyl coated handle. • Ideal for catching brine shrimp and fish larvae. • Frame size 101.6mm x 76.2mm.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

BSN1

Brine Shrimp Net

PICKING NETS • High quality handmade nets are popular with tropical fish farmers and fish hatcheries. • Frames are non-rusting 4mm diameter wire. • Hardwood handles are 30cm long, 15mm in diameter. • Hanging eyelets. • Fine mesh netting approx. 794 microns.

CODE PN6F PN8F PN10F PN12F PN14F PN16F

DESCRIPTION 10cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 15x10cm Frame - Fine 18cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 20x15cm Frame - Fine 20cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 25x18cm Frame - Fine 22cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 30x25cm Frame - Fine 22cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 35x25cm Frame - Fine 22cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 40x28cm Frame - Fine

EXTENSION HANDLE NETS • Made of knot-less mesh that reduces damage to fish.• Includes a handle that extends to 720mm PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

CODE

DESCRIPTION

10172

30cm x 20cm with 16cm handle

FINE MESH SMALL NETS • Strong plastic coated 3 wrap wire handles. • Use in hatchery or aquarium for delicate species.

CODE

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

FN-0201F FN-0203F FN-0206F FN-0208F

COARSE MESH SMALL NETS • Strong plastic coated 3 wrap wire handles. • Use in hatchery or aquarium for delicate species. • Coarse mesh.

sales@aquasonic.com.au

CODE FN-0201C FN-0203C FN-0206C FN-0208C

DESCRIPTION 3” Bag, 9.5” Handle, 2.5”x 3” Frame - Coarse 5” Bag, 11” Handle, 4”x 5” Frame - Coarse 8” Bag, 13.5” Handle, 6.5” x 8” Frame - Coarse 10” Bag, 14” Handle, 7.5”x 10” Frame - Coarse

DURABLE METAL HANDLE NETS • Strong knot less black mesh.

www.aquasonic.com.au

CODE FN-0704 FN-0705 FN-0706 FN-0707 FN-0708

DESCRIPTION 6” Bag, 18” Handle, 5”x 6” Frame 8” Bag, 18” Handle, 8”x 6.5” Frame 10” Bag, 18” Handle, 10” x 8.5” Frame 12” Bag, 18” Handle, 12”x 9.5” Frame 14” Bag, 18” Handle, 14” x 11” Frame

POND, KOI, FISHING NETS • Strong knot less black mesh. • Handles are sold separately and are interchangeable. • Strong aluminium frame with monorail construction.

CODE FN-0501 FN-0601

118

DESCRIPTION 3” Bag, 9.5” Handle, 2.5”x 3” Frame - Fine 5” Bag, 11” Handle, 4”x 5” Frame - Fine 8” Bag, 13.5” Handle, 6.5” x 8” Frame - Fine 10” Bag, 14” Handle, 7.5”x 10” Frame - Fine

DESCRIPTION 12” Bag, 12”x 12” Frame 12” Round

• Strong knot-less black mesh. • 3 mm mesh light weight. • Monorail construction with interchangeable handles sold separately.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FN-0404-N-B FN-0604-N-B FN-0606-N-B FN-0409-N-B

16” Bag, 13.5”x 16” Frame 18” Bag, 16.5”x 18” Frame 22” Bag, 18” x 22” Frame 26” Bag, 22”x 26” Frame

LARGE HARVEST NETS WHITE MESH • Strong knot-less white 5mm mesh. • Handles are sold separately and are interchangeable. • Strong aluminium frame with monorail construction.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

FN-0409-N-BW W FN-0606-N-BW W

22” 2” Bag, 18” x 22” Fra Frame 26” 6” Bag, 22”x 26” Frame Fram

MESH, NETS AND NETTING

LARGE HARVEST NETS

ALUMINIUM NET HANDLES • Strong construction with non slip grip. • Easy to chan change handle or net.

CODE

DESCRIPTION 20” Aluminium handle 40” Aluminium handle 60” Aluminium handle

MONORAIL NETS • Made of lightweight, yet strong extruded aluminium. • Gentle on fish yet sturdy enough to last for years. • Various sizes for greater flexibility. • Top quality nets. • Made in the USA.

CODE

FRAME SIZE

MESH SIZE

BAG DEPTH

DN31A DN31AL DN31 DN31D DN31B DN31BL DN32A DN32AL DN32 DN32D DN32B DN32BL DN33A DN33AL DN33 DN33D DN33B DN33BL DN34A DN34 DN35A DN35

40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 40cm x 40cm 30cm x 33cm 30cm x 33cm 23cm x 15cm 23cm x 15cm

3mm 3mm 6mm 6mm 15mm 15mm 3mm 3mm 6mm 6mm 15mm 15mm 3mm 3mm 6mm 6mm 15mm 15mm 3mm 6mm 3mm 6mm

15cm 30cm 15cm 30cm 15cm 30cm 15cm 30cm 15cm 30cm 15cm 30cm 15cm 30cm 15cm 30cm 15cm 30cm 8cm 8cm 10cm 10cm

REPLACEMENT BAGS

HANDLE LENGTH 46cm 46cm 46cm 46cm 46cm 46cm 91cm 91cm 91cm 91cm 91cm 91cm 152cm 152cm 152cm 152cm 152cm 152cm 46cm 46cm 46cm 46cm

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

T50RH T100RH 00R T150RH

• Replacement bags are available for any of the above Monorail Nets. • Just add “R” to the end of the respective net code when ordering.

119

MESH, NETS AND NETTING

HEAVY DUTY HARVEST NETS (BUILT TO LAST) • Used for heavy loads. • Can carry up to 45kg. • Metal hand grip at the frame throat. • Constructed of 316 stainless steel. • Frame size 54cm x 46cm.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

DN11SS DN13SS DN11R DN12R DN13R

61cm Bag, 46cm x 38cm 316 Stainless Steel 107cm Handle 25mm Knotted PolyMesh 30cm Bag, 46cm x 38cm 316 Stainless Steel 107cm Handle 6mm Knot less Nylon Mesh Replacement bag for DN11SS Replacement bag for DN13SS Replacement bag for DN11SS & DN13SS

SEINES - LIGHT DUTY • Ideal for light duty applications. • Mesh sizes available in 3mm, 6mm and 12mm. • Sizes up to 6m long and 1.8m high. • Float and lead line has a 4mm cord. • Australian made.

CODE

SIZE

DNS4 105612-20 DNS6

122cm (H) x 3m (L) - 6mm Mesh 183cm (H) x 6.1m (L) - 13mm Mesh 183cm (H) x 6.1m (L) - 6mm Mesh

SEINES, HEAVY DUTY • Very strong in construction. • Foam floats are sewn in. • Lead line has internal leads. • Made from knot less mesh. • Made in USA.

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

CODE

SIZE

HDS1 HDS2 HDS3 HDS4 HDS5 HDS6 HDS7 HDS8

122cm (H) x 3m (L) - 3mm Mesh 183cm (H) x 6.1m (L) - 3mm Mesh 183cm (H) x 3m (L) - 6mm Mesh 183cm (H) x 6.1m (L) - 6mm Mesh 122cm (H) x 3m (L) - 10mm Mesh 183cm(H) x 6.1m (L) - 10mm Mesh 183cm (H) x 3m (L) - 10mm Mesh 183cm(H) x 6.1m (L) - 13mm Mesh

NET-SAN STERILISER • Highly effective against bacteria, fungi & viruses. • For periodic cleaning and sterilising of equipment, especially nets. • Dissolve in water, add approximately 3 heaped teaspoons per 10 litres. • A second bucket should be used to rinse the nets after treatment.

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944

CODE

DESCRIPTION

PL001 PL002 PL003 PL002

375gm Net San 1kg Net San 10kg Net San 20kg Net San

PLANKTON NETS, MINIATURE • Plankton nets have a 12.7cm diameter net mouth and measure 38cm long. • Net mouth has stainless steel bridle ring with 3 point tow line attachments. • Nets include a 125mL sampling bottle. • Great for shallow water sampling.

sales@aquasonic.com.au

CODE

DIAMETER (CM)

LENGTH (CM)

LM007 LM008

12.7 12.7

38 38

MESH-SIZE (MICRONS) 153 80

PLANKTON NETS • Designed for biological plankton & oceanographic studies. • Used for a variety of aquaculture applications. • Includes a stainless steel mouth ring/towing bridle, cod end ring. • Rubber coated hose clamp. • 1 litre capacity cod end jar. • Effective conical design with a large mouth allows for easy collecting of large samples.

DIAMETER (CM)

LENGTH (CM)

PKN1 PKN2 PKN3 PKN4 PKN5 PKN6

30 30 30 30 30 50

90 90 90 90 90 150

MESH SIZE (MICRONS)

CODE

DIAMETER (CM)

LENGTH (CM)

PKN7 PKN8 PKN9 PKN10 PKN11

50 50 50 50 75

150 150 150 150 225

www.aquasonic.com.au

CODE

PLANKTON NETS FOR STUDENT AND LAB USE

120

WSC-110 WSC-100 WSC-210 WSC-200

35 63 80 100 150 80

MESH SIZE (MICRONS) 150 200 335 500 250

• Easy method for collecting and sampling Plankton from water. • Made from durable Nitex Nylon mesh, the standard for plankton net design. • Towing point and collection cup included, just tie on the length of cord you require. • Available in two sizes (mini measuring 13cmD x 38cmL and student measuring 20cmD x 50cmL) and in 80 and 153 micron.

MODEL

DESCRIPTION Mini Plankton Net 80 micron 130mmD x 380mmL Mini Plankton Net 153 micron 130mmD x 380mmL Field Plankton Net 80 micron 200mmD x 500mmL Field Plankton Net 153 micron 200mmD x 500mmL

HEATER SIZING CHART Litres

1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 30 40 60 80 120 160 200

1.5 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 45 60 90 120 180 240 300

11oC If AMB. 15oC

16oC If AMB. 10oC

0.5 1890 1 3780 2 7560 3 11340 4 15120 5 18900 6 22680 7 26460 8 30240 9 34020 10 37800 15 56700 20 75600 30 113400 40 151200 60 226800 80 302400 100 378000 5oC Temperature If AMB. 21oC Rise

KW = V X 0.48 X 8.35 X â&#x2C6;&#x2020;T 3412 X H

Total system volume in litres Heat up time in hours Temperature difference between ambient room temperature and desired water temperature

in HP 1/6 hp 1/5 hp 1/4 hp 1/3 hp 1/2 hp 3/4 hp 1 hp 1 1/2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 4 hp 5 hp 8 hp 10 hp

5oC 340 544 983 1361 2079 3122 4993 7995 9979 14969 19958 24948 39917 49962

11oC 170 272 491 684 1058 1588 2540 4064 4990 7484 9979 12474 19958 24981

16oC 110 189 340 491 756 1340 1890 3024 3213 4820 6426 8033 12852 16086

Tank Volume in litres.

21oC 87 151 265 378 582 873 1399 2098 2533 3799 5065 6237 10130 12679

Recirculation: LPM X 1 X 8.33 X T

KW = V X 1.16 X â&#x2C6;&#x2020;T X 0.001 (W to KW) HOURS X 1.3 (LOSSES) NOTE (1.16 IS THE THERMAL FACTOR)

Chiller sizing application. 1. Insulate water lines to and from chillers. 2. Insulate as much of the water tank as possible. 3. Keep the chiller well ventilated. The higher the temperature around the chiller, the longer it has to work. 4. Submersible water pumps add heat to the water. If a submersible pump must be used, choose the next size larger chiller. 5. Water must be run through the chiller at all times while the unit is on. 6. For tanks smaller than 11,300 litres, allow 24 hours for initial chilling. For tanks larger than 11,300 litres, allow 48 hours or more. 7. Reduce bio-fouling by filtering water prior to chiller. Check filter often. If it clogs and reduces water flow below the minimum required, freeze damage can occur. 8. Consult with Aquasonic for flow-through and other applications. 9. Ambient air temperature for sizing should be measured directly above the tank to be chilled. 10. An oversized chiller will not cost more to operate, as it only turns on when needed and runs for a shorter time.

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

NOTES: The table assumes a target temperature of 26oC, and a 24 hour heat up period. For a 48 hour heat up divide the kW figure by 2. Other factors must be considered such as agitation, LPM & surface heat loss if the tank temp is above 26oC AMPS = WATTS / VOLTS

CHILLER SIZING CHART

HEATING & COOLING

HEATING AND COOLING

121

HEATING & COOLING

GLASS HEATER • Safe and reliable in both fresh & saltwater aquariums • Simple adjustment & easy to read temperature indicator • Compact design • Submersible • Includes suction cups & clips.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

A1200 A1300

200W Glass heater 300W Glass heater

THERMAL BLANKET • For aquarium or aquaculture applications. • Thermal blanket provides great temperature retention whether you are chilling or heating your water. • Consists of a top layer (woven PE), an insulating layer (cross linked PE foam) and a bottom layer (woven PE) for effective temperature stabilisation. • Extremely lightweight, only 140gms per m2 and only 3mm thick. • Can be used to partially cover the top of tanks, to retain heat whilst still leaving part of the tank uncovered for gas transfer (CO2, O2). • Wrap around tank and sump walls to maintain temperature. • Wrap around pipes for insulation. • Designed for water applications, this blanket can be used in many temperature retention applications around the farm. • Sold per square metre, any width and length available to suit your specific application.

CODE

DESCRIPTION

03THERBL

Thermal Blanket per m2

TITANIUM HEATERS PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

• The titanium heating elements from Schego are the optimum supplement to the Nema temperature controller. • Their power range is 300 or 600 watts. • They are manufactured from high-quality titanium tube, therefore indestructible and sea water-proof. • Multiple heaters can be controlled from one Nema.

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

122

CODE TIT300 TIT600 AQH300 AQH600 AQH1200 AQH1800

DESCRIPTION 300W Titanium heater 600W Titanium heater 300W Titanium heater and nema controller 600W Titanium heater and nema controller Two 600W Titanium heaters and nema controller Three 600W Titanium heater and nema controller

PROCESS TECHNOLOGY HEATER ELEMENTS AND SYSTEMS Aquasonic is the Australian distributor for the Process Technology range of aquaculture heating products. For over thirty years, Process Technology has been the leading manufacturer of electric immersion heaters, heating and cooling coils, controls, instantaneous heaters, liquid level controls, over-temperature protection systems and accessories. Process Technology are renowned for excellence in design and quality of process heating equipment. • Easyplug over the side immersion heater elements. • Industrial, rugged complete heater elements. • Thermal overload protector built in, replaceable fuse. • cUL and CE certified. • Available in 316 stainless steel for freshwater and titanium for saltwater. • For tank and sump wall mounting. • Requires thermostat, either codes NEMA or DTWPR0.1. • 1 year warranty.

CODE SA1211 SA1.8217 SA2.5223 SA3.5229 TA1211 TA1.8217 TA2.5223 TA3.5229

DESCRIPTION 1000 watt 316SS 1800 watt 316SS Immersion heater 2500 watt 316SS Immersion heater 3500 watt 316SS Immersion heater 1000 watt Titanium Immersion heater 1800 watt Titanium Immersion heater 2500 watt Titanium Immersion heater 3500 watt Titanium Immersion heater

• Thermostats commonly used with heater elements and chillers. • Aquasonic provides a free wiring service when heater/chiller and thermostat are purchased separately (not in heater system).

CODE Complete thermostats NEMA

DESCRIPTION Digital Thermostat for hard wiring 1 degree accuracy. Operates chiller or heater up to 3500 watts 15 amps Easy plug digital thermostat 1 degree accuracy. Operates chiller or heater up to 3500 watts 15 amps Digital thermostat in splash proof box, Heaters or chillers up to 5,280 watts, 0.1°C accuracy, 10amp Digital thermostat in splash proof box, Heaters or chillers up to 5,280 watts 0.1°C accuracy, 15amp. Digital Thermostat with heat and chill control features in a splash proof plastic box. Dixcell Thermostat unit, does not include splash proof box (0.1°C accuracy as used in the DTPWR unit as above)

DRAE15-2 DTWPR0.1A DTWPR0.1B HCT XR20C

HEATING & COOLING

DIGITAL THERMOSTATS, RELAYS AND CONTACTORS FOR HEATERS AND CHILLERS

Relays and contactors RELAY CN11 CN16

Relay - up to 1.5hp chiller, or 7200 watt heater Contactor - up to a 3hp (240V) 7.5hp (460V) or 3kW (230V), chiller or heater. Contactor - up to a 5hp (240V) 10hp (460V) or 4kW (230V), chiller or heater.

Spare probes for thermostats SA100X2 ALTP

Thermostat probe (only) for DTWPR Spare titanium probe for Nema controller

TITANIUM INLINE HEATERS WITH THERMOSTATS BY ELECRO The Elecro Titanium Aquatic heater is the latest addition to our expanding product range.

All Elecro heaters are supplied fully pre-wired and are therefore very easy to install requiring only final connection to a power supply (2kW comes with 10amp plug, 3kW comes with 15 amp, models 4kW and above will require installation by an electrician) and connection to the pipe work of the system. • Pure titanium flow tube. • Pure titanium heating element(s). • Accurate temperature control with 0.5°C differential. • Digital temperature display to 0.1°C. • External reversible flow switch (Allowing water input from either direction). • High limiting safety thermostat (manual reset). • Integral Schneider / Telemecanique contactor. • Circuit protection delay switching. • Optional 24-Hour time clock.

CODE EET02 EET03 EET04 EET06 EET08 EETA36 EETA38

DESCRIPTION 2kW Titanium inline heater (9amp) single phase 3kW Titanium inline heater (13amp) single phase 4kW Titanium inline heater (18amp) single phase 6kW Titanium inline heater (27amp) single phase 8kW Titanium inline heater (35amp) single phase 6kW Titanium inline heater (9amp) Three phase 8kW Titanium inline heater (13amp) Three phase

FLOW RATE RANGE INLET/OUTLET SIZE 1000-17000L/H 1000-17000L/H 1000-17000L/H 1000-17000L/H 1000-17000L/H 1000-17000L/H 1000-17000L/H

40mm/40mm 40mm/40mm 40mm/40mm 40mm/40mm 40mm/40mm 40mm/40mm 40mm/40mm

TITANIUM HEATERS • Titanium heating elements from IHC are the optimum supplement to the Nema temperature controller. • Their power range is 2000 or 6000 watts. • They are manufactured from high-quality titanium tube, therefore indestructible and sea water-proof.

CODE QDPTY2 QDPTY2219 QDPTY3 QDPTY3225 QDPTY4 QDPTY6

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

Manufactured in England to the highest standards comprising of Pure Titanium flow tube and Pure Titanium heating elements thus ensuring their suitability for use on all aquatic applications including salt water / tropical marine.

DESCRIPTION 2000W Titanium Sub. Heater 2000W Titanium Sub. Heater 3000W Titanium Sub. Heater 3000W Titanium Sub. Heater 4000W Titanium Sub. Heater 6000W Titanium Sub. Heater

123

HEATING & COOLING

DAEIL CHILLERS • Built on titanium heat exchangers • Thermostat has 0.1°C resolution and +/- 0.5°C accuracy. • Aquarium chillers based on a 12 hour pull down time, commercial chillers based on an 8 hour pull down time. • Pump not supplied with chiller. • 1 year warranty. • Made in Korea. • Quiet operation. • 13, 16 and 19mm flexible hose connections on 1/15 - 1/3hp chillers, 25mm hard PVC connection on 1/2 - 1 1/2HP, and 32mm hard PVC connection on 2 & 3 hp.

CODE DBI-050-D DBA-075 DBC-150 DBC-200 DBM-250 DA-500B DA-1000B DA-1500B DA-2000B DA-3000B

COOLING CAPACITY

FLOW LPM

DIMENSIONS W X D X H MM

1/15 1/10 1/5 1/4 1/3 1/2 1 1 1/2 2 3

150 290 460 660 1020 1230 2320 3720 5810 7320

7-15 10-40 10-40 15-50 15-60 30-60 50-100 50-100 50-150 50-150

196 x 320 x 358 250 x 420 x 460 250 x 420 x 530 250 x 420 x 530 350 x 460 x 460 530 x 350 x 390 670 x 380 x 490 670 x 380 x 490 670 x 420 x 940 670 x 420 x 940

RECOMMENDED VOLUME @ °C PULL DOWN 5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C 308 595 944 1354 2093 2051 3868 6203 9687 12205

146 282 448 642 992 986 1860 2982 4658 5868

92 178 282 404 624 630 1188 1905 2975 3749

65 125 198 284 439 405 764 1224 1912 2409

OASIS HEAT/CHILL UNITS

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au www.aquasonic.com.au

124

• Constructed of 316 stainless steel, suitable for fresh and marine environments. • Uc2 Carell controller included -40 to +80°C, 0.1 degree accuracy. • Uses R407 or R410 refrigerant (dependent on model). • Contains internal microprocessor control with internal self diagnostics and safety feature to stop operation if malfunction occurs. • Made specifically for aquaculture facilities. • Titanium heat exchanger. • Flow switch included.

2 year warranty (one year workmanship, 2 year parts) MODEL Heating capacity kW Cooling capacity kW Power supply 50Hz V/phase Noise level Db Water connection mm Water flow LPH Pressure loss PSI Dimensions L/W/H(mm)

MODEL Heating capacity kW Cooling capacity kW Power supply V/phase/Hz Noise level dB Water connection mm Water flow Lph Pressure loss PSI Dimensions L x W x H(mm)

Other sizes available

OASISC8

OASISC10

OASISC17

8.8 5.5 220-240/1 51 50 3000 1.5 1005/420/650

13.2 8 220-240/1 54 50 4500 1.5 1005/420/650

17.5 10.5 220-240/1 54 50 6000 1.5 1200/470/850

OASISC25

OASISC25T

OASISC35

25 15.5 220-240/1 56 50 9000 1.75 1110/470/1250

25 15.5 380-400/3 56 50 9000 1.75 1110/470/1250

38 28 380-400/3 61 63 12000 2.2 1470/725/980

OASISC21 21 13 220-240/1 56 50 7500 1.75 1110/470/1250

OASISC50 55 42 380-400/3 61 63 19500 2.2 1470/725/980

Bio-aid is a proprietary mix of pro-biotic bacteria. Probiotic bacteria improves the quality of your water by digesting solid and dissolved waste in your aquarium and out-competing disease causing bacteria. • Dose rate guide:- Standard - 20mls per 100 litres of water or 100mls per 30m2 of biological media (if known) surface area. • Concentrate - 20mls per 1000 litres of water or 100mls per 300m2 of biological media surface area. Super concentrate - 1 drop per 50 litres of water every 7 days.

CODE

BACTERIA

BACTERIA BIO-AID

DESCRIPTION

PROB15 PROB100 PROB250 PROB1L PROB5L PROB20L

15ml super concentrate 100ml 250ml 1 litre 5 litre 20 litre

PRO-BIOTIC BACTERIA - PRO BIO PLUS • Disease prevention. • Chemical, copper and drug free. • Helps control white spot, aeromonas spp. vibrio spp. velvet and fungal infections. • Create a hostile environment for harmful pathogenic bacteria, which cause disease. • Treat any stages of fish fry through to adults. • Great for treating newly arrived fingerlings during quarantining. • Suitable for fresh and saltwater applications. • Standard - 20mls per 100 litres. • Concentrate - 100mls per 2000 litres.

CODE PBP50 PBP100 PBPC100

DESCRIPTION 50ml standard 100ml standard 100ml concentrate

Live Bacterial Strains For Biological Inoculation • Contains live strains of nitrifying bacteria for seeding of aquatic bio-filter. • Suitable for fresh and saltwater with outstanding results. • Enhanced by several species of bacillus, a waste assimilating bacteria that initiate the nitrogen cycle by breaking down waste into ammonia and nitrite and reduces disease by competitive exclusion(probiotic). • This ensures not only a quicker start up but also gives protection from diseases in the early stages of the aquarium’s life cycle. • Contains genuine nitrifying bacteria that are adhesive to the filter medium. • They provide more effective biological filtration compared to other products on the market. • Bio-Culture contains:1. Nitosospira (Multiformis) which converts ammonia to nitrite. 2. Nitospira (Marina) which converts nitrite to nitrate. 3. Bacillus sp. a waste assimilating bacteria. • Dose rate guide:Standard - 50mls per 500 litres of water or 100mls per 30m2 of biological media (if known) surface area. Concentrate:- 20mls per 1000 litres of water or 100mls per 300m2 of biological media surface area. Super Concentrate:- 5mls per m3 of water.

CODE BC50 BC100 BCC100 BCC1L BCSC1L BCSC5L

DESCRIPTION 50ml Bio culture standard 100ml Bio culture standard 100ml Bio culture concentrated 1 litre Bio culture concentrated 1 litre super concentrate 5 litre super concentrate

WSR – WASTE & SLUDGE REDUCER BACTERIA • Waste and sludge reducer is a blend of naturally occurring beneficial bacteria and bio-nutrient complex for application to shrimp, fish or mariculture ponds.• Controls sludge, Ammonia (NH3), Nitrite (NO2), Nitrate (NO3), Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) and controls nutrients through accelerated microbial decomposition of organic wastes in aquaculture systems. • Dry formula in water soluble packet for easy application • Control organic sludge between growth cycles. • Reduces blue green algae. • Improves growth and survival in intensive aquaculture systems. • Improve nutrient recycling. • Helps stabilize phytoplankton and sustain oxygen levels. • Microbes provide a 35% protein biofloc (for filter feeding organisms, shrimp, some finfish) and reduces overall FCR. • Salt tolerant, effective over a range of salinities from fresh to saltwater. • 1.8 billion viable bacterial cells per gram. • Effective over a wide pH range 5-10.5. • 2 year shelf life • Effective at temperatures between 4 and 38 °C. • Improves water quality and production capacity • Helps maintain pH and Alkalinity through de nitrification and sequestering of Carbonates from the removal of Nitrate. • Dose rates Ponds:- • 2.7kgs per 0.4ha initial dose. • 0.9kgs per 0.4ha. Maintenance dose every one to 2 weeks thereafter. Dose rates tanks and recirc systems:- • 30 - 60gms per 3780 litres every 3 days for 3 treatments. • 30gms per 3780 litres weekly thereafter.

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

BIO-CULTURE

125

BACTERIA

LYMNOZYME LIQUID PROBIOTIC BACTERIA FOR DISEASE CONTROL Lymnozyme is a patented probiotic formula. It is not a medication of chemo-therapeutic, but a naturally ocLy curring mix of probiotic/beneficial bacteria which can improve water quality in aquaculture systems. cu Lymozyme is safe for use with fish and aquatic organisms when used as directed (may cause an increase Ly in Oxygen demand temporarily during initial use). It is a blend of naturally occurring enzymes, bacteria and micro nutrients. • Safe for use with aquatic animals intended for human consumption. mi Ly Lymozyme has the following benefits and uses:• Competitive excluder, will reduce pathogenic bacteria such as Vibrio, Pseudomonas, eudomonas, Aeromonas, Steptococcus, Allococcus, Mycobacterium, Columnaris, Edwarsiella Ictaluri and other gram negative and gram to positive bacteria. • Increases immune response and general fish health. • Reduces mortalities, increases po survivability and growth rates. • Requires no refrigeration, viable at 25°C for 1 year. • Higher cell counts su and active ingredients than other brands. • Improves culture water, can be used in live food production for an increased survivability. • Effective in a wide range of water temperatures. • Effective over a wider pH range in than other probiotics pH 5 to pH 10.5. • Effective at temperatures between 4° and 38 °C. • Effective in fresh, th brackish and salt water applications. • Use in hatcheries, grow out and holding systems, recirculating systems, ponds and any water body to improve water quality and reduce disease. •600 million viable bacterial cells per ml. Dose rates: • Initial dose of 30 - 60 mls per 3780 litres every three days for three treatments. • Maintenance dose of 30ml per 3780 litres per week until bacterial infections clear. • Preventative dose of 20ml per 3780 litres per week.

AQUATRON - BACTERIAL SUPPLEMENT FOR LAKES, WATER COURSES A complete bio-remediation mix of beneficial microbes for the maintenance of water bodies, such as lakes, golf course dams, water courses, Koi ponds and Aquaculture systems.

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

126

nerals. • Contains a blend of naturally occurring microbes, nutrients and trace minerals. • Reduce Phosphorus, Nitrogen, Ammonia and break down organics. • Phosphorus is taken up by the microbes in Aquatron and rapidly converted into an organic form unavailable to aquatic plant species, eliminating their food source and regulating nuisance algae growth and undesirable aquatic plant growth. • Clears water by removal of Phosphorous, Nitrogen, suspended solids and organic particulates. • Add weekly/biweekly to maintain high level of nutrient reducing bacteria for maintenance of water quality. • Minimizes oxygen swings by regulating algae blooms and reducing BOD. • Adds clarity to water, increases carrying capacity. • Reduce hydrogen sulfide and methane gas odours. • Safe for aquatic plants and animals. Dose rate:• 2.7kgs per 0.4ha initial dose. • 0.9 kgs per 0.4ha maintenance dose every week to 2 weeks.

POND TOSS - LYMOZYME/WSR COMBINATION PACK An easy way to apply Lymozyme and WSR bacterial products quickly and easily. Combination disease control and waste and nutrient control for Aquatic systems. • Comes in water soluble 250 gram bags complete with bio-nutrient. • 2.5 billion viable bacterial cells per gram. • 1kg per hectare every 3 days for 3 treatments, then 0.5kg per hectare each week to maintain water quality and disease control. • Treat as necessary.

LYMNOZYME AND WSR 1200L PREBLEND GROW OUT PACKS WITH BIONUTRIENT • Get the benefits of Lymnozyme and WSR (waste and sludge reducer) for disease and water quality control in an economic package. • 1200L pre blend packets allow you to incubate (bloom out) the bacteria on site to dramatically reduce the cost of treatment for large aquaculture facilities, namely prawn and fish ponds. • Tested and proven by some of the worlds largest prawn/fish farms. Grow pack produces 1200L in 24 to 48 hours and is ready to apply. • Simply add 1000L of clean fresh or saltwater to the incubation tank, add the bio-nutrient, cover, aerate, and maintain at 28-30°C. • Harvest a solution containing between 3 and 4 billion live bacterial cells per ml. • Use at a rate of 50-100L per hectare per week to maintain water quality and control disease.

LIGHTING http://www.current-usa.com

TRUELUMEN FLEXIBLE LED STRIPS

“Current USA” has just announced a new line, dubbed ‘True Lumen’ of LED strips designed for reef and NANO aquarium lighting. Check out the True Lumen flexible LED strip specs below. • 10” x .5”. • Power up to three strips with one 12VDC converter. • Available in 12,000k white, 453nm blue, or 1:1 12k and 453nm. • Easily mounted with included screws or adhesive and they’re flexible. A flexible LED lighting strip is a neat idea, especially for retrofitting existing all-in-one nano-reef aquariums.

1661 CODE

DESCRIPTION LED strip 12 volt 453nm blue LED strip 12 volt 12000k white LED strip 12 volt 12000k/453nm blue Luner light 1Watt 453nm Blue Luner light 1Watt 12000k white

1662

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

1660 1662 1661 1664 1666

1660

Designed in USA

1666

1664

MP-3444

5024 127

LIGHTING

The One Minute Upgrade

STUNNER LED STRIPS - 6WATT, 12IN. It’s never been faster or easier to add light, accent and shimmer to your tank without all that other stuff like heat and noisy fans. Put beautiful shimmering light right where you want it with a simple, super-efficient, linkable LED fixture designed to easily retrofit into your existing set up. Stunner LED strips provide the ultimate lighting solution from nano-aquariums to public aquarium exhibits. Select your favorite, or mix and match colours with a linkable design that allows you to run up to 5 Stunner Strips off one 24V power supply (sold separately). Double your light output by snapping on a polished reflector or use our extension cable and 4-way splitter to keep things tidy. Power supply units are sold separately to provide maximum flexibility and value. Each power supply will run up to 5, linkable 6 watt Stunner Strips.

CODE

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933

8010 8012 8011 8013 8018 5020 5021 5024 MP3494

DESCRIPTION Stunner LED strip 24V Stunner LED strip 24V Stunner LED strip 24V Stunner LED strip 24V Stunner LED strip 24V Reflector Stunner LED strips Extension cable 36” 3 way splitter 24V regulated power supply

24 - 453nm Actinic Blue 24 - 8000k white 18 - 8000k white/ 6 - 453nm Actinic Blue 24 - 403nm Ultraviolet 16 - 453nm Actinic Blue/ 8 - Magenta

Designed in USA

FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

128

NUMBER LEDS - COLOUR

5020 REFLECTOR

5021

MP-3494 MULTI USE (UP TO 5 UNITS)

5024

BOD:

Biological Oxygen Demand. The amount of oxygen used by the organisms in the water. BOD - biochemical (biological) oxygen demand is a test used to measure the concentration of biodegradable organic matter present in a sample of water. It can be used to infer the general quality of the water and its degree of pollution and it is used in water quality management and assessment, ecology and environmental science. BOD is not an accurate quantitative test and should be considered as providing an indicator of the quality of a water body.

GLOSSARY

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

BSP British Standard Pipe CO2 (Carbon Dioxide): A colourless odourless gas normally present in the atmosphere. CO2 is very soluble in water (30 times more than O2). Quite high levels can be tolerated by most species. CO2 can produce narcotic effects (anaesthetic) and in solution forms carbonic acid. Levels of less than 15ppm are recommended for most fin fish species. CO3 (Carbonate): A measurement of the carbonate hardness of water. Measure of alkalinity and a measurement of HCO3 buffering capacity of the water. Often stated in CaCO3 equivalents in conductivity units (µS/cm2). Carbonate hardness is continually reduced in recirculating systems by acids from stock and from biological assimilation. This loss can be anticipated or replaced with “Aquasonic Carbonate Hardness Generator”.

Conductance Conductance is an expression of the ease with which an electric current flows through a substance. In equations, conductance is symbolized by the uppercase letter G. The standard unit of conductance is the siemens (abbreviated S), formerly known as the mho. Emissivity A material’s surface emissivity is a measure of the energy emitted when a surface is directly viewed. Surface emissivity is generally measured indirectly by assuming that e = 1 - reflectivity. A single energy bounce is measured and the reflected energy measured. GH (General Hardness): General Hardness is a measure of Ca, Mg and Na ions in solution. Providing levels that are environmentally suitable for individual species greatly reduces stress and therefore disease resistance. Use Aquasonic “Natural-Home” water conditioners for creation of specific conditions. GLP Good Laboratory Practice NH3 (Ammonia): Ammonia molecules from a colourless, strong smelling gas. Biologically, it is produced by certain bacteria as they break down amino acids. However the test involves total ammonia which is ammonium (NH4) and ammonia (NH3). The test is by indophenols method, which means it will be accurate in soft or hard water and read low enough to take action before stock loss. If systems are running correctly, a rise in ammonia upon the placement of a large quantity of stock is normal, however this should be assimilated by biological action within 24 hours.

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

COD: Chemical Oxygen Demand. The amount of oxygen used in the chemical breakdown (oxidisation) of wastes. The chemical oxygen demand (COD) test is commonly used to indirectly measure the amount of organic compounds in water. Most applications of COD determine the amount of organic pollutants found in surface water (e.g. lakes and rivers), making COD a useful measure of water quality. It is expressed in milligrams per litre (mg/L), which indicates the mass of oxygen consumed per litre of solution.

129

GLOSSARY

NO2 (Nitrite):

Nitrite is toxic to most aquatic organisms, 50-100 times more toxic in freshwater than saltwater. Acceptable levels 0.5mg/L (FW) and 20-25mg/L (SW). Mulluscs and crustaceans are less susceptible. Nitrite reduces haemoglobin in fish’s blood.

NO3 (Nitrate):

Nitrate is the end result of aerobic biological activity and the quantity accumulated is in direct proportion to waste produced from stock load. It is usually considered non-toxic to aquatic organisms. Certain nitrate levels produce stress on individual species of stock. Once a prescribed nitrate level is reached, water should be changed.

OLED Organic Light Emitting Device (OLED)

ORP (Oxygen Reduction Potential): Basically, reduction means the addition of an electron (e-). Its converse, oxidation describes the removal of an electron. ORP is taken as an electronic measurement which can be used as a monitor of the health of a system, especially related to the oxidizing power of the system. ORP levels may be raised or least assisted by the addition of ozone usually via foam fractionation.

pH:

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

130

A measurement of the hydrogen ion concentration in water. It is significant when measured with other tests. The pH of a water sample is influenced by carbon dioxide levels in water and by ammonia. The toxicity of ammonia and nitrate is magnified by a rise in pH. A pH of 7 is neutral. Above 7 the solution is alkaline and below 7 the solution is acidic.

SG (Speciﬁc Gravity): The Specific Gravity of fluid is the ratio of its density to the density of it’s surrounding waters, and unit less. It is particularly relevant to saltwater systems. Manipulation of specific gravity can reduce stress in stock caused by osmo-regulation and can also reduce weight loss. Be sure to measure specific gravity in conjunction with temperature. Measurements can be by use of a hydrometer, refractometer or conductivity meter.

SOTR Standard Oxygen Transfer Rate (SOTR), which is the mass of oxygen transferred per unit time.

TDS (Total Dissolved Solids): Total Dissolved Solids are solids in water that can pass through a filter. TDS is a measure of the amount of material dissolved in water. This material can include carbonate, bicarbonate, chloride, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, calcium, magnesium, sodium, organic ions and other ions. Ascertaining levels of these ions in water is necessary for aquatic life. Changes in TDS concentrations can be harmful because the density of the water determines the flow of water into and out of an organism’s cells. However if TDS concentrations are too high or too low the growth of many aquatic organisms can be limited and death can occur. TDS mainly relates to freshwater systems. The reading is related to conductivity, but of course calibrates to ppm (parts per million). In freshwater systems this reading will constantly rise. Once prescribed levels have been reached, water should be changed and water conditioners re-added if necessary.

Temp: Temperature is a measure of the heat or coldness of a material when referred to a constant. Temperature not only affects stock but the reading of specific gravity. On reduction, temperature can also slow biological activity.

Thermocouple A thermocouple is a sensor for measuring temperature. It consists of two dissimilar metals, joined together at one end, which produce a small unique voltage at a given temperature. This voltage is measured and interpreted by a thermocouple thermometer.

12000K WHITE 127 24V REGULATED POWER SUPPLY 128 90째 ELBOWS 76 403NM ULTRAVIOLET 128 453NM BLUE 127 5200A 98 8000K WHITE 128 A

B BACILLUS SP 125 BACTERIA FILTER 103, 111 BACTERIAL INFECTIONS 10 BACTERIAL INHIBITORS 10 BACTERIAL SUPPLEMENT 126 BACTONEX 15 BAG FILTER 54 BAG FILTERS 53 BALL CHECK VALVES 77 BALL VALVE 40 BALL VALVES 77 BANDING TOOL 115 BARREL UNION 75 BASIC-GRO 9 BATHISCOPE 86 BEAD FILTERS 57 BELT CLIP 97 BELT FEEDERS 109 BEND 45째 75 BEND 90째 75 BEND WITH FLANGE 75 BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE 101 BINS 74 BIO-AID 125 BIOAVAILABLE CARBON 30 BIOCLARIFICATION 56 BIOCLARIFIERS 58 BIO-CULTURE 125 BIOFILM CARRIER 50 BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION 49 BIOLOGICAL INNOCULATION 125 BIO-NATURE BIOLOGICAL FILTER 59 BIO-REACTIVE FILTRATION MEDIA 24 BIO-START 9 BIO-TET 16 BIO-TRACE 11 BIO-VIT 11 BLACKWATER 32 BLACKWATER CONCENTRATE 10 BLOWER ACCESSORIES 44 BLOWERS 44 BOLTS 78 BONE CUTTER 104

BOROCHROM 22 BORON 22 BORON 89 BRIGHTWELL AQUATICS 16 BRINE SHRIMP HATCHERS 112 BRINE SHRIMP NET 118 BRISTLE WORMS 108 BROMINE 89 BSP CAP 39 BUBBLE BEAD FILTERS 56 BUFFER 32 BUFFERS 13 BULKHEADS 76

C CABLE TIES 77 CAGE FITTINGS 76 CALCION 19 CALCION-P 20 CALCIUM 12, 18, 20, 21 CALCIUM AND CARBONATES 18 CALCIUM CHLORIDE 34 CALCIUM HARDNESS 10 CALCIUM HARDNESS 89 CALCIUM REACTORS 28 CALCIUM SOLUTION 19 CALCIUM-SUP 12 CALCIUM TEST KIT 87 CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS 100 CAPS 75 CARBONATE HARDNESS 13 CARBONATE HARDNESS 13 CARBONATE HARDNESS GENERATOR 13 CARBONATE HARDNESS GENERATOR POWDER 87 CARBONATE HARDNESS TEST KIT 87 CARBON DIOXIDE CONTROL 34 CARBON DIOXIDE DEGASSING 60 CARBON DIOXIDE TEST KIT 88 CARBONIT-P 28 CARBON VANE ROTARY 43 CARRY CASES 94 CARTRIDGE FILTERS 53 CASCADE 71 CATHETER TUBING 115 CHANNEL UV STERILISER 65 CHECK VALVE 77, 84 CHECK VALVES 41 CHEMICAL FILTER 51 CHEMICAL MEDIA FILTER 53 CHEMICALS 34 CHILLERS 124 CHILLER SIZING 121 CHLORAMINES 8, 28 CHLORELLA 112 CHLORIDE 89 CHLORINE 8 CHLORINE 89 CHLORINE DIOXIDE 89 CHLORMON 8, 74 CHROMIUM HEXAVALENT 89 CICHLID AQUARIA 32 CICHLIDCODE 32 CLARIFI-FW 31

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

ACRIFLAVINE 34 ACTIVATED CARBON 28 AERATION 48 AEROTUBE 37 AERO-TUBE 36, 45 AIR COMPRESSORS 43 AIR DIVIDERS 40 AIR FILTER 44 AIR FLOW METERS 42 AIRLINE TUBING 41 AIR OPERATED BACK YARD FISH FARM 67 AIR PREPARATION UNIT 82 AIR PUMPS 43 AIR PURGE VALVES 41 AIRSTONES 35 AIRSTONES, SINTERED OR CERAMIC 35 AIR VALVES 40 ALARM SYSTEM 79 ALGAE CONTROL 8 ALGAE GROWTH FORMULA 111 ALGAE PADS 85 ALGAE PRODUCTION 111 ALGAE TREATMENT 8 ALGICIDE 8 ALKALIN 8.3 17 ALKALIN 8.3P 17 ALKALINITY 17, 31 ALKALINITY 89 ALPHA PH560 98 ALUMINIUM 89 ALUMINIUM HANDLE 119 AMAZON WATER CONDITIONER 10 AMINO ACID & FATTY ACID 21 AMINO ACIDS 11, 21, 26 AMINOMEGA 26 AMMONIA NEUTRALIZER 74 AMMONIA TEST KIT 88 AMMONIUM 97 AMMONIUM CHLORIDE 34 ANCHOR WORMS 15 ANEMONES 25 ANGELIXER 27 ANTIBIOTIC 16 ANTI-FOAM SOLUTION 74 ANTISEPTIC TREATMENT 15 AQUABIOME BEAD FILTRATION 67 AQUACULTURE TANKS 73 AQUAMITE 70 AQUAMOP 85 AQUAPONICS SYSTEMS 67

AQUARIUM CONTROL VALVES 40 AQUARIUM FISH FOOD 113 AQUARIUM PUMPS 69 AQUARIUM SALT 16 AQUARIUM SALT 11 AQUARIUM TONG 85 AQUATIC PLANT GROWTH 9 AQUATIC PLANTS 30 AQUATRON 126 ARAGONITE 21 ARTEMIA 73 ARTEMIA CYSTS 112 ARTEMIA/FISH HATCHING & REARING TANK 112 ARVO-TEC 110 AUTOMATED TOP UP SYSTEM 53 AUTOMATIC FEEDER 108

INDEX

131

INDEX PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

132

CLARIFI-SW 31 CLEANING 85 CLEANING SOLUTION 99 CLEAR PVC PIPE 76 CMBD MODULAR 37 COAGULANT 8 COANDA EFFECT” 55 COARSE MESH 118 COLORITE AERO-TUBE 36 COLORITE OXYTUBE 37 COLOUR 89 COLOURIMETERS 90 COMBO FILTER 66 COMMERCIAL UV STERILISERS 64 COMPLETE BULKHEADS 76 CONDUCTIVITY METER 94 CONDUCTIVITY PEN METER 92 CONDUCTIVITY TDS CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS 100 CONDUCTIVITY/TEMP PROBE 97 CONTROL VALVES 40 COPPER 89 COPPER SOLUTION. 33 COPPER SULPHATE 34 COPPER TEST KIT 88 CORALAMINO 21 CORALAZARUS CALREACTOR MEDIUM 28 CORAL DIP 25 CORAL PROPAGATION 103 CORUNDUM AIR STONES 35 COUNTDOWN TIMER 91 COUPLINGS 76 COVERSLIPS 102 COVER SLIPS 101 CRATES 74 CRYSTAL CLEAR WATER 8 CULTURE TANK 73 CUPRION 33 CYANURIC ACID 89

D DAILY FOOD FOR AQUATIC PLANTS 9 DAILY-GRO 9 DATALOGGER 91 DECHLORINATION 28 DEPRESSION SLIDES 101 DIAMOND MESH 117 DIFFUSER COMPARISON CHART 38 DIFFUSERS 35 DIGITAL FLOW METERS 80 DIGITAL THERMOMETER 91 DIGITAL THERMOSTATS 123 DIGITAL TIMER 110 DISC DIFFUSER 36 DISCUSCODE 32 DISEASE CONTROL 11 DISEASE INHIBITORS 10 DISSECTING KIT 102 DISSECTING MICROSCOPE 101 DISSECTING TRAY 102 DISSOLVED ORGANIC MATERIAL 25

DISSOLVED OXYGEN HANDBOOK 100 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER 94 DISSOLVED OXYGEN MONITOR 96 DISTILLED WATER 99 DOSING DRUM 110 DOSING PUMP 70 DRUM 2000 FEEDER 110 DRUM FILTERS 56 DRYER 82 DUAL DRAINS 55 DUCTING 60 DURAPLAS 74

E ECTOPARASITES 15 EDPM MEMBRANE 36 EDUCTOR 78 EGG COUNTING PLATES 114 EGG UP-WELLER 114 ELBOWS 76 ELECTRONIC FLOW METERS 80 ELEMENTAL 18 ELEMENTS 18 EPOXY 104 ERASE-CL 28 ERASE-CL P 28 ERLENMEYER FLASKS 102 ESAM SIDE CHANNEL 44 ESI-LOW 13 ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS 11 EUTECH INSTRUMENTS 92 EXPANSION PLUGS 78 EXTENSION HANDLE NETS 118 EXTERNAL FISH PARASITES 15 EXTRAPHOS 27 EXTRA POWER WATER PURIFIER 8 EYE DROPPERS 89

F FANS 60 FAUCET ADAPTOR 75 FAUCET SOCKET 75 FEEDERS 105, 108 FEEDING CONTROLLER 109 FEEDS 105 FEED SCOOPS 111 FERRION 22 FERROXIPHOS-G 27 FIBREGLASS SAND FILTERS 54 FIBREGLASS TRAYS 73 FILTER FOAM 49 FILTER MATTING 49 FILTER MODULES 59 FILTRATION 49 FINE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS 37 FINE MESH 118 FINGERLING REARING TANK 73 FIN OR TAIL ROT 15 FISH BOXES 74 FISH EGG SORTER 114 FISH FARMS 67 FISH GRADERS 115 FISHING NETS 118 FISH LICE 15

FISH MEASURING BOARD 114 FISH NET BREEDER 108 FISH NUTRITION 107 FISH SPAWNING 32 FISH TAGS 115 FISH TRANSPORTER 74 FITTINGS & SWITCHES 75 FLEXIBLE LED STRIP 127 FLOATING THERMOMETER 90 FLOAT SWITCH 79 FLOCCULANT 8 FLOCCULANT 31 FLORINAXIS 30 FLORIN DELTA GH+ 31 FLORIN DELTA KH+ 31 FLORIN-FE 30 FLORINGRO 30 FLORIN-K 30 FLORINMULTI 30 FLORIN-P 31 FLORIN PH- 31 FLOW CELL 97 FLOW METERS 42 FLOW PRESSURE SWITCH 80 FLOW SWITCHES 80 FLOW VALVES 80 FLOZONE 51 FLUID BED BIOLOGICAL FILTER RANGE 59 FLUORIDE 89 FOOD FOR NEWLY HATCHED FRY 9 FORCEPS 104 FORMALIN MALACHITE SOLUTION 15 FORMALIN SOLUTION 34 FOUNTAINS 46 FRAG DISCS 115, 116 FRAG MAG DISCS 116 FRAG PLUGS 115, 116 FRAG ROCKS 116 FRAG TILES 116 FRY STARTER 9 FRY TANK 73 FUNGAL AND PROTOZOAL INFECTIONS 15 FUNGAL INFECTIONS 15 FUNGONEX 15 FUNGUS INFECTIONS 15

G GALVANIC 96 GARLICPOWER 26 GENERAL HARDNESS 10 GILL FLUKES 15 GLASS HEATER 122 GLOVES 103 GLOVES 86 GLUE 104 GLUES/ADHESIVES 77 GOLDFISH WATER CONDITIONER 10 GRADUATED BEAKERS 102 GRADUATED JUGS 102 GRID 50 GRIDS AND AIR LIFTS 45

ICHONEX 15 ICHTHYOPHIRIUS MULTIFILLIS 15 INCUBATING TRAYS AND INSERTS 114 INFRARED THERMOMETER 91 INOCULATION 9 INORGANIC AND ORGANIC NUTRIENTS 26 INSTRUMENT CASES 95 INVERTEBRATE FOOD 12 IODINE 12 IODINE & IODIDE 25 IODINE-SUP 12 IODION 25 IONIC SILICA 21 IONITR 29 IRON 89 IRON SOLUTION 22 IRON TEST KIT 88

K KALDNES 50 KALK+2 21 KATALYST 24 KH GENERATORS 13 KH - UP TABLETS 13

LARVAL FISH DIET 113 LATEX GLOVES 103 LAVAL FISH REARING 73 LED 128 LED STRIPS 127 LEVEL FLOAT SWITCHES 79 LIGHTING PACKAGES 46 LIGHT METER 91 LIQUID PROBIOTIC BACTERIA 126 LIQUID REEF 18 LIVEBEARER WATER CONDITIONER 10 LIVE SEAFOOD HOLDING SYSTEMS 68 LOW RPM 72 LUGOL’S 25 LYMOZYME 126

M MAC-ALGAE-SUP 12 MACROVORE 25 MAGNA CLEAR 8 MAGNESION 19 MAGNESION-P 20 MAGNESIUM 20 MAGNESIUM 89 MAGNESIUM AND POTASSIUM 18 MAGNESIUM CONCENTRATION 20 MAGNESIUM MEDIA 29 MAGNESIUM SULPHATE 34 MAGNETIC DRIVE 69 MAG RACK 116 MALACHITE GREEN 34 MANGANESE 89 MANIFOLDS 42 MANIFOLDS 41 MARINE AQUARIA 31 MARINE PH BUFFER 13 MARINE START 11 MAXAMINO 26 MAZZEI VENTURIS 38 MEASURING CUP 89 MEASURING CUP 102 MEASURING CYLINDERS 102 MECHANICAL FILTER 51 MEDIA 50 MEDIA 28 MEDI-CORAL 25 MEDICORAL 86 MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSERS 35 MEMBRANE DIFFUSER 35 MESH 117 METHYLENE BLUE 34 METHYLENE BLUE 15 MICRON 117 MICRON FILTER BAGS 49 MICROSCOPE CAMERA 101

N NANOCODE 21 NANO-REEF AQUARIUMS 127 NEOMAG 29 NEOMARINE 16 NEOMARINE KALIBRATE 17 NEOZEO 24 NET 118 NET STERILISER 86 NETTING 117 NEUTRALIZER BLOCK 14 NICKEL 89 NIPPLES 38 NITOSOSPIRA 125 NITOSPIRA 125 NITRATE 89 NITRATE ADSORPTION RESIN 29 NITRATE TEST KIT 88 NITRATR 29 NITRIFYING BACTERIA 9, 11 NITRITE TEST KIT 88 NOZZLES 46 NUTRIENTS 9, 12 NUTS 78

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

MICROSCOPE COVER SLIPS 101 MICROSCOPE SLIDES 101 MICROVORE 26 MINOR AND TRACE ELEMENT 22 MOLYBDATE 89 MONITORING SYSTEM 95 MONOCULAR BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE 101 MONORAIL NETS 119 MOULD INHIBITORS 8 MOVING BED 60 MULTICHANNEL DISSOLVED OXYGEN MONITOR 98 MULTICYCLONE 54 MULTIPARAMETER 93 MULTIPARAMETER INSTRUMENT 97 MULTIPARAMETER PEN METER 93 MULTI-PARAMETER SYSTEM 95 MULTI-VOLTAGE BATTERY ELIMINATORS 110

INDEX

HAND COUNTER 103 HANDLES 119 HAND-TITE PLUG 78 HARDNESS 10, 11 HARDNESS 89 HARDNESS TEST KIT 87 HARDNESS UP 10 HARVEST NETS 119, 120 HATCHERY 105 HATCHING / FRY REARING TRAY 73 HATCHING JAR 113 HEAT/CHILL UNITS 124 HEATING 122 HEMACYTOMETER 102 HEMACYTOMETER DOUBLE RULED 102 HEXAGONAL FIBREGLASS TANK 73 HEX NIPPLE 38 HIGH FLOW 72 HIGH HEAD 72 HOSE CLAMPS 77 HOSE ELBOW 39 HOSE ELBOW 39 HOSE JOINER 39 HOSE TAIL 39 HOSETAIL 40 HOSE TEE 39 HUMIC SUBSTANCES 32 HYDRAZINE 89 HYDROGEN PEROXIDE 89 HYDROGROW 9 HYDROMETER 90 HYDROPHOBIC FILTERS 41 HYDROSTORM 71

KNIFE GATE VALVES 77 KOI 118 KORALAGOON SUBSTRAT 29 KORALCOLOR 22 KORALLE-VM 22

OCEAN NATURE 14 OODINIUM 16 OODONEX 16 OOPLANKTON 24 OPTICAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER 96 ORGANIC ADSORPTION RESIN 29 ORGANITR 29 ORGANOPHOSPHATE 89 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS 99 ORP PEN METER 92 OVERFLOW STRAINERS 76 OVI-FLOW 50, 59 OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS 83 OXYGEN CONES 83 OXYGEN DIFFUSERS 36 OXYGEN FLOW METERS 42 133

INDEX

OXYGEN PURITY METER 84 OXYGEN REACTORS 84 OXYGEN TRANSFER 45 OXYTUBE 37 OZONE 81, 89 OZONE AIRLINE FITTINGS 84 OZONE DETECT 84 OZONE FITTINGS 84 OZONE GENERATORS 83 OZONE GENERATORS 81 OZONE RESISTANT TUBING 84 OZOTECH 83

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

134

P11 HOSE ELBOW 39 PADDLE WHEEL 48 PARAGONE 15 PARTICULATE FILTER 55 PARTICULATE FILTRATION 53 PARTICULATE FOOD SUSPENSIONS 107 PERFORMANCE PRO PUMPS 71 PERISTALTIC 70 PETRI DISHES 103 PH 89 PH+ 17 PH CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS 99 PH - DOWN 13 PHENOL 89 PH LOWER 13 PH/ORP SIMULATOR 100 PHOSPHATE 89 PHOSPHAT–E 27 PHOSPHATE CONTROL 27 PHOSPHATE TEST KIT 88 PHOSPHATR 27 PHOSPHORUS 31 PHOTOMETERS 89 PH PEN METERS 92 PH PROBE 94 PH TESTER 92 PH TEST KIT 87 PH - UP 12 PHYTOCHROM 23 PHYTOGOLD-M 23 PHYTOGOLD-S 23 PHYTOGREEN-M 23 PHYTOGREEN-S 22 PHYTOPLANKTON 22, 23 PICKING NETS 118 PIPE 76 PIPE ADAPTER 40 PIPETTES 103 PIPETTE WITH SUCTION BALL 114 PLANKTONIC SUSPENSIONS 105 PLANKTON NETS 120 PLANTED AQUARIA 30 PLANT NUTRIENTS 30 PLASTIC BAGS 74 PLASTIC GRID 50 PLUMBING 75 POINT FOUR 37 POLAROGRAPHIC 96 POLYESTER BAGS 49 POLYGEYSER BEAD FILTERS 58 POND 118

POND AERATORS 46 POND FISH FEEDER 109 POND MINI-VAC 85 POND TOSS 126 POSEIDEN 81 POTASSION 19 POTASSION-P 20 POTASSIUM 20 POTASSIUM 89 POTASSIUM CONCENTRATION 19 POWER FAILURE SWITCH 80 POWERHEAD 69 POWER METER 79 PRESSURE CONTROL 70 PRESSURE GAUGE 44 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES 44 PROBE STORAGE SOLUTION 99 PRO BIO PLUS 125 PROBIOTIC BACTERIA 125 PROFESSIONAL PLUS 97 PROSCRAPER 86 PROTECH 8 PROTECH 74 PROTEIN FRACTIONATORS 61 PROTEIN SKIMMERS 11, 61 PUMPS 70 PVC AIRLINE 41 PVC HANDLE 85 PVC PIPE 76

Q QUICKSET WATERCRETE 86 QUIET ONE 69 QUININE HYDROCHLORIDE 34

R RACK SYSTEMS 65 RAINBOCODE 33 RAINBOWFISH 33 RATCHET CLIPS 77 RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS 68 RECIRCULATING MONITOR AND CONTROLLER 98 REDOXLCLEAN 25 REDUCER CONNECTORS 39 REDUCING BUSH 75 REDUCING COUPLINGS 75 REDUCING NIPPLE 38 REDUCING TEE 75 REEF BIOFUEL 24 REEF CODE A 18 REEF CODE A-P 18 REEF CODE B 18 REEF CODE B-P 18 REEF GLUE GEL 104 REEF NATURE 11 REEFOAM 11 REEF SALT PRE-MIX 17 REEF SNOW 26 REEF TILES 116 REFLECTOR 128 REFRACTOMETER 90 REGENERATIVE AIR DRYERS 82 REGENERATPHOR 28 RELAYS AND CONTACTORS 123 REMINERALIZ 33

REMINERALIZ-P 33 REPLENISH 22 RESTOR 21 REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM 52 RIFT LAKE CHEMIE 32 RIFT LAKE DKH 32 RIFT LAKE WATER CONDITIONER 11 RK2 61 ROBOTIC FEEDER 110 ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS 44 ROTATING ARMS 49 ROTATING DRUM FILTER 56 ROTIFER RECIRCULATION SYSTEM 113 R.O TUBING 52 ROUND MESH TUBE 117 RO UNIT 51

S SALINITY 10 SALINITY CALIBRATION SOLUTION 99 SALINITY CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS 100 SALINITY PEN METER 93 SALT AWAY 86 SAND FILTERS 54 SAND FILTERS 50 SCALPEL 104 SCISSORS 104 SCRAPER 85 SCREEN FILTERS 55 SCREENS 117 SCREW FEEDER SYSTEM 109 SCREWS 78 SEAFOOD 12 SEAFOOD HOLDING 68 SECCHI DISK 100 SEINES 120 SELF-STIRRING BOD 97 SELF WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 42 SERVICE CARTS 65 SILICA 89 SILICONE AIRLINE 41 SINTERED OR CERAMIC AIRSTONES 35 SKID MOUNTED FILTRATION SYSTEMS 66 SMALL NETS 118 SMALL TRIPOD 96 SOCKET 75 SOCKET WITH FLANGE 76 SODIUM BICARBONATE 34 SODIUM BIPHOSPHATE 34 SODIUM CHLORIDE 34 SODIUM METASILICATE 111 SODIUM METASILICATE 34 SODIUM THIOSULPHATE 34 SOLENOID VALVE 80 SOLENOID VALVE 84 SOLENOID VALVE 79 SOLUTION OF HYDRATED MAGNESIUM 20 SPECIFIC GRAVITY 90 SPONGEXCEL 21

THERMOMETER 90 THERMOSTATS 123 TITANIUM HEATERS 122, 123 TONGS 85 TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS METER 94 TRACE AND MINOR ELEMENTS 22, 32 TRACE ELEMENTS 9, 10 TRAC LOCK DIFFUSERS 37 TRANSFORMER 110 TRANSMISSIBILITY 63 TRAY, HATCHING / FRY REARING 73 TRINOCULAR BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE 101 TROPICAL WATER CONDITIONER 10 TRUELUMEN 127 TUBS 74 TURBOFLO 70 TURBO-VENTURI 38 TWEEZER CUPPED 114 TYGON TUBING 84

VITAMARIN-M 19 VITAMIN B1 14 VITAMINS 105 VITAMINS 8 VITAMIN SUPPLEMENT 8

UNISEAL 77 UPWELLER 73 UV STERILISERS 62 UVT MONITOR 92

ZEOLITE MEDIA 50 ZEOLITIC MEDIA 24 ZINC 89 ZOOPLANKTON COUNTING WHEEL 103 ZOOPLANKTOS-L 24 ZOOPLANKTOS-M 24 ZOOPLANKTOS-S 23

TANK 73 TANKS AND TRANSPORT 73 TAP TO TANK FILTRATION 51 TDS PEN METER 92 TEE 75 TEES 76 TEE VALVES 40 TELESCOPIC POLES 85 TEST KIT 87 TEST STRIPS 90 TEST TUBE 89 TEST TUBES 89 THERMAL BLANKET 122

VALVE ADAPTOR 75 VALVE SOCKET 75 VAN GAALEN 114 VEEJET KYNAR NOZZLES 78 VENTURI 38 VENTURIS 38 VERTONEX 16 VIBRATORY FEEDERS 109 VITAL SINE 92 VITAL SINE PALM PH METER 93 VITAMARIN-C 19 VITAMARIN-F 19

W WASHERS 78 WASTE & SLUDGE REDUCER BACTERIA 125 WATER-CO 53 WATER PUMPS 69 WATER PURIFIER 8 WEDGE LOCK DIFFUSERS 38 WEIGHING PANS 103 WHITESPOT 15, 16 WINDMILLS 47 WINDMILLS 46 WOOL 49

Y YARDMILLS 46 YSI 5400 98

CONVERSION FACTORS

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

INDEX

SPRAY NOZZLE 78 SQUARE MESH 117 STAINLESS STEEL UV STERILISERS 64 STERILISER 120 STRAINERS 77 STRAINERS 41 STRONTION 20 STRONTION-P 20 STRONTIUM 18, 20 STRONTIUM 12 STRONTIUM AND MAGNESIUM 21 STRONTIUM-SUP 12 STUNNER LED STRIPS 128 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP 69 SUBSTRATE FILTER KITS 49 SULPHATE 89 SULPHIDE 89 SULPHITE 89 SUMP ALARM 79 SUMP PUMP 70 SUMPS 55 SUPER MAT 49 SWIRL SEPARATORS 55 SWITCHING CURRENT WATER DIRECTOR 78 SWIVEL JOINT SCRUBBER 85 SYPHON 85 SYRINGES 103

135

INDEX

CONVERSION FACTORS Pressure & liquid head PSI 1 0.433 0.145 14.223 14.5 1.42 0.019 0.491

FOOT OF WATER 2.31 1 0.335 32.85 33.50 3.281 0.044 1.134

KPA

KILOGRAM PER SQUARE CM

ATMOSPHERE OR BAR

METRE OF WATER

MILLIMETRE OF MERCURY

6.895 2.986 1 98.09 100 9.797 0.131 3.377

0.0703 0.0305 0.0102 1 1.02 0.1 0.0014 0.0345

0.068 0.03 0.01 0.98 1 0.098 0.0013 0.0339

0.704 0.305 0.102 10 10.21 1 0.014 0.345

51.87 22.45 7.52 737.9 752.1 73.66 1 25.4

INCH OF MERCURY 2.042 0.884 0.296 29.05 29.61 2.900 0.039 1

1mm Hg is also known by the name “torr”. (1kPa = 1kN/m2) The international standard (1 atm) = 101 325 pascals or 1.013 25 bar. This is equal to 1.033 23 kgf/cm2 or 14.6959 lbf/in2 In meteorology 1 millibar = 100 pascals (1 mb= 100Pa).

flow GALLS PER HOUR

LITRES PER SECOND

LITRES PER MINUTE

US GALLS PER MINUTE

CUBIC METRE PER HOUR

CUBIC METRE PER MINUTE

60 1 792 13.2 50 220 13200 373.8

0.076 0.00127 1 0.0167 0.063 0.278 16.68 0.472

4.546 0.07578 60 1 3.78 16.667 1000 28.32

1.2 0.02 15.84 0.264 1 4.4 264 7.48

0.2728 0.004547 3.6 0.06 0.227 1 60 1.699

0.00455 0.06 0.001 0.0038 0.0167 1 0.0283

IMP GALLS

LITRES

US GALLS

CUBIC FEET

LBS WATER

METRE

CUBIC ACRE FEET

1 0.22 0.833 6.23 0.1 220 271379

4.546 1 3.785 28.317 0.4546 1000 -

1.2 0.264 10.1337 7.48 0.12 264 325828

0.1605 0.0353 8.333 1 0.0161 35.32 43560

10 2.2 0.00379 62.3 1 2200 2713788

0.00455 0.001

GALLS PER MINUTE

PH: + 61 2 65 86 4933 FAX: +61 2 6586 4944 Email: sales@aquasonic.com.au WEB: www.aquasonic.com.au

136

1 0.01667 13.2 0.022 0.833 3.666 220 6.23

CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 0.1605 0.00268 2.119 0.0353 0.1337 0.5886 35.31 1

Volume

0.02832 0.00046 1231 1234

0.00081 1

CUBIC INCH 277.34 61.02 231.06 1728 27.82 61.032 -

Weight LBS 1 0.0625 0.0022 2.205 2240 2204.6 112 14

OZ.

GMS

TON

TONNE

CWT

16 1 0.03527 35.274 35840 35274 1792 224

453.6 28.35 1 1000 1016064 1000000 50803 6350

0.4536 0.02836 0.001 1 1016 1000 50.8 6.35

0.0004464 0.000984 1 0.9842 0.05 0.00625

0.0004535 0.001 1.016 1 0.0508 0.0064

0.008929 20 19.684 1 0.125

FOOT

YARD

CMS

METRE

MILE

0.0833 1 3 0.0328 3.2808 5280 3280.9 66

0.02778 0.3333 1 0.01093 1.0936 1760 1093.6 22

2.54 30.48 91.44 1 100 160934 100000 2011.68

0.254 0.3048 0.9144 0.01 1 1609.4 1000 20.116

0.000189 0.0005681 0.00062 1 0.6214 0.0125

0.0003048 0.0009144 0.001 1.6093 1 0.0201

STONE 0.07143 160 157.47 8 1

Length INCH 1 12 36 0.3936 39.37 63360 39371 792

CHAIN 0.01515 0.04545 0.0497 80 49.71 1

ORDERFORM Deliver To: Company: Attn: (Mr/Mrs/Ms/Miss) Address: State: Telephone: Fax: Email:

Postal Address: Company: Address: State: Postcode: Date: Authorised Signature: Name: (Please Print) Mob:

Postcode:

Preferred method of delivery: Quantity

Code

Description

PAYMENT METHOD

Account: Cheque Enclosed: Direct Deposit Complete & Bank Transfer Faxed: Charge My Account D/D Cash Mastercard Credit Card Number: / / / / Expiry Date: Cardholder’s name: (please print) Cardholder’s signature: A.B.N: P.O. Box 311 Wauchope NSW 2446 Australia www.aquasonic.com.au

A copy of our terms and conditions is available upon request

Please photocopy this page

Visa SEQ No:

Ph: 61 2 6586 4933 Fax: 61 2 6586 4944 sales@aquasonic.com.au

A.C.N. 001 427 256

FACTORY: 14 Commerce St Manufacturers and Suppliers of Quality Wauchope 2446 Products for PH: 02 65864933 Aquariums and Aquaculture. Email: accounts@aquasonic.com.au

CORRESPONDENCE: P.O. Box 311. Wauchope 2446 FAX: 02 6586 4944

Dear Customer, In order for us to designate you a username and password for our online database, where you can view an up to date catalogue of our products and our latest prices and specials, this form must be completed. All questions are compulsory. Please return the form by fax or email. Are you an existing customer? Yes No (If no please provide a copy of your business registration certificate when you return this form) If your business involves the selling of aquarium products please also forward a photograph of your shop. Which industry do you service? Aquarium Aquaculture University School/TAFE Grower/Breeder Which species? _____________________ Consultant Other Please Specify? _____________________ Please provide a brief description of your companyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s involvement in that industry? _______________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ Company Name: _______________________________________ Contact Names: _________________________________ ABN: ______________________________ Postal Address: _______________________________________________________________ Shipping Address: _____________________________________________________________ Telephone: ___________________ Mobile: _________________________ Fax: ________________________ Email: ___________________________ Website: ____________________________ Business type (eg. aquarium shop, farmer: ____________________________ The password and username can be letters, numbers or a combination of both but must not include symbols or other characters. ALL LETTERS MUST BE LOWER CASE. Proposed 8-15 character Username: ____________________ Proposed 8-15 character Password: _____________________ Any feedback regarding this online service would be greatly appreciated. Please allow up to 48 hours for your username and password to become active. Thank you for your time.

NOTES

INDEX

Aquasonic Pty Ltd, 14 Commerce Street, (PO Box 311) Wauchope, NSW 2446, Australia

139